2009-percubaan [times] (semua mata pelajaran)

The SPM examinations are fast approaching and as we have done in previous years, Times Guides has come up with a revision guide to help you prepare for the exams. This year, we’ve added more subjects making it 13 SPM subjects in total: Bahasa Malaysia, English, Sejarah, Matematics, Prinsip Perakaunan, Science, Additional Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Perdagangan, Ekonomi Asas, and English for Science and Technology.

With all the hoopla surrounding the announcement of the SPM results each year, it’s easy to feel burdened by the pressure of the exams as you get cracking on the books. We’d like to remind you to stay focused on your studies and not worry about other people’s expectations. The most important thing is that you aim to do the best that you can and work hard to achieve your goals.

Do make use of this revision guide to help you accomplish your targets. The questions prepared in this guide were put together by a panel of educators who have extensive teaching experience and are well-versed in their respective subjects.

When you go through the questions in this publication, consider it a practise session for the actual exam: follow the instructions given and adhere to the timelines stipulated. After you’ve completed the papers, you may go to www.times.my to get the answers. This will give you an idea of how ready you are for the exams so you can intensify your efforts as necessary.

Aside from the revision questions, we’ve also dedicated a few pages in this magazine to highlight a few career options. We are sure many of you have given some thought to what you’d like to study after SPM. Well, if you’re interested in Business, Information Technology, Creative Multimedia, or Allied Health Sciences, do check out our interviews with higher education professionals about the requirements and career prospects in these fields. Those of you who are unsure about what you want to do after SPM may also find these career articles useful in helping you make a decision.

For information about other careers and courses you can pursue after SPM, we recommend you pick up a copy of Times Higher Education. Also an annual publication by Times Guides, Times Higher Education helps students explore their options for higher education. It is chock-filled with information on courses, programmes, institutions, and scholarships for further studies. You can find it at all major bookstores or order online at www.times.my.

We truly hope you will find this guide helpful in your preparations for the SPM. Remember to study smart. The team at Times Guides wish you all the very best!

SPONSOR

DAPATKAN

SEKARANG!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

KERTAS SOALAN RAMALAN MATEMATIK

LAYARI: www.maths-catch.com

SPONSOR

Dapatkan juga Bimbingan dan Tips Percuma

Matematik disini

Blog : www.mathgayapos.blogspot.com

Website : www.maths-catch.com

Bahasa Malaysia

English

Sejarah

Additional Mathematics

Mathematics

Science

Biology

Prinsip Perakaunan

Perdagangan

Ekonomi Asas

English for Science & Technology

Chemistry

Physics

510182641567795109119130138153

Bahasa Melayu - Pn. Aini Hasninawati bt. Abu HashimEnglish - Tn. Hj. Arham b. Ab. HamidMathematics - En. Mohd Adnan b. Md. AliSejarah - En. Syed Muslimin b. FadhilAdditional Mathematics - Pn. Azizah bt. KamarBiology - Pn. Poon Cheng MooiPhysics - Pn. Muzlifah bt. Mohd YusofChemistry - Pn. Zuraini & Pn.Hafsah A. Dadi Science - En. Al-Irwan b. Saihiboll Rahim - Pn. Ruslizawati bt. AhmadPerdagangan - Pn. Aziah bt. Abu ZidenEkonomi Asas - Pn. Wan Zuriah bt. Wan Mat YimPrinsip Perakaunan - Cik Faridah bt. Mat SallehEnglish for Science and Technology - Pn. Norema bt. Ahmad Mokhtar

Panel Penulis

Published byTimes Guides Sdn Bhd49-1-1, Jln Medan Putra 6, Medan Putra Business centre, Off Jalan Damansara, 52200 Kuala Lumpur.Tel : +603 6277 6923 +603 6277 6924 Fax : +603 6277 6973 Email: [email protected]

Times Soalan Ulangkaji SPM is an annual publication. No part of this publication may be reproduce in any form without

the written consent of the publisher. All right reserved.

Printed by SWAN Printing Sdn Bhd

ashim

i

m

5

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009MMMMMMMMMMM

TAHUN 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

TAJUK Faedah Badan Khas Membantu Pesakit Kronik dan Sebab

Penubuhannya

Kebaikan Hidup Berjiran dan cara-cara memperkukuh seman-

gat kejiranan

Cara-cara Melahirkan Masyarakat Berbudi Bahasa dan kesannya kepada masyarakat

Langkah-langkah mengatasi salah laku

pelajar

Faedah-faedah pen-erokaan angkasa lepas

Jenis/Tahun Prosa Moden Prosa Tradisional Puisi

Jun 2004 Aku,Kris dan Kristal Kepahlawanan Tun Beraim Bapa Pantun Mengenang Nasib

November 2004 Budi Yang Tak Terbeli Sikap Terburu-buru Akan Membawa Padah Seloka Pandai Pak Pandir

Jun 2005 Seri Nara Kezaliman Membawa Padah Syair Dandan Setia dan Intan Terpilih

November 2005 Puteri Li Poh Cerita Bayan Tidak Menurut Kata Ibu Bapanya Sejarah

Jun 2006 Jangan Bunuh Rama-rama Sikap Terburu-buru Akan Membawa Padah Pembeli Masa Sudah

November 2006 Kerana Manisnya Epal Kepahlawanan Tun Beraim Bapa Syair Pembunuhan Angreni

Jun 2007 Mariah Pertarungan Tuah dengan Jebat Di Kota Kecilku

November 2007 Titik-titik Perjuangan Asal Usul Raja Kecil Gurindam Memelihara Anggota dan Hati daripada Kejahatan

Jun 2008 Pusaran Kezaliman Membawa Padah Manusia dan Kesejahteraan

November 2008 Di Sisi Rinda Peminangan Puteri Gunung Ledang Syair kelebihan Ilmu

Tahun Soalan (a) Soalan (b)

Julai 2004 Cabaran yang dilalui watak utama Empat pengajaran

November 2004 Tiga nilai kasih sayang Cara watak utama menyelesaikan konflik

Julai 2005 Perwatakan satu watak sampingan Tiga peristiwa yang memberi teladan

November 2005 Dua peristiwa yang menarik Bandingkan satu latar tempat berdasarkan dua buah novel yang dipelajari

Julai 2006 Pengajaran dalam novel Bandingkan dua nilai kemasyarakatan berdasarkan dua buah novel yang dipelajari

November 2006 Pengajaran daripada cerita dalam novel Satu persoalan daripada dua buah novel yang dipelajari

July 2007 Dua nilai setia kawan Huraikan tema bagi dua buah novel

November 2007 Huraikan persoalan maruah Cara watak utama menyelesaikan konflik

Jun 2008 Beri penyataan terhadap pemilihan tajuk novel dikaitkan dengan isi kandungan

Tiga pengajaran berdasarkan dua buah novel

November 2008 Dua sebab bahagian permulaan novel me-narik minat anda

Bandingkan persamaan dan perbezaan satu latar masyarakat dalam dua buah novel yang dipelajari

Analisis Soalan Rumusan SPM

Analisis Soalan KOMSAS SPM 2004 -2008

Analisis Soalan 2004-2008

SPM2009

[ 1103/1 ] [ 1103/2 ]

Bahasa Malaysia

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 20096JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Bahagian A[Masa dicadangkan: 45 minit]

[30 markah]

Lihat gambar di bawah dengan teliti. Huraikan pendapat anda tentang kesan perubahan iklim dan pemanasan global. Panjang huraian hendaklah antara 200 hingga 250 patah perkataan.

Bahagian B(Masa dicadangkan 1 jam 30 minit)

[100 markah]

Pilih satu daripada soalan di bawah dan tulis sebuah karangan yang panjangnya lebih daripada 350 patah perkataan.

1. Kelab Rekreasi di sekolah anda bercadang untuk mengadakan satu perkhemahan di salah satu tempat pelancongan yang terdapat di negara kita. Sebagai setiausaha kelab anda diminta untuk menulis sepucuk surat memohon kebe-naran daripada pengetua untuk mengadakan lawatan. Nyatakan objektif lawatan dan butir-butir berkenaan lawatan tersebut. Tulis surat itu selengkapnya.

2. Anda bercadang untuk memberi kejutan kepada keluarga khasnya bapa anda dengan menulis sebuah rencana berkenaan bapa anda sempena Hari Bapa nanti. Isi rencana tersebut berkenaan jasa-jasa bapa kepada anaknya dan tanggungjawab anak-anak membalas jasa bapa mereka. Tulis rencana tersebut selengkapnya.

3. Kerap kali masyarakat menunding jari menyalahkan orang lain apabila tragedi seperti tanah runtuh berlaku. Na-mun, apabila isu tersebut reda, pembangunan di lereng bukit kembali aktif dijalankan. Huraikan berkenaan fenomena kejadian tanah runtuh yang melibatkan kawasan petempatan dan apakah langkah sewajarnya perlu masyarakat dan kerajaan tempatan lakukan untuk mengatasi masalah ini.

4. Peperangan banyak mengorbankan nyawa dan memusnahkan harta benda malah akhir-akhir ini ada negara yang hampir musnah akibat peperangan. Sebagai warganegara yang prihatin apakah usaha-usaha yang perlu dilakukan oleh masyarakat di Malaysia mahupun peringkat antarabangsa untuk membantu meringankan beban mangsa-mangsa tersebut dan apakah yang perlu kita lakukan untuk menamatkan peperangan yang seolah-olah tiada kesudahan ini. Bincangkan.

5. Tuliskan sebuah cerpen yang menarik berdasarkan peribahasa ‘Sikit-sikit lama-lama jadi bukit’

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2008BAHASA MALAYSIA

Kertas 1

Sumber: Era Hijau 2008

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009 7

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Rumusan (30 Markah)Baca petikan di bawah dengan teliti, kemudian buat satu rumusan berkenaan manfaat motivasi dalam pengajaran dan pemelajaran serta cara-cara melaksanakannya di sekolah-sekolah.

Dalam sesuatu proses pengajaran dan pemelajaran, motivasi dianggap sebagai unsur penting yang membolehkan murid melibatkan diri secara aktif, di samping menjadikan proses pemelajaran berlaku dalam keadaan yang lebih bermakna dan menyeronokkan. Murid memerlukan motivasi untuk merangsang minat mereka dalam setiap pelajaran yang disampaikan. Motivasi biasanya melibatkan dua perkara penting, iaitu insentif dan motif penggerak. Insentif merupakan unsur yang merangsang seseorang untuk bertindak dan dalam suasana pemelajaran, insentif diberikan dalam bentuk markah, gred, penghargaan, tanda bintang, wang, hadiah, ganjaran, pujian dan sebagainya. Motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti pemelajarannya. Kanak-kanak yang baru memasuki sekolah dapat dirangsang untuk menunjukkan hasil kerja yang baik melalui pujian guru atau menerima ganjaran yang berbentuk ekstrinsik. Motif juga bertindak sebagai pemilih jenis kegiatan yang ingin disertai oleh seseorang. Dalam pengajaran dan pembelajaran, sewaktu menyelesaikan sesuatu masalah, susunan gerak balas individu yang dilakukan dipilih mengikut minatnya sendiri. Motivasi mempunyai kaitan dengan pembangkitan minat. Hal ini merupakan asas pengajaran dan pemelajaran. Guru yang cekap akan sentiasa berhati-hati mencari bahan rangsangan. Pendekatan, kaedah dan teknik, dan alat bantuan mengajar adalah antara bahagian yang lengkap dalam prosedur pemelajaran dan kerap menjadi bentuk motivasi yang paling berkesan kerana mampu menarik perhatian murid untuk menyertai dan melibatkan diri dalam kegiatan mental. Motivasi yang berterusan diperlukan supaya murid dapat dibantu untuk menumpukan perhatian terhadap bahan pengajaran sep-enuhnya. Jangka masa perhatian kanak-kanak terhadap sesuatu benda adakalanya pendek dan mereka cepat berasa jemu jika perhatian mereka tidak diubah dengan segera kepada benda yang lebih menarik. Motivasi mempunyai nilai persaingan kerana murid rasa terdor-ong untuk belajar lebih tekun apabila wujudnya persaingan antara mereka. Guru mampu membangkitkan keinginan untuk maju dan mencapai prestasi yang lebih baik melalui pertandingan prestasi atau kebolehan. Motivasi merupakan teknik peneguhan yang berkesan. Peneguhan berhasrat untuk menarik perhatian murid dalam masa pengajaran. Pujian dan penghargaan yang diberikan, umpamanya, mampu menggalakkan mereka belajar dengan lebih tekun malah, guru mampu memberikan berbagai-bagai tahap aspirasi dalam kalangan murid dengan mencapai prestasi sejajar dengan kebolehan mereka. Apabila mereka berjaya mencapai atau menguasai pemelajaran, mereka dapat meletakkan aspirasi yang lebih tinggi. Maka, motivasi merupakan hala tuju yang berkesan dalam pengajaran dan pemelajaran.

Dipetik daripada Motivasi dalam Pengajaran dan Pemelajaran Bahasa sumber daripada Vijayaletchumy Subramaniam, Pelita Bahasa oktober 2008

2 (b) Prosa Moden

Baca petikan cerpen dibawah dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikut menggunakan ayat anda sendiri.

Dalam kesederhanaan hidup yang sebegitu, masih hendak memberi sedekah lagi. Di daerah satelit, hidup di pondok begitu sudah dianggap miskin. Sudah menjadi isu besar dalam media. Tetapi bagi orang-orang di sini, beginilah kehidupan. Tiada apa-apa yang perlu dikejar. Tidak ada soal tidak cukup duit!Tidak cukup masa!Tidak puas hati dengan kejayaan dalam karier! Patutkah aku membiarkan Daneng hidup dan memulakan keluarganya dalam keadaan begitu? Membiarkan dirinya terjerumus dalam kitaran kemiskinan? Tanpa menikmati apa-apa kemodanan dalam hidup ini! Hidup seperti bapanya! Hidup seperti nenek moyangnya. Pelbagai persoalan berpusar di kotak hati Jo.

Dipetik daripada cerpen Lambaian Malar Hijau oleh Sarajo Theavy a/p Balakrishnan dalam Antologi Kerusi.

i. Apakah persoalan yang bermain dalam fikiran Jo berkenaan kehidupan Daneng? (3 markah)

ii. Pada pendapat anda mengapakah masyarakat orang asli masih ketinggalan sehingga ke hari ini dan sebagai rakyat yang perihatin bagaimanakah kita dapat membantu dalam membangunkan minda mereka. (4 markah)

iii. Nyatakan satu pengajaran yang terdapat dalam petikan dan dua pengajaran lain yang terdapat dalam keseluruhan cerpen. (3 markah)

2 (a) Petikan UmumBerdasarkan soalan 1, jawab soalan-soalan berikut berdasarkan ayat anda sendiri.

i. Nyatakan dua perkara penting berkaitan motivasi seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan. (2 markah)

ii. Pada pendapat anda apakah ciri-ciri yang perlu ada pada seseorang untuk melayakkan dirinya menjadi pembimbing rakan sebaya. (4 markah)

iii. Apakah yang dimaksudkan oleh pengarang dengan pembangkitan minat seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan (2 markah)

BAHASA MELAYU KERTAS 1103/2TINGKATAN 5TAHUN 2009


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Soalan 2 (c) Petikan Prosa Tradisional

Baca petikan prosa tradisional di bawah dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikutnya menggunakan ayat anda sendiri.

Maka Laksamana pun berseru-seru pula, katanya, “Hai Si Jebat derhaka! Sungguh engkau berani tiada berlawan. Marilah engkau tu-run dari istana ini bertikam sama seorang!” Maka suara itu pun terdengar kepada Hang Jebat dikenalnya suara Laksamana. Maka Hang Jebat, ia pun naik ke peranginan; maka dibukanya peranginan itu, maka dilihatnya Laksamana berdiri di tengah halaman itu. Maka Hang Jebat pun berdebar-debar hatinya; ia pun fikir dalam hatinya: “Adapun Hang Tuah sudah mati dibunuh oleh Bendahara ; sekarang Laksamana itu tiada dalam dunia ini, siapa pula yang datang itu seperti Laksamana pun sikapnya dan lakunya? Kalau mataku bekas tidur ini gerangan, maka jadi salah pemandanganku?” Maka Hang Jebat pun turun dari peranginan itu lalu ia mandi pada pasu emas itu dan dibasuh mukanya. Setelah sudah maka Hang Jebat, segeralah engkau turun! Jika engkau tiada turun, sekarang istana ini kunaiki, tetapi sukar kita bertikam.” Setelah Hang Jebat mendengar suara Laksamana maka ia pun membuka pintu itu sedikit; maka dilihatnya Laksamana, diperamat-amatnya,dikenalnya itu Laksamana. Maka nyatalah Laksamana itu. Maka Hang Jebat pun hairan.

(Dipetik daripada cerita “Pertarungan Tuah dengan Jebat dalam Antologi Anak Laut DBP)

(i) Apakah yang dimaksudkan diperamat-amatnya seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan? [2 markah]

(ii) Sekiranya anda Hang Tuah, apakah tindakan yang akan anda lakukan apabila sultan mengarahkan anda membunuh Hang Jebat sedangkan dia memberontak kerana mengetahui anda dibunuh raja. Berikan alasan anda. [3 markah] (iii) Apakah yang terdetik di hati Hang Jebat sebaik sahaja dia melihat Hang Tuah berdiri di luar istana? [3 markah]

2 (d) Puisi Moden

Baca sajak dibawah ini dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikut dengan menggunakan ayat anda sendiri.

JALAN-JALAN RAYA KOTAKU

Saban waktu sepanjang perjalananjalan-jalan raya kotakulewat senja beginitika gerimis menabur benihmenerima kehadiran warga kotalemas dalam kesabaranlelah meresahkandengan luka parah di hati.

Ketidaksabaran membengkak kesombongan merajai setiap ruangsemakin padat dengan emosikebosanan menggigit pangkal rasa.

Demikian etika di perjalananbudi luhur warga kotakutidak lagi berlakuyang hadir adalah keserakahanmemacu menghimpun kekuatanmenghakis sopan santunseperti banjir kilatmelanda pinggir perjalananfitrah sang manusiaperadaban kota masa kini.Jalan-jalan raya kotakuadalah gelanggang kebuasanperlumbaan kebiadabanpara pesakitkemanusiaan semakin mandulpada penghujung musim.

Oleh Zam Ismail ~ Mingguan Malaysia 4 Jun1995, dalam Antologi Anak Laut DBP

i. Gambarkan keadaan pemandu apabila berada di jalan raya pada lewat petang. [3 markah]ii. Nyatakan beberapa persoalan yang terdapat dalam sajak ini. [3 markah]iii. Cadangkan beberapa cara untuk mengelakkan daripada pemandu mengambil kesempatan memandu sesuka hati di jalan raya bagi mengelakkan berlakunya kemalangan. [3 markah]


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Soalan 4: Novel[15 markah]Jawab soalan di bawah. Jawapan anda hendaklan berdasarkan novel-novel yang anda pelajari.

(i) Terminal Tiga karya Othman Puteh(ii) Perlumbaan Kedua karya Marwilis Hj. Yusof(iii) Di Hadapan Pulau karya A. Samad Said(iv) Bukit Kepong karya Ismail Johari(v) Konserto Terakhir karya Abdullah Hussain(vi) Seteguh Karang karya Tuan Faridah Syed Abdullah(vii) Julia karya Abu Hassan Morad(viii) Putera Gunung Tahan karya Ishak Hj. Muhammad

(a) Huraikan dua penggunaan teknik plot dalam sebuah novel yang anda kaji. [7 markah]

(b) Bandingkan dua persamaan persoalan dalam dua buah novel yang anda pelajari dengan mengemukakan contoh-contoh yang sesuai [8 markah]

Soalan 3: Pengetahuan dan Kemahiran Bahasa(30 Markah)

Jawan semua soalan.

(a) Tulis satu ayat daripada setiap rangkai kata di bawah ini supaya jelas menunjukkan maksudnya. Anda tidak boleh menambahkan imbuhan, menukarkan maksud imbuhan, serta menggunakan kata itu sebagai peribahasa dan kata nama khas.

i. malapetaka ii. larut malam iii. tersenyum melirik iv. termenung jauh v. kemuncak kejayaan vi. berdebar kencang

(b) Baca petikan di bawah ini dengan teliti dan kemudian nyatakan satu daripada setiap jenis ayat yang terdapat dalam petikan ini sama ada ayat tunggal, ayat majmuk, ayat perbualan, atau ayat aktif. Anda dikehendaki menulis jawapannya sahaja.

(1) Pada pagi itu Shazwanee berasa tidak sihat. (2) Shazwanee turun ke tingkat bawah (3) “Ibu, hari ini saya rasa pening kepala dan tidak larat ke sekolah”, Shazwanee mengadu sambil memicit-micit kepalanya. “Pergilah tidur dahulu nanti ibu berikan ubat”,pujuk ibu sambi l t ersenyum ( 4) T angga di panjat o leh S hazwanee p elahan-lahan d alam k eadaan l etih d an m engantuk

i) Ayat (1) __________________________________________________________

ii) Ayat (3) __________________________________________________________

iii) Ayat (4) __________________________________________________________ (6 markah)

(c) Dalam petikan di bawah terdapat tiga kesalahan ejaan dan tiga kesalahan penggunaan imbuhan. Senaraikan dan betulkan kesalahan-kesalahan itu Anda tidak boleh menyenaraikan lebih daripada tiga kesalahan ejaan dan tiga kesalahan penggunaan imbuhan. Anda tidak perlu menyalin petikan itu semula.

Kedudukan rumah rakyat itu cuma tiga belok dari pembangunan yang sedang dibina itu. Rumah kedai itu telah dibina mengikut plan yang telah dilulus oleh pihak majlis perbandaran. Namun begitu lapuran telah diterima bahawa pembangunan di situ telah menyebabkan penduduk di kawasan tersebut merasa terganggu dan tidak selamat lagi untuk tinggal di situ. (6 markah)

(d) Dalam setiap ayah di bawah, terdapat satu kesalahan penggunaan kata atau istilah dan satu kesalahan tatabahasa. Senaraikan dan betulkan kesalahan-kesalahan itu. Bagi setiap ayat anda tidak boleh meyenaraikan lebih daripada satu kesalahan pengunaan kata atau istilah dan satu kesalahan tatabahasa. Anda tidak perlu menyalin ayat itu semula.

(i) Mereka telah berbincang tentang cara menanam buah-buahan setempat. (ii) Aqil mengerat dahan pokok itu kerana bimbang kanak-kanak akan terlanggar sewaktu pergi sekolah.(iii) Irfan makan sebuah durian untuk merasa isi durian yang amat enak sekali itu.

(e) Berikan maksud peribahasa berikut.(a) Bagai menarik rambut dalam tepung(b) Tiada beban batu digalas (c) Bekas tangan

10JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009PMPMPMPMPMPMPMPMPPPM

PAPER 1

A:Directed Writing

B: Continuous Writing

PAPER 2 Section A: (Graphics) (Q 1-8)

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008REPORTSuggestions on how to improve the canteen.

INFORMAL LETTERDescription of anOuting

INFORMAL LETTERQualities of a friend toBe a Head Prefect.

TALKBooks

ARTICLEBest group leaderAt a leadership camp

2004 2005 2006 2007 20081 Descriptive

-Festive season

1 Description ofthe biggest challenge

1 Description ofweekend experience

1 DescriptionEmbarassing moment

1 Description of a person who worked hard to succeed in life

2 Narrative: A story ending “we had never laughed so much in our lives”

2 Narrative: An unexpected visitor

2 Narrative: A story .....being more careful

2 Opinion: Teenagers are interested in entertainment

2 Opinion: Examina-tions-good or bad ?

3 Reflective: My ideal school

3 Factual: How to keep oneself healthy

3 Reflective:Changes in life

3 Reflective:My early years

3 Reflective:My perfect future husband or wife

4 Factual:How to help promote tourism in Malaysia

4 Reflective:What would you want to be ?

4 Opinion:television

4 Narrative:Opening....”Kim was nervous when the door opened..”

4 Narrative:A story ending ..”now I realised the value of a true friend.”

5 Abstract :Clothes

5 Abstract:Music

5 Abstract:Food

5 Abstract:Tomorrow

5 Abstract:Stars

2004 2005 2006 2007 20081 News report-

moral values1 Article

-place of interest1 Extract

-Moral values1 Map

- Place of interest1 Chart

- weather fore-cast

2 Interpretation of signs - recipes

2 Process & proce-dures- experience

2 Dialogue- relating

2 Extract - news 2 Extract – vo-cabulary

3 Advertisement – mobile phone

3 Notice-revision workshop

3 Extract - news 3 Extract - story 3 News report – comprehension

4 Advertisement – course

4 Extract - Rafflesia 4 Idiom 4 Form - subscrip-tion

4 Extract – China-town

5 Pie chart – Per-sonal expendi-ture

5 Bar graph - profits 5 Extract - envi-ronment

5 Slogan - value 5 Cartoon strip – interpretation of situation

SPM2009

[ 1119/1 ] [ 1119/2 ]

Bahasa Inggeris


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

6 Short message 6 News report – health blood

6 Notice –mem-bership drive

6 Extract - health 6 Chart – interpre-tation

7 Cartoon strips – interpretation of situation

7 Article - people 7 Book - syn-opsis

7 Notice - compe-tition

7 News report – counterfeit

8 Cartoon strips – value

8 Letter to the edi-tor – tv programs

8 Newspaper –environment

8 Cartoon strips – idiomatic expression

8 Cartoon strip –Idiomatic ex-pression

(Rational Cloze) ( Q 9 – 15)

2004 2005 2006 2007 20089 Verb 9 Preposition 9 Verb 9 Article 9 Tenses

10 Preposition 10 Verb 10 Article 10 Adverb 10 SV agm

11 Auxiliary verb 11 conjunction 11 Noun 11 Preposition 11 Preposition

12 Verb 12 Pronoun 12 gerund 12 conjunction 12 Tenses

13 determiner 13 verb 13 adverb 13 conjunction 13 Vocabulary

14 preposition 14 determiner 14 conjunction 14 verb 14 Vocabulary

15 adjective 15 verb 15 Preposition 15 Verb 15 Phrasal verb

16 Verb 16 - 16 - 16 - 16 -

SECTION D :(Literature- Poems, Short Stories & Novel)

2004 2005 2006 2007 200832 Sonnet 18 32 Si tenggang’s

homecoming32 The road not

taken32 Si tenggang’s

Homecoming32 If

33 The Lotus Eater 33 Looking for a Rain God

33 The drover’s wife

33 The Lotus Eater 33 The Sound ma-chine

34 Most memo-rable Part

34 Love is important 34 Determina-tion

34 A Character thatcan look up to

34 Ending of novel

SECTION C : (Reading comprehension & summary)

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008Peopla Ice sculpting Flood Planting a tree Leopard attack

SECTION B : (Information Transfer

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008Places of inter-est

Different types of books

Advertise-ment –carnival

Mushrooms Olympics


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section A: Directed Writing(Time Suggested : 45 minutes. Marks : 35)

You are the president of the Student Council of your school. You and your members conducted a survey on the condi-tions and services of the school canteen. Using the notes below, write a letter of complaint to your school principal about the school canteen. • Food - is not tasty - is not fresh. - is not covered.• Food price - unfair pricing. - price list is not displayed.• Floor - dirty - slippery• Strays - cats in eating areas. - cockroaches in cupboards.• Utensils - styrofoam plates and cups used. - plastic spoons.

When writing the letter, you should remember to :• use the correct format.• use all the points given.• Write in paragraphs

Section B : Continuous WritingYou are advised to spend about one hour on this section.(50 marks)

Write a composition of about 350 words on ONE of the following topics:

a) Describe a disabled person who has had a positive influence on your life.

b) Internet buying will one day take over the conventional method of shopping. Do you agree ?

c) An invention that has benefited people.

d) Write a story ending with : “His face red with embarrassment, he turned away and quickly walked back to his own house.”

e) Advertising

END OF QUESTION PAPER

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009ENGLISH

Paper 1


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section A (15 marks)

Question 1

What have the researches discovered, according to this news report?A. Sleep disorders decrease with age.B. Lavender oil helps to cure insomnia.C. Nothing can be done to cure sleeplessness.D. Lavender oil is a powerful longterm hypnotic drug.

Questions 2 and 3

Study the table below and answer the questions that follow.

New York, Mon – The smell of lavender oil could help cure insomnia in old people, researches said. Sleep disorders are increasingly common with age and doctors often Prescribe powerful longterm hypnotic drugs, they said in an article in the Scapel medical magazine. Dr David and a team from university of New York tested lavender oil on four geriatric patients. Three had been on tranquillizers for up to three years. The test showed the patient’s sleep was much more restful and their sleep patterns restored after being exposed to the smell of the oil.

- Reuter

MINISTRYNO.OF

COMPLAINTSCOMPLAINT

SOLVED

1. Home Ministry 471 198

2. Finance 285 86

3. Transport 201 125

4. JPM 84 32

5. Health 90 42

6. Education 195 101

7. Human Resource 81 30

8. Energy, Telecommunications

75 32

9. Law - -

10.Agriculture 60 22

2. Which departments solved the same number of complaints ? A. JPM and Energy, telecommunications. B. Home Ministry and Educations. C. Finance and Transport. D. Law and Agriculture.

3. Which department received more complaints than Health but fewer than Transport ?

A. Human Resource. B. Education. C. Finance. D. Law.

Question 4

Read the sign below which appears in a ladies’ room and answer the question that follows.

The sign tells you that A. you are welcome to leave your babies here.B. they change your baby’s nappies free of charge.C. these facilities are only for mothers with children.D. there are facilities here for changing your baby’s nappies.

Question 5

Read the advertisement and answer the question that follows.

Where is the venue for the “Creative Seminar for men” advertised below ?A. Shahrul Adam’s residence.B. The Straits Hotel.C. ASDL Ltd. Shah Alam.D. The Travel Club.

41400 SHAH ALAMTEL: 03-33721955

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009ENGLISH

Paper 2


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question 6

Read the advertisement below and answer the question that follows.

6. Mr.Ramli wants to buy a second-hand car which costs not more than RM 35000. Which of these cars would he be most interested in?

A. Perodua Myvi 1995B. Perodua Myvi 1994C. Perodua Myvi 1993D. Perodua Myvi 1992

Question 7Read the sign below and answer the question that follows.

7. The sign tells you that A..fishing is prohibited here.B. you can fish if you have permission.C. you are not allowed to sell fish here.D. you are allowed to fish here.

Question 8Study the table below and answer the question that follows.

Based on the table above, what is air mostly made up of ?A. Water vapour.B. Carbon DioxideC. OxygenD. Nitrogen

220. CARS FOR SALE

PERODUA MYVI 1995. Metallic, RM 41900. ono. Hisham 03-41294889 012-6624367

PERODUA MYVI 1993. RM 35000. Loan RM 31000. Azlan 03-28351192 013-2103030

PERODUA MYVI ’92. Metallic , low mileage, tip-top condition. RM 34800.Contact Cheah. Tel : 03-31229403 017-6261535

PERODUA MYVI 1994 . Lady owner. Accident-free, low mileage. Price: RM 37000.Tel : 03-20937206 (Office) Shaliza.

GAS APPROXIMATE % BY VOLUME

Nitrogen 78

Carbon Dioxide 21

Oxygen 0.03

Water vapour & Other gases 0.04

Water vapour & Other gases Variable

N O F I S H I N G , P L E A S E !

Questions 9 – 15Read the following passage and choose the best answer.

Every time a mother hugs her child, something special happens in her heart. (9)_________ prays and hopes that her child will grow up healthy and happy. (10)___________ parent hopes to equip their children for the future. Many put their needs aside so that their children can have (11)________ that they can afford. Some (12)_____ them to the best schools. Others worry (13)________ the information their children are exposed to. Children (14)________ intellectual curiosity. They have a desire to (15)_________. Therefore, parents’ roles are important.

9. A. She B. Her C. Hers

10. A. All B. Much C. Many D. Every

11. A. more

B. better C. the best

D. the least

12. A. send B. sends C. sent D. is sending

13. A. inB. onC. asD. about

14. A. hasB. hadC. have

15. A. learnB. learnsC. learntD. learning


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section B: (10 marks) Read the book reviews below and answer the questions that follows.

Body Well-being – resource for beauticians. An essential book to have if you are involved in the beauty business. Promotes the advantages of a well-balanced body and centres on the reduction of body fat. RM 67.75

Complete the table below based on the descriptions given.

Title of Book Information about Book Price

16.__________ Instructions on how to cure common ailments. 17.__________

18._________ Provides instructions on preparing traditionalHerbs for simple and more serious problems.

RM 45.95

19._________ Examine the theories about traditional Chinese medicine.

20.__________

Fill in the blanks with words from the information provided on the various books.

The brochure lists (21)__________________ books. The books are all about health. One book, (22)_____________________, is for those who work in beauty salons or deal in beauty products. This book highlights the importance of feeling good about ourselves. The book that is on the Top Ten List of books is entitled (23)___________________________________. Even though this book is recommended for those in the medical profession, people in other professions can also buy it. It retails at RM 45.95 only. (24)___________________________ and (25)___________________________________ both provide information on Chinese medicine. The former includes information on an ancient form of Chinese exercise called Tai Chi, while the latter provide information on Chinese massage.


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section C :(25 marks)

Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow.

1 Today, many alternative remedies have been used to treat various illness. Among these are herbal remedies, crystal rem edies and magnetic therapy. Magnetic therapy employs the use of natural magnets to enhance the healing process.

2 But, how do magnets help in the healing process? According to the “experts” magnets increase the capillary blood flow which may help flush lactic acid and other inflammatory agents that build up tissue to ease pain and inflammation. The blood also carries oxygen which may be helpful in relaxing muscles and relieving cramps and spasms which are oxygen starved. This is the same reason massage is often used to loosen muscles in spasm; to allow blood to flow and deliver oxygen necessary to terminate the spasm.

3 Many people today use magnets in their daily lives. People with chronic back pain have obtained significant relief from sleeping on magnetic mattresses and/or magnetic seat cushions. Tennis elbow, carpal tunnel syndrome and other tendon or ligament problems heal faster when wrapped in magnetic bandages or magnets are applied to the area. In some hospitals, powerful electromagnets are used to speed healing of broken bones. Regular use of magnets can even help prevent asthma and relieve headaches. The benefits of magnetic therapy are often apparent within the first hour of treatment, sometimes three or four days of steady treatment are required.

4 Vallbona, Carlos conducted a study to examine the effects of magnets in post polio patients. The experimenters recruited 50 patients who not only had post-polio syndrome but also reported muscular or arthritic pain. These patients had significant pain for at least 4 weeks and had not taken any painkillers or anti-inflammatory drugs for at least 3 hours before the study. The subjects all had a trigger point or painful region and had a body weight of less than 140% of the predicted weight for their age and height, and had a trigger point or circumscribed painful area.

5 The magnets and placebos (described under Materials) were supplied in equal numbers from Bioflex. Each magnet or placebo was placed in number coded envelopes and delivered according to its shape. The code for placebos and magnet was not broken until the end of the study. Subjects, who had active magnets, reported significantly less pain than those who received the placebo.The confidence interval on the difference between means show that the effect is is large and therefore of practical as well as statistical significance.

6 In February of 2001, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine released the results of a study from the University of Virginia. One article states: “Although the results of the study were inconclusive, magnet therapy reduced fibromyalgia pain intensity enough in one group of study participants to be “clinically meaningful,” the researchers said. The study consisted of ninety-four patients who suffered from fibromyalgia, randomly divided into 4 groups. Half were in 2 control groups, one that received fake magnets and the other on standard treatment. The other 2 groups received active magnet pads, however, their pads differ slightly adding another variable to the study. The study tracked results over a six-month periods.

7 The results? The two groups that slept on pads with active magnets generally showed improvement while the subjects in the control group did not. There is no conclusive evidence to show that magnetic therapy actually works but many people claim that magnets do help them to cope with pain.

26 a. From paragraph 2, explain how an increase in blood supply reduces pain ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks)

b. The word terminate in paragraph 2 means ________________________________________________________________(1 mark)

27 Which word, in paragraph 3, is similar in meaning to “clear” ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)

28 a. from paragraph 4, what was the purpose of Vallbona’s experiment ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)

b. How long had the patients been suffering from pain ? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)

29 From paragraph 5, a. what does the word those refer to ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)

b. what was the findings of the study conducted by Vallbona ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)

30 From paragraph 6, a. how many people were involved in the study conducted by the University of Virginia ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)

b. what was the duration of the study ? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

31. Based on the passage, write a summary on : * the effects of magnets on human beings. Credit will be given for use of own words but care must be taken not to change the original meaning.

Your summary must :• be in continuous writing form (not in note form)• use materials from paragraph 2 onwards• not longer than 130 words, including the 10 words given below.

Begin your summary as follows : Magnetic therapy is a form of treatment used in healing............. (15 marks)

32. Read an extract from the poem below and answer the questions that follow.

Monsoon History

a. What kind of atmosphere does the poet wish to create in Stanza 1 ? __________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)

b. Name two things the persona does in the poem. _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks)

c. What do the ‘potraits of grandfathers, hung always in the parlour’ tell you about the persona’s family ? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks)

33. Read the extract from the short story The Necklace below and answer the questions that follow.

a. What do you think upsets Mathilde ? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)

b. Which word in the extract tell you that Mathilde was unhappy ? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)

c. What does the above extract tell you about Mathilde’s character ? _________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)

d. With reference to the text, what do the following refer to in Mathilde’s life ? i) despairing regrets:_______________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark) ii) bewildering dreams:_____________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)

34. The following are the novels studied in the literature component in English language.

Jungle of Hope - Keris Mas The Pearl - John Steinbeck The Return - K.S.Maniam

Choose any one of the novels above and answer the question below.Describe an event that you think is important in the novel you have studied. Relate its importance to the story. (15 marks)

END OF QUESTION

The air is wet, soaksinto mattresses, and curlsin apparations of smoke.Like fat white slugs furled among the timber,or silver fish tunnelingthe damp linen coversof schoolbooks, or walkingquietly like centipedes,the air is walking everywhereon its hundred feetis filled with the glareof tropical water.

Again we are taken overby clouds and rolling darkness.Small snails appearclashing their timid hornsamong the morning glory vines.Drinking milo,nyonya and baba sit at home.This was forty years ago.Sarong-wrapped they countedsilver paper for the dead.Potraits of grandfathershung always in the parlour.

Shirley G eok-lin L im

Mathilde suffered ceaselessly, feeling herself born to enjoy all delicacies and all luxuries. She was distressed at the poverty of her dwelling, at the bareness of the walls, and at the shabby chairs, the ugliness of the curtains. All those things, of which another woman of her rank would never even have been conscious, tortured her and made her angry. The sight of the little Breton peasant who did her humble housework aroused in her despairing regrets and bewilding dreams.

18JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


Analisis Soalan 2004-2008

TOPIK

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

K1K2

K1K2

K1K2

K1K2

K1K2

S E S E S E S E S E

Tingkatan 4

Kemunculan Tamadun Awal Manusia 3 1 4 1 2 2 1 1

Peningkatan Tamadun 2 1 6 1 1 2 2 2

Tamadun Awal Asia Tenggara 2 1 3 1 2

Kemunculan Tamadun Islam dan Perkembangannya di Makkah 4 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 1

Kerajaan Islam di Madinah - 2 1 2 1 2

Pembentukan Kerajaan Islam dan sumbangannya 2 1 3 1 1 2 2

Islam di Asia Tenggara - 1 2 2 2

Pembaharuan dan pengaruh Islam di Malaysia sebelum Kedatangan Barat 1 2 1 1 2

Perkembangan di Eropah 3 4 1 2 1 2

Dasar British dan Kesannya terhadap Ekonomi Negara 4 1 3 1 6 1 2 2 1

Tingkatan 5

Kemunculan dan Perkembangan Nasionalisme di Asia Tenggara 4 1 1 4 1 5 3 3

Nasinalisme di Malaysia sehingga Perang Dunia Kedua 3 3 1 3 2 1 1 1

Kesedaran Pembinaan Negara dan Bangsa - 1 1 2 1 2

Pembinaan Negara dan Bangsa Malaysia - 1 1 1 3 3

Pembinaan Negara dan Bangsa Merdeka 1 1 1 2 2

Pengukuhan Negara dan Bangsa Malaysia 1 1 1 2 1 2

Sistem Pemerintahan dan Pentadbiran Negara Malaysia 2 1 1 1 2 1 2

Pembangunan dan Perpaduan Untuk Kesejahteraan 6 1 4 3 3 2 1

Malaysia dan Kerjasama Antarabangsa 6 1 6 1 4 2 1 3 1

SPM2009

[ 1249/1 ] [ 1249/2 ]

Sejarah


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1. Mengapakah sistem penanaman secara bergilir diamalkan pada zaman Dinasti Tang di China? A Menjimatkan masa B Mengurangkan kos C Mengehadkan tenaga kerja D Mengekalkan kesuburan tanah 2. Apakah kepentingan kandungan karya The Art of War yang ditulis oleh Sun Tzu kepada masyarakat hari ini? A Mengatur strategi perniagaan B Menerangkan sistem pentadbiran C Menentukan hubungan diplomatik D Melicinkan pengurusan peperiksaan awam

3. Bagaimanakah pemerintahan Pompei dapat menyediakan bekalan air yang mencukupi untuk penduduk Rom? A Menggali perigi B Mengehadkan penggunaan air C Mendirikan kolam mandi awam D Membina sistem saliran bawah tanah

4. Maklumat berikut merujuk kepada sistem pendidikan di Sparta

Mengapakah masyarakat Sparta mengamalkan sistem pendidikan tersebut? A Membentuk rakyat yang sihat B Melahirkan warganegara yang setia C Mementingkan kemenangan dalam sukan D Mewujudkan masyarakat yang seimbang

5. Rajah 1 berkaitan dengan falsafah Tamadun India dan China.

Bagaimanakah konsep tersebut mempengaruhi kehidupan tamadun masing-masing? A Meramalkan bencana alam B Menentukan nasib pada masa depan C Membantu menghubungi roh si mati D Mengimbangi kesihatan dalam kehidupan

6. Rajah 2 menerangkan kepercayaan agama Hindu.

• Fizikal • Kemahiran

Yoga

Yin dan Yang

Tamadun India

Tamadun China

Agama

Hindu

Pencapaian nirvana

Pencapaian moksha Rajah 2

Rajah 1

7. Pernyataan berikut menerangkan hubungan antara kerajaan agraria dengan kerajaan maritim

Apakah kesan hubungan tersebut kepada kerajaan maritim? A Peluasan empayar B Pesaing yang hebat C Pembekal sumber makanan D Penguasaan perdagangan entreport

8. Apakah faktor perkembangan kegiatan pertanian kerajaan Angkor ? I Meningkatkan perdagangan hasil pertanian II Mempelbagaikan ekonomi sara diri III Membina sistem pengairan IV Meningkatkan hasil padi A I dan II B I dan IV C II dan III D III dan IV

9. Apakah kesan amalan sistem kabilah dalam masyarakat Arab Jahiliah? A Memantapkan sistem pentadbiran B Mewujudkan persaingan kuasa C Memperkukuh semangat asabiyah D Meningkatkan perpaduan

10. Tokoh berikut telah memberi sumbangan dalam perkembangan Islam.

Apakah sumbangan mereka? A Meneruskan dakwah ke Taif B Menandatangani Perjanjian Hudaibiyah C Membantu Rasulullah berhijrah ke Madinah D Menamatkan pemulauan terhadap orang Islam

11. Mengapakah orang Arab Quraisy menentang Nabi Muhammad s.a.w.?

I Prinsip persamaan taraf II Perbezaan kepercayaan III Penamatan perniagaan IV Perbezaan suku A I dan II B I dan IV C II dan III D III dan IV

Saling bergantung antara satu sama lain

• Abdullah bin Abu Bakar• Asma binti Abu Bakar• Amir bin Fuhairah

Apakah implikasi pencapaian tersebut kepada penganut agama Hindu? A Memperoleh pencerahan agung B Memperoleh kebebasan mutlak C Melepaskan diri daripada hukum karma D Menjelma semula di dunia dalam bentuk jasad

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009SEJARAHKertas 1


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

12. Bagaimanakah Nabi Muhammad s.a.w. menyelesaikan masalah yang dihadapi oleh masyarakat Madinah? I Keadilan II Musyawarah III Hukum adat IV Semangat asabiyah

A I dan II B I dan IV C II dan III D III dan IV 13. Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah telah mewujudkan sistem wazarah. Bagaimanakah sistem tersebut dilaksanakan? A Menetapkan peraturan di istana B Mengehadkan kebebasan bersuara C Melantik wazir sebagai ketua sistem pentadbiran D Mengadakan pemeriksaan untuk menemui khalifah

14. Perkara yang manakah menyebabkan kejatuhan kerajaan Bani Umaiyah? I Pemberontakan golongan Mawali II Pengabaian terhadap rakyat III Penaklukan oleh Bani Seljuk IV Pelantikan golongan mudejars

A I dan II B I dan IV C II dan III D III dan IV

15. Bagaimanakah cara tamadun Islam bertembung dengan tamadun lain di dunia? I Penaklukan II Perdagangan III Pendakwahan IV Perjanjian


16. Apakah peranan kumpulan Janissari dalam kerajaan Uthmaniyah? A Menjadi pembayar cukai tambahan B Menggalakkan perkembangan ilmu C Menyertai pasukan tentera khas D Mengamalkan kebudayaan Islam

17. Konsep daulat sangat dipercayai oleh masyarakat Melayu. Mengapakah konsep tersebut penting kepada institusi kesultanan Melayu?

I Mengukuhkan sistem perundangan II Menentukan tugas pemerintah III Mengangkat kedudukan raja IV Mewujudkan penghormatan di kalangan rakyat A I dan II B I dan IV C II dan III D III dan IV

18. Tokoh berikut berperanan penting dalam Kerajaan Acheh.

Apakah peranan mereka? A Menghasilkan karya pemikiran Islam B Mengetuai utusan diplomatik C Menetapkan istiadat diraja D Menasihati pemerintah

19. Rajah 3 menerangkan tentang institusi pendidikan formal dalam masyarakat Melayu tradisional.

Apakah X? A Pelajar terdiri orang luar B Pembelajaran mengikut sistem kelas C Keperluan asas disediakan oleh pelajar D Tempoh pembelajaran selama 10 tahun

20. Pernyataan berikut menunjukkan keadaan era Renaissance di Eropah.

Golongan Patron terdiri daripada A Penggiat seni B Pedagang kaya C Penguasa gereja D Penduduk tempatan

21. Apakah tujuan Akta Tanah Simpanan Melayu dikuatkuasakan di Tanah Melayu pada tahun 1913? A Memudahkan usaha membina kemudahan asas B Membenarkan imigran memiliki tanah C Memajukan kegiatan pertanian D Melindungi tanah peribumi

22. Apakah kesan sosial penjelajahan Barat terhadap masyarakat setempat di Asia Tenggara? A Kemajuan infrastruktur B Penyebaran agama Kristian C Penghapusan budaya tempatan D Kewujudan masyarakat majmuk

23 Jadual 1 merujuk kepada karya kesusasteraan yang dihasilkan di Asia Tenggara sebelum Perang Dunia Kedua.

Jadual 1

• Syeikh Nurudin al-Raniri• Abdul Rauf Singkel• Hamzah al-Fansuri

Sistem Madrasah

Berdasarkan sukatan pelajaran

Pendidikan mengikut tahap

X

Golongan Patron memainkan peranan penting dalam menaungi seniman dan cendekiawan pada zaman Renaissance di Eropah.

Ke Makam Bonda Chairil Anwar

Putera Gunung Tahan Pak Sako

El Filibusterismo Jose Rizal

Novel Penulis


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

28. Jadual 3 menunjukkan tokoh tempatan yang telah menentang British pada abad ke-19.

Jadual 3

Mengapakah penentangan tersebut berlaku? A Perebutan kawasan B Penghapusan sistem perhambaan C Peningkatan kemasukan imigran D Paksaan pembayaran cukai

29. Mengapakah Otto Eduard von Bismarck menyanjung amalan realpoilitik? A Kestabilan politik terjamin B Kejayaan menyatukan Jerman C Kerjasama dengan negara lain D Kemakmuran ekonomi negara

30. Maklumat berikut merujuk kepada kesepakatan Persidangan Damai Paris di Perancis.

Apakah kesan peristiwa tersebut kepada perkembangan politik di Eropah? A Meletus perang saudara B Mengukuhkan sistem feudal C Kemunculan negara bangsa baru D Kemerosotan sistem pemerintahan Republik

31. Jadual 4 berkaitan dengan tokoh yang pernah memerintah Kelantan.

Jadual 4

Apakah sumbangan tokoh tersebut? A Melaksanakan Sistem Jemaah Menteri B Melantik pembesar bergelar Nik dan Wan C Membentuk Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan D Memperkenalkan sistem raja berperlembagaan

32. Rajah 4 merujuk kepada sistem pentadbiran negeri di Tanah Melayu.

Apakah X? A Perak B Kedah C Pahang D Negeri Sembilan

Apakah isu yang dimuatkan dalam novel tersebut? A Peningkatan status sosial B Penindasan oleh penjajah C Tuntutan kemerdekaan D Nasib kaum wanita

24. Jadual 2 menunjukkan anggaran penduduk di England pada abad ke-19.

Jadual 2

Apakah kesan pertambahan penduduk kepada sektor pertanian di Britain? A Penglibatan kerajaan B Permintaan buruh luar C Pengeluaran berskala besar D Peningkatan import makanan

25. Rajah 3 adalah perubahan pentadbiran Sepanyol di Filipina.

Rajah 3

Mengapakah rakyat Filipina menentang sistem tersebut? A Cukai yang tinggi B Pentadbiran berpusat C Penyebaran agama Kristian D Dasar diskriminasi penjajah

26. Tokoh berikut memberi sumbangan kepada perkembangan politik di negara masing-masing.

Apakah persamaan matlamat perjuangan mereka? A Menghalang kemasukan budaya Barat B Memupuk perpaduan kaum C Mengembalikan hak peribumi D Menyekat kedatangan imigran

27. Perkara yang amanakah menunjukkan Kaum Muda mempengaruhi kemajuan bangsa Melayu? A Pembangunan industri desa B Pemerintahan golongan ulama C Pendidikan kaum wanita D Perpaduan kaum

Tahun Jumlah

1700175018011831

5.5 juta6.5 juta9.0 juta14.0 juta

Encomiendero

Encomienda

(barangay-barangay yang digabungkan)

• Raden Adjeng Kartini

• Phan Boi Chau

Tokoh Negeri

Tok Janggut Kelantan

Abdul Rahman Limbong Terengganu

Dol Said Naning

Deklarasi Empat Belas Perkara Woodrow Wilson

TAHUN PEMERINTAH

1801-1836 Sultan Muhammad I

1836-1886 Sultan Muhammad II

Negeri X

Pemerintah tertinggi tidak mempunyai kuasa melantik pembesar


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Rajah 5

Siapakah yang mengetuai pentadbiran negeri di bawah sistem pemerintahan tersebut? A Sultan B Residen C Menteri Besar D Pesuruhjaya Negeri

34. Tokoh berikut memainkan peranan penting dalam perkembangan sejarah Sarawak.

Mengapakah tokoh tersebut menjadi sanjungan negara kita? A Mempertahankan kedaulatan negeri B Memajukan pendidikan rakyat C Menuntut berkerajaan sendiri D Menyatukan pelbagai kaum

35. Apakah manfaat yang diperoleh orang bukan Melayu melalui penubuhan Jawatankuasa Hubungan Antara Kaum (CLC) pada tahun 1949. A Kebebasan berpolitik B Menguasai pentadbiran C Menentukan kerakyatan D Kedudukan istimewa dilindungi

36. Jadual 5 menerangkan peristiwa penentangan Indonesia terhadap gagasan Malaysia.

Jadual 5

Negeri-Negeri Selat

Negeri-Negeri Melayu Bersekutu

Negeri-Negeri Melayu Tidak Bersekutu

Persekutuan Tanah Melayu 1946

• Datu Patinggi Abang Haji Abdillah

• Rosli Dhobi

Tarikh 20 Januari 1963

Peristiwa Konfrontasi Indonesia terhadap Malaysia

Kempen Ganyang Malaysia

Mengapakah Indonesia bertindak demikian? A Tidak dijemput berunding B Terpedaya dengan dakyah Belanda C Terpengaruh dengan dakyah komunis D Tindakan perluasan wilayah terhalang

37. Muhammad Amin layak mengundi secara pos dalam pilihan raya di Malaysia. Beliau mungkin seorang I pelajar di luar negara II anggota pasukan keselamatan III jemaah yang sedang menunaikan haji IV pesalah yang menjalani hukuman penjara


38. Encik Abu ialah seorang ahli Dewan Negara. Apakah keistimewaan ahli dewan tersebut? I Ahlinya digelar Senator II Mempunyai 69 orang ahli III Berumur 21 tahun ke atas IV Dipilih melalui pilihan raya


39. Apakah peranan Lembaga Pemasaran Pertanian Persekutuan (FAMA) yang ditubuhkan pada tahun 1965 ? A Meningkatkan pembukaan tanah B Menyediakan kemudahan pinjaman C Menggalakkan orang Melayu berniaga D Membantu mengatasi masalah pemasaran pertanian

40. Apakah tujuan penubuhan Persatuan Negara-negara Asia Tenggara (ASEAN)? A Menentang komunis B Mewujudkan pasaran bersama C Mengekalkan kestabilan politik D Mewujudkan pakatan ketenteraan

33. Rajah 5 menunjukkkan penyatuan ketiga-tiga unit politik di Tanah Melayu dalam pentadbiran Persekutuan Tanah Melayu.

KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Bahagian A [ 40 markah ]Jawab semua soalan

Gambar 11. Gambar 1 menunjukkan tinggalan bandar terancang tamadun Indus.

(a) Namakan dua bandar terancang tersebut.

(i) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (b) Nyatakan tiga ciri bandar terancang dalam tamadun Indus.

(i) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (iii) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. [3 markah] (c) Apakah faktor yang mempengaruhi perkembangan bandar tersebut?

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [1 markah] (d) Pada pendapat anda, mengapakah masyarakat Indus dapat membina bandar yang terancang?

.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah]

(e) Bagaimanakah amalan sikap keterbukaan tamadun Indus dapat dicontohi dalam memajukan negara kita?

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah]

2. Selepas pemerintahan Khalifah al-Rasyidin, pentadbiran kerajaan Islam seterusnya telah digantikan oleh kerajaan Bani Umaiyah.

(a) Nyatakan dua pusat pemerintahan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah. (i) Tahap pertama : ........................................................................................................................................................................................ (ii.) Tahap kedua: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. [2 markah]

(b) Namakan pengasas kerajaan Bani Umaiyah tahap pertama? ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ [1 markah]

(c) Senaraikan dua sumbangan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah dalam bidang politik.

(i) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. (ii) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. [2 markah]

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009SEJARAHKertas 2


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(d) Senaraikan dua sumber pendapatan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah.

(i) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ (ii) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ [2 markah] (e) Berdasarkan pengetahuan anda, jelaskan kejayaan yang telah dicapai oleh kerajaan Malaysia dalam bidang pendidikan.

(i) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (ii) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... (iii) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

[3 markah]

Rajah 1

3. Rajah 1 menunjukkan struktur pentadbiran di Malaysia yang mengamalkan sistem pengasingan kuasa.

(a) Apakah yang dimaksudkan dengan konsep pengasingan kuasa?

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ [2 markah] (b) Nyatakan dua syarat kelayakan untuk menjadi seorang senator.

i. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (c) Berikan dua tanggungjawab Badan Pelaksana dalam sistem pentadbiran negara.

i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (d) Nyatakan dua kuasa yang terdapat pada Badan Kehakiman. i. ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (e) Pada pendapat anda, mengapakah hakim tidak dibenarkan mengambil bahagian dalam politik? i. ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ii. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

[2 markah]4.

(a) Apakah yang anda faham tentang pertubuhan Komanwel?

i. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [1 markah] (b) Berikan dua matlamat penubuhan Komanwel i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (c) Senaraikan tiga sumbangan Malaysia dalam pertubuhan Komanwel i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... iii. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [3 markah] (d) Nyatakan dua faedah yang diperoleh Malaysia menerusi Komanwel. i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah] (e) Pada pendapat anda mengapakah negara Malaysia perlu menyertai pertubuhan-pertubuhan antarabangsa? i. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ii. ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... [2 markah]

Badan Pemerintah

Badan Perundangan Badan Pelaksana Badan Kehakiman

Malaysia telah menyertai pelbagai pertubuhan antarabangsa dan bergiat secara aktif


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Bahagian B

[ 60 markah ]

Jawab tiga soalan sahaja.

5. Penyebaran Islam secara aman ke Asia Tenggara merupakan pengajaran sejarah yang besar ertinya bagi rantau ini dan dunia seluruhnya.

(a) Terangkan faktor penyebaran agama Islam di Asia Tenggara [8 markah]

(b) Jelaskan kesan pengaruh Islam di Tanah Melayu sebelum kedatangan Barat [6 markah]

(c) Pada pendapat anda, apakah pengajaran daripada perjuangan jihad pemimpin tempatan menentang penjajahan Barat di Asia Tenggara? [6 markah]

6. Kepesatan pembangunan sektor pertanian dan perlombongan oleh kerajaan kolonial British telah menyebabkan kekurangan tenaga buruh tempatan untuk memenuhi keperluan aktiviti ekonomi di Tanah Melayu.

(a) Apakah faktor-faktor yang mendorong buruh dari Cina dan India datang ke Tanah Melayu pada pertengahan abad ke-19 hingga awal abad ke-20? [8 markah]

(b) Terangkan cara kemasukan imigran Cina dan India ke Tanah Melayu. [6 markah]

(c) Jelaskan peranan generasi muda Malaysia untuk mengekalkan perpaduan negara. [6 markah]

7. Imperialisme merupakan dasar sesebuah negara meluaskan pengaruh dan wilayahnya dengan menjajah negara lain untuk kepentingan tertentu.

(a) Terangkan faktor imperialisme Barat di Asia Tenggara [8 markah]

(b) Jelaskan kesan imperialisme Barat di negara-negara Asia Tenggara [6 markah]

(c) Pada pendapat anda, bagaimanakah generasi pada hari ini dapat mengekalkan kedaulatan dan kemerdekaan negara? [6 markah]

8. Salah satu ciri asas pembinaan negara dan bangsa ialah adanya perlembagaan bertulis.

(a) Jelaskan aspek-aspek persamaan antara Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor (1895) dan Undang-undang Tubuh Negeri Terengganu (1911). [8 Markah]

(b) Terangkan bidang kuasa Yang DiPertuan Besar, Undang, Lembaga dan Buapak dalam sistem pemerintahan di Negeri Sembilan. [6 Markah]

(c) Pada pandangan anda, apakah kebaikan sistem pemerintahan demokrasi kepada sesebuah negara? [5 markah]

Jadual 1

9. (a) Berdasarkan Jadual 1, apakah usaha-usaha yang dijalankan oleh pihak kerajaan untuk memartabatkan bahasa Melayu sebagai bahasa kebangsaan? [8 markah]

(b) Terangkan pelaksanaan Dasar Kebudayaan Kebangsaan. [6 markah]

(c) Pada pandangan anda, bagaimanakah aktiviti sukan mampu mewujudkan perpaduan rakyat? [6 markah]

Ke arah Perpaduan Kaum di Malaysia

• Dasar Bahasa Kebangsaan• Dasar Kebudayaan Kebangsaan• Sukan Untuk Perpaduan

26JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


SPM2009

[ 3472/1 ] [ 3472/2 ]

Additional Mathematic

TOPICS PAPER 1 PAPER 2

NO 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

1 Functions 1,2 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2 1,2,3 1,2,3 - - - 2 - -

2 Quadratic Equations 3,4 4 4,5 3 4 4 - - - - - -

3 Quadratic Functions - 5,6 6 4,5 5,6 5,6 2 - - - - 2

4 Simultaneous Equation - - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 Indices and Logarithms 5,6 7,8 7,8,9 6,7,8 7,8 7,8 - - - - - -

6 Coordinate Geometry 9,11 14,15 14 12 13,14 13,14 11 2 9 9 2 10

7 Statistics - 23 24 22 22 5 4 4 6 5 5

8 Circular Measures 19 19 18 16 18 18 4 9 10 10 9 9

9 Differentiation 15,16 20,21 19,20 17,18,19 19,20 19,20 3b,9a 5b,10a 2a,8a - 4a,4b 7a

10 Solution of Triangles - - - - - - - 13 12 13 15 14

11 Index Number - - - - - - - 12 13 15 13 13

12 Progressions 7,8 9,11,12 10,1112 9,10 9,10,11 9,10,11 - 6 3 3 6 3

13 Linear Law 10 13 13 11 12 12 7 7 7 7 7 8

14 integration 17,18 22 21 20,21 21 21 3a,9b 5a,10b 2b,8b,8c 8 4c,10 7b7c

15 Vectors 12,13 16,17 15,16 15,16 13,14 15,16 6 8 6 5 8 6

16 Trigonometric Functions

20,21 18 17 15 17 17 8 3 5 4 3 4

17 Permutations And Combinations

22,23 23 23 22 22 23 - - - - - -

18 Probability - 24 24 23 24 24 - - - - - -

19 Probability Distributions 24,25 25 25 25 25 25 10 11 11 11 11 11

20 Motion Along A Straight Line

- - - - - - - 15 15 12 12 12

21 Linear Programming - - - - - - - 14 14 14 14 15

TOTAL 25 25 25 25 25 25 15 15 15 15 15 15

Analisis Kertas Soalan 2004-2008


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Answer ALL Questions

1. Diagram 1 shows the relation between set A and set B.

Set B

Set A

State (a) the type of relation, (b) the range of the relation. [2 marks]

2. Diagram 2 shows the functions f and gf. f g

Find g(x). [3 marks]

3. Given the function f:x → 2x+1 , x ≠ h and its inverse function x f -1:x → 1 , x ≠ k Find the value of x - k

(a) h,

(b) k. [3 marks]

4. The quadratic equation 3x2 + (h- 4)x + 2k = 0 has roots 2 and -3. Find the value of h and of k. [3 marks]

5. Diagram 3 shows the graph of a quadratic function f(x) with a maximum point (1,4).

Diagram 1

Diagram 2

6x-1 2x+3 x

gf

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS

Kertas 1


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(a) Express f(x) in the form of f(x) = k- (x-n)2 , where k and n are constants.

(b) Find the values of

(i) p and q,

(ii) r. [4 marks]

6. Find the range of values of x if (4x + 1)2 ≥ (9 – x)2 [3 marks]

7. Solve the equation 22x + 1 = 4 [3 marks] 82x + 1

8. Given that 2 (log 2 y – 1) = 6 log

8 x . Express y in terms of x. [3 marks]

9. Given log 5 2 = m and log

5 7 = n, express log 5 8.75 in terms of m and n. [4 marks]

10. Diagram 4 shows the straight line PQ which is perpendicular to the straight line RQ at the point Q. The equation of QR is x - y = 4 .

y

Find (a) the coordinates of Q,

(b) the area of triangle PQR. [4 marks]

Diagram 4

p q

(1,4)

x

f(x)

O

r

Diagram 3

P(0,6)

Q

O

-4


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

p = 3i - 4 j q = 2i + 3 jand r = h i + j, where h is a constant

11. A point P moves such that its distance from the point A(3,6) is always twice its distance from B (1, -2) . Find the locus of point P. [3 marks]

12. Diagram 5 shows a linear graph of 1 against 1 . The variables y x x and y are related by the equation y =

px where p and q are constants.

qx+1

a) Determine the values of p and of q.

b) Find the value of r. [ 4 marks ]

13. The first term of an arithmetic progression is 4 and the seventh term exceeds the second term by 10.Find the common difference of the progression.

[ 2 marks ]

14. The first three terms of a geometric progression are 4, x and where x < 0. Find

(a) the value of x,

(b) the sum to infinity of the progression. [ 3 marks ]

15.

Using the above information, find

(a) the value of h when r is parallel to p + q .

(b) the unit vector in the direction of p + q. [ 4 marks ]

16. Solve the equation sin x cos x = for 0o ≤ x ≤ 180o. [ 3 marks ]

~~

~~

~~

~ ~ ~

~ ~

~

~

~

1y

1x

14

14

Diagram 5

(6 , 1)

(3 , y)

(0 , -2)0


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

17. Given that y = , find (a) in terms of x, [1 marks]

(b) the approximate change in y given that x decreases from 2 to 1.98. [2 marks]

18. The curve has a minimum point at x = -3 , where k is a constant. Find

(a) the value of k,

(b) the equation of the tangent to the curve at x = 0. [4 marks]

19. Diagram 6 shows two sectors, centre P and centre Q , both with radii 10 cm. R

P Q

Calculate the area of the shaded region. [4 marks]

20. Diagram 7 shows the curve y = f(x). The curve intersects the x- axis at x = 2.

y

x

Given t hat un its. Fi nd t he ar ea o f t he s haded r egion. [2 mar ks]

21. Given that = 5. Find the value of k. [3 marks]

3(2x - 3)²

dydx

y = x² + kx - 4

Diagram 6

Diagram 7

2 3

2

0

∫ (kx+2)dx² -1

∫ f(x)dx = 4³²


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

22. Given set of data h-2, h, h+3 , 2h, 2h +1 which is arranged in an ascending order. The median of the set of data is 6. Find

(a) the value of h,

(b) the variance of the set of data. [ 4 marks ]

23. A family has three children. Find the probability that

(a) all the three children are girls,

(b) at least one of them is a boy. [ 2 marks ]

24. Diagram 8 shows six cards of different letters.

(a) Find the number of possible arrangements, in a row , of all the cards. (b) Find the number of these arrangements in which the letters W and M are side by side. [ 3 marks ]

25. Diagram 9 shows a standard normal distribution curve. f(z)

z

Given P( 0 < Z < k ) = 0.4523, find the value of k. [ 2 marks ]


w S OI D M

0 k

Diagram 8

Diagram 9


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SECTION A40 marks

Answer ALL Questions

1. Solve the simultaneous equations x +2y - 2 = 0 and + = 5 [ 5 marks ]

2. The quadratic function f(x) = x² – 2tx + 4t has a minimum value of 3. (a) By using the method of completing the square, find the two possible values of t where t is a constant. [ 4 marks ]

(b) Sketch the graph of f(x), given that t >1. [ 3 marks ]

3. Diagram 1 shows an isosceles triangle ABC where AB = AC = 64 cm and BC = 70 cm. Each of the other triangles is obtained by joining the midpoints of the sides of the triangles outside it.

A

B C Diagram 1 (a) Find the length of the three sides of the 7th triangle. [ 2 marks ] (b) Show that the perimeters of the triangles form a geometric progression. [ 2 marks ]

(c) Find the sum of the perimeters of all the triangles if the process is continued infinitely. [ 2 marks ] 4. (a) Prove that = tan x [ 2 marks ]

(b) (i) Sketch the graph of y = | tan x | for (ii) Hence, using the same axis, sketch the suitable straight line to find the number of solutions for the equation - 3x = 0 for 0 ≤ x ≤ 2π. State the number of solutions. π [ 6 marks ]

5. Diagram 2 below shows a histogram which represents the distribution of the marks obtained by 40 pupils in a test.

marks 0.5 10.5 20.5 30.5 40.5 50.5

1x

2y

Number of pupils

3

4

10

13

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS

Kertas 2


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(a) State the modal mark. [ 1 marks ]

(b) Without using an ogive, calculate the median mark. [ 3 marks ] (c) Calculate the standard deviation of the distribution. [ 4 marks ]

(6) In Diagram 3, OSR and PSQ are two straight lines.

Q

P

Given that OP = 5x and OQ = 10 y , 3PS = 2 SQ , PR = mOQ and OS = nOR.

(a) Express vector OR in terms of (i) m, x and y (ii) n, x and y [4 marks] (b) Hence, find the value of m and of n. [3 marks]

PART B(40 marks)

Answer four questions.

7. Diagram 4 shows the curve y = x2 – 2x and the straight line y = x . The straight line intersect the curve at (0,0) and point A. y

Diagram 4

Calculate

(a) the equation of the normal to the curve at point A, [4 marks]

(b) the area of the shaded region P. [3 marks]

(c) the volume generated, in terms of π, when the shaded region Q is revolved through 360o about the x-axis. [3 marks]

O

R

S

0 x

A

P

Q


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

8. Use the graph paper provided to answer this question. Table 1 shows the values of two variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment. The variables x and y are related by the

equation , where p and r are constants.

TABLE 1

(a) Plot against x² , by using a scale of 2 cm to 0.05 units on both axes.

Hence, draw the line of best fit. [5 marks]

(b) Use the graph in (a) to find the value of (i) p, (ii) r [5 marks]

9. Diagram 5 shows a circle; centre O with radius OA and a sector PABC, centre P with radius PA. [Use π = 3.142] A

D

C Diagram 5

Given that OA = 10cm and PA = 18 cm .

(a) Show that APB = 0.902 radian. [2 marks]

(b) Calculate (i) the perimeter of the shaded region, (ii) the area of the shaded region [8marks]

10. Solution by scale drawing will not be accepted. . Diagram 6 shows a quadrilateral EFGH where the coordinates E (3, 3), F(0, -1) and H(6, 2) The straight lines FH is

perpendicular to EG while the straight line FG is parallel to x- axis.

x

G Diagram 6

Find (a) the equation of the straight line EG, [3 marks]

(b) the coordinates of G, [2 marks]

(c) the area of quadrilateral EFGH, [2 marks]

(d) the equation of the locus of R such that it is equidistance from E and F. [3 marks]

x 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

y 1.981 2.151 2.500 3.279 5.405 2.857

x²y = p - ry

1y

y E(3 , 3)

H (6, 2)

F(0,-1)

0


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

11. (a) A study in a district shows that one out of seven teenagers in the district join a special training program . (i) If 5 teenagers are chosen randomly from the district, find the probability than 2 or more of them join the special

training program. (ii) If they are 2 490 teenagers in the district, calculate the variance of the number of teenagers who join the special

training program. [5 marks] (b) The height, in cm, for the students in a school shows a normal distribution with mean 160 cm and variance 225 cm2. Find, (i) the probability that the height of a student which is chosen randomly falls in the range of 155 cm and 175 cm. (ii) Given that 12% of the students have a height of more than m cm, find the value of m.

[5 marks]

SECTION C(20 marks)

Answer two questions from this section.

12. Two particles, P and Q, moves along the same straight line, passing through a fixed point O. The velocity of P , vP ms-1, is given by v = 3 + 8t - 3t² , where t is the time in seconds after passing the point O.

Particle Q starts from O with a velocity of -7 ms-1 at the instant when the particle P passes through O. The acceleration of particle Q, aQ, is given by is given by a = 6t - 6.

(a) Find the time when the particle P starts to reverse its direction of motion. [2 marks]

(b) Sketch the velocity-time graph for particle P for 0 [2 marks]

(c) Calculate the total distance moved by the particle P in the first 5 seconds. [3 marks]

(d) The velocity of the particle Q at the instant when the velocity of the particle P is maximum. [4 marks] 13. A particular kind of cake is made by using four ingredients, P, Q, R and S. Table 2 shows the prices of the ingredients

and their corresponding weightages.

TABLE 2 (a) Find the value of x, y and z. [2 marks]

(b) (i) Given that the composite index for the cost of making these cakes in the year 2007 based on the year 2005 is 129.45. Find the value of m. (ii) Hence, calculate the corresponding cost of making these cakes in the year 2007 if the cost in the

year 2005 is RM 2306. [5 marks]

(c) The cost of making these cakes is expected to increase by 40% from the year 2007 to the year 2009. Find the expected composite index for the year 2009 based on the year 2005. [2 marks]

Ingredient

Price per kilogram (RM) Price index for the year

2007 based on the year 2005

WeightageYear 2005 Year 2007

P 0.80 1.00 x 4

Q 2.00 2.80 140 m

R 0.40 y 150 5

S z 0.40 80 3


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

14. Diagram 6 shows a quadrilateral ABCD

40°

D 18 cm C Diagram 6

(a) Calculate the length of (i) AC (ii) AD [4 marks]

(b) Point E lies on AC such that AD = ED. (i) Sketch the triangle EDC. (ii) Calculate the area of triangle EDC. [6 marks]

15. A cinema club is going to organise a charity show in a hall. Two kind of tickets will be sold : RM 25 for members and RM 50 for non-members. The club has to sell x tickets to members and y tickets to non members based on the following constraints:

I : The ticket sold to non- members must not exceed two times the tickets sold to members. II : The hall can only accomodate 900 people. III : The club would like to gain a collection of at least RM 20 000 from the activity.

(a) Write three inequalities, other than x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0, which satisfy all of the above constraints. [3 marks]

(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to 100 people on both axes, construct and shade the region R which satisfies all of the above constraints. [3 marks]

(c) Use the graph constructed in 15(b), to find

(i) the minimum number of tickets to be sold to get at least RM 20 000. (ii) the maximum collection that can be collected. [4 marks]


A B 10 cm

18 cm

10 cm

350

There are tremendous job prospects in the Information Technology (IT) field. IT is an industry that serves all sectors of business and is used by consumers all over the world so students will find a wide array of career options in this field.

According to Gur-pardeep, careers in this field generally fall under four major categories, which are: software de-velopment (including programming and sys-

tems development; infrastructure (including computer systems and networks); web, multimedia, and games development: and support (including end-user support and systems support).

“Regardless of economic conditions, there is always a shortage of the right type of graduates in Computing and IT,” he says. “By this we mean professionally-trained graduates who don’t just have a degree or diploma, but who also have the right balance of knowledge and skills as well as the right attitude towards their work.”

Do Well in School He advises students to perform well in all subjects, in particular Mathematics and English, as these will provide them with the analytical and communication skills which are critical to ensure success in the IT field.

Aside from doing well in their studies, students need to be creative, methodical and be willing to keep learning. As technology is continuously evolving and undergoing rapid changes, those interested in pursuing a career in IT have to constantly upgrade their knowledge.

“There needs to be a combination of generic and specialist skills,” explains Gurpardeep. “Generic skills equip students for long-term careers, while specialist skills enable them to excel in particular focus areas of technology which change rapidly.”

He says the most popular courses in IT among Malaysian students are those related to Networking and IT Security, although quite a number of students also choose to go into Software Development and Software Engineering.

What You Will StudyRegardless of the specialisation and the course title, students will need to cover subjects within five core areas: Software

Make Your Mark as an

A degree in IT opens the door to many career possibilities. Gurpardeep Singh, vice-

president of Operations at UCTI (APIIT) tells Times what the IT field is all about.

Development and Programming; Networks and Data Communications; Databases; Web and Multimedia; as well as Mathematics and Business. When they enter their second and third year students may take more specialised subjects depending on their area of interest.

“Courses start at certificate level and go right up to Masters and even Doctorate levels,” Gurpardeep elaborates. “Even if a student does not possess the entry qualifications to qualify for a degree, it is still possible for students to move up through the levels, although it will take a little more time.”

While most may be eager to begin practical work, he cautions that it is important for students to acquire a strong foundation in theoretical knowledge in the early stages of the course.

“As they progress, there will be an increased emphasis on applying theory to practice, usually by carrying out realistic projects (usually in teams) where they should develop their skills in coming up with creative solutions to ‘real-life’ problems.”

No shortcutsAs a final word of advice, Gurpardeep tells students not to seek shortcuts in establishing themselves in the industry. “Computing and IT is certainly a serious field of study, which requires hard work on the part of students in order to prepare themselves for future careers,” he maintains.

“A degree is only a passport to your first job, but ultimately it is your attitude towards your studies and your development as a professional which will guarantee you a long-term and rewarding career as a true IT professional.”

Career Options after SPM


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

With a degree in busi-ness, students can find work in various positions in virtually any industry. According to Dr Dewi, some of the entry-level positions for graduates include Management Trainee, Assistant Office Manager, Administrative Executive, Junior Execu-tive, Accounts Executive, Sales and Marketing Ex-ecutive, Human Resource Executive, Finance Execu-

tive, and Executive Personal Assistant.

“Business graduates are usually equipped with a broad overview of how the commercial world operates,” says Dr. Dewi adding that a Universiti Tun Abdul Razak business degree can be applied to any industry and can also help students venture into business as entrepreneurs.

Qualifications and RequirementsIn order to enrol in a business programme, students should have at least five credits in SPM. This will enable them to pursue a Foundation Programme in Business Administration or Manage-ment. “After graduating from this programme, they can con-tinue their studies in the Bachelor Degree programmes offered by the Faculty of Business Administration,” says Dr. Dewi.

She maintains that to excel in the world of business, students must have an inquisitive mind so that they can become fast learners who can easily adapt to their surroundings. “A student needs to have good written and oral communication skills, as well as the ability to research, interpret, as well as use business and financial information,” she adds. “Attributes such as self-reliance, creative thinking, and leadership are necessary for career advancement.”

SpecialisationsAccording to Dr Dewi, Business specialisations in Human Re-source Management, Finance, and Marketing are highly popular with students in Malaysia. “Under the Human Resource Manage-ment specialisation, the core areas covered include Training and Development, Compensation Management, as well as Labour Law and Industrial Relations,” she explains.

“For students specialising in Finance, they are required to do courses such as Financial Markets and Institutions, Corporate Finance, and Investment Analysis. And for Marketing, the core

Succeeding as a

There are many advantages to getting a Business degree. Dr. Dewi Amat Sapuan,

Deputy Dean, Student Affairs and Quality at Universiti Tun Abdul Razak tells Times

about the coursework and career opportunities in Business.

areas are Consumer Relationship Management, Marketing Com-munication, Consumer Behaviour, and Channel Management.”

Academic Pathway Students will have the same amount of time to complete their degrees regardless of the type of specialisation they choose. Uni-versiti Tun Abdul Razak offers foundation, diploma, bachelor and postgraduate programmes. Those who have completed SPM and want to pursue a career in business can begin with the Founda-tion Programme in Business Administration or Management.

Upon completion, students can immediately continue with the Bachelor of Business Administration (Hons) or the Bachelor of Management (Hons). The Faculty of Business Administration is also offering the Bachelor of Accounting (Hons).

Students with any of the mentioned bachelor degrees may also opt to continue their studies at the postgraduate level. The Graduate School of Business is currently offering the Master of Business Administration in various specialisations as well as the Master of Management.

The coursework at Universiti Tun Abdul Razak is 60% on theoreti-cal knowledge and 40% on practical training. “In each course, students not only obtain theoretical knowledge but are also as-signed related coursework and activities where they will have to exercise their analytical and soft skills,” elaborates Dr. Dewi. “There are many avenues in the curricular where students can or have to demonstrate their practical skills.”

All foundation and undergraduate courses at Universiti Tun Abdul Razak are to be completed locally. Students who have completed diploma programmes may also choose to pursue their bachelor degrees in any of the foreign universities that are in collaboration with Universiti Tun Abdul Razak.

“The Faculty of Business Administration is determined to give its students a meaningful learning experience,” concludes Dr. Dewi. “Students can expect to be guided to achieve their business ca-reer aspirations.”

Busine Graduate


SHAPING THE FUTUREREDEFINING EXCELLENCE

41

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


Paper 1

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Form 1-3

1 Polygon I, II 7 6, 7 7 6, 7 7

2 Transformations I, II 9, 10 9, 10 9, 10 9, 10 9,10

3 Trigonometry I 13 11

4 Algebraic Expressions I, II, III 20 19 19

5 Algebraic Formulae 21 21 21 20 21

6 Algebraic Fractions 19 20 20 21 20

7 Linear Equations 22 22 22 22 22

8 Indices 23, 24 23, 24 23 23, 24 23,24

9 Linear Inequalities 25, 26 25 24 25 25

10 Graph of Functions I

11 Solid Geometry I, II, III

12 Circles I, II

13 Statistics I, II 27, 28 27 25,26, 27 26, 27 26,27

1 Standard Form 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3 1,2,3,4

2 Quadratic Expressions and Equations 19 19

3 Sets 30,31,32 29,30,31 29,30,31 29,30,31 29,30,31

4 Mathematics Reasoning

5 The Straight Lines 33,34 32,33 32,33 32,33 32,33

6 Statistics III 26

7 Probability I 34,35 34,35

8 Circles III 8 8 8 8 8

9 Trigonometry II 11,12 11,12,13 12,13 11,12,13 11,12,13

10 Angles of Elevation and Depression 15,16 15 15,16 15 15,16

11 Lines and Planes in 3-Dimensions 14 14 14 14 14

1 Number Base 5,6 4,5 5,6 4,5 5,6

2 Graph of Function II 28 28 28 28 28

3 Transformations III

4 Matrices 40 39,40 39,40 39,40 39,40

5 Variations 38,39 36,37,38 36,37,38 36,37,38 36,37,38

6 Gradient and the Area under a Graph

7 Probability II 35,36,37 34,35 34,35

8 Bearing 18 16 17 16 17

9 The Earth as a Spehere 17 17,18 18 17,18 18

10 Plan and Elevation

Total 40 40 40 40 40

SPM2009

[ 1449/1 ] [ 1449/2 ]

Mathematic


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

PAPER 2

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Form 1-3

1 Polygon I, II

2 Transformations I, II

3 Trigonometry I

4 Algebraic Expressions I, II, III

5 Algebraic Formulae

6 Algebraic Fractions

7 Linear Equations I, II 5 2 4 2 2

8 Indices

9 Linear Inequalities 3

10 Graph of Functions I

11 Solid Geometry I, II, III 2 6 5 11 4

12 Circles I, II 9 7 8 6 7

13 Statistics I, II

1 Standard Form

2 Quadratic Expressions and Equations 7 1 3 3 3

3 Sets 1 1 1

4 Mathematics Reasoning 4 8 6 7 5

5 The Straight Lines 6 5 10 5 6

6 Statistics III 14 14 14 16 14

7 Probability I 9

8 Circles III

9 Trigonometry II

10 Angles of Elevation and Depression

11 Lines and Planes in 3-Dimensions 3 4 2 4 1 1

1 Number Base

2 Graph of Function II 12 12 13 1, 12 12

3 Transformations III 13 13 12 15 13

4 Matrices 8 11 11 9 8

5 Variations

6 Gradient and the Area under a Graph 11 10 9 10 9

7 Probability II 10 7 8 10

8 Bearing

9 The Earth as a Spehere 16 16 16 14 16

10 Plan and Elevation 15 15 15 13 15

Total 16 16 16 16


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

MATHEMATICAL FORMULAE

The following formulae may be helpful in answering the questions. The symbols given are the ones commonly used.

RELATIONS

1. am x an = a m+ n

2. am ÷ an = a m – n

3. ( am )n = a mn

4. A-1 = d-b

5. Distance = √(x2 - x1)2+ (y2-y1)

2

6. Midpoint, ( x, y ) = ( , )

7. Average speed =

8. Mean =

9. Mean =

10. Pythagoras Theorem c2 = a2 + b2

11. P ( A ) =

12. P ( A') = 1 - P(A)

13. m =

14. m =

1 (d-c

-ba )

x1 + x2

2

y1+y2

2

distance travelledtime taken

sum of datanumber of data

sum of (class mark x frequency)sum of frequencies

n (A)

n (S)

y2 - y1

x2- x

1

y - interceptx - intercept

SHAPES AND SPACE

1. Area of trapezium = × sum of parallel sides × height

2. Circumference of circle = πd = 2πr

3. Area of circle = πr2

4. Curved surface area of cylinder = 2πrh

5. Surface area of sphere = 4πr2

6. Volume of right prism = cross sectional area × length

7. Volume of cylinder =πr2h

8. Volume of cone = πr2h

9. Volume of sphere = πr3

10. Volume of right pyramid = × base area × height

11. Sum of interior angles of a polygon = ( n – 2) × 180˚

12. =

13. =

14. Scale factor , k =

15. Area of image = k 2 × area of object

12

13

43

13

arc lengthcircumference of circle

angle subtended at centre360º

area of sector

area of circleangle subtended at centre

360º

PA'PA

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009MATHEMATIC

Kertas 1


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

7. In Diagram 2, PQRSUV is a regular hexagon . PUT, QUW and RST are straight lines.

Diagram 2 Find the value x + y

A 120º B 150º C 180º D 210º

8. Diagram 3 shows a circle with centre O and TPQ as a tangent to the circle at P. Given that SRQ is a straight line.

Diagram 3 Find the value of x.

A 20 B 30 C 40 D 50

9. Diagram 4 shows five quadrilaterals.

Diagram 4

Answer all questions

1. Round off 0.060874 correct to two significant figures.

A 0.060 B 0.061 C 0.0608 D 0.0609

2. Evaluate 7.52 x 10 -5 – 4.8 x 10 -6 =

A 2.72 x 10- 6

B 2.72 x 10- 5

C 7.04 x 10- 6

D 7.04 x 10- 5

3. Express 63480000 in standard form

A 6.348 x 10-8

B 6.348 x 10-7

C 6.348 x 107

D 6.348 x 108

4. Express 4368 as a number in base 5.

A 1215

B 212 5 C 2121 5 D 1221 5

5. Evaluate 100102 - 10112

A 1012

B 1112

C 10112

D 11012

6. Diagram 1 shows a triangle PQR and quadrilateral RSTU. PRS and QRU are straight lines.

Diagram 1

Find the value of x.

A 95º B 100º C 105º D 110º

80º

P

U

Q

R

ST

160ºxº

40º

PV

W

Q

S

T

Q40º

RS

P

T

xºO

160º

xº (

U

yº

P

A

B

C

D

y

6

4

2

0

-2

-4

2 4 6 8

R


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Which of the quadrilateral A, B, C or D is the image of quadrilateral P under a rotation of anticlockwise about the centre (4, 0) ?

10. Diagram 5 shows a triangle J’K’L’ is the image of triangle JKL under a anticlockwise rotation of 90º.

Diagram 5

Which of the points A, B, C or D, is the centre of the rotation

11.In Diagram 6, O is the centre of circle PQRST.

Diagram 6

Find the value of cos α.

A –0.7 B –0.2 C 0.2 D 0.7

12. Diagram 7 shows a rectangle JKLM.

Given that the ratio of LN : LM = 2 : 3. Calculate the value of cos KNM.

A

B

C -

D -

13.Diagram 8 shows the graph of y = 6xn.

Find the value of s.

A 12 B 6 C 3 D 2

14.Diagram 9 shows the position of points P, Q and R on a map. Given that bearing of R from P is 150°.

Find the bearing of Q from R.

A 290º B 310º C 320º D 330º

15.Which of the following graphs represents y = - 5 x -1?

A

B

y C

x 0

D y

0 x

o

TS

R

P

Q

α

(1,0)

(0.2 - 0.7)

L M

K J

N

5 cm

18 cm

• (2, s)

O

y

x

1213 513

513 1213

140°

Q

P

R

DIAGRAM 9

O

y

x

O

y

x

Diagram 7

Diagram 7


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

16. Diagram 10 shows a cuboid with a horizontal base PQRS.

Diagram 10

State the angle between the planes PWQ and PQRS.

A WQU B WQS C QPW D WPS

17.Diagram 11 shows a right prism with rectangular base PQRS. Trapezium PQUT is the uniform cross-section of the prism.

Diagram 11

Identify the angle between the line RT and the plane TPSW.

A RTP B RTS C QRT D TRS

18.Diagram 12 shows Ahmad observing a kite which is flying vertically above point L. The horizontal distance between him and point L is 30 m.

Diagram 12

Given that the angle of elevation of the kite from Ahmad is 25º. Find the vertical height, h, in m, of the kite.

A 13.99 B 15.59 C 64.34 D 65.94

13 cm

12 cm

5 cm

T

W V

U

R

QP

W

T

V

U

R

QP

S

h

L

1.6 m

30 m

19. Express - as a single fraction in its simplest from.

A B C D

20.(x – y)2 – (x2 – y2) = A -2xy B -2y2 C -2xy + 2y2

D -2xy + y2

21. Given that q = , then p =

A C

B D

22. Given that = m-2 calculate the value of h.

A 3 B 6 C 7 D 13

23.Given that (53x)2 = (252)2. Find the value of x. A

B

C 1

D

24.Simplify k × (3k-1)2 ÷ (3k-4).

A 3k B 3k3

C 4k D 4k3

25.List all the integers x that satisfy the inequality –4 < 2x ≤ 2.

A 0, 1, 2 B 0, 1C 0, 1, 2 D 1, 2

mn

1-m2n

3m-12nm-12n

2m-12n2

13n

p-5p+5

5q-5q-1

5+5qq-1

5q-51-q

5+5q1-q

3m+54

23

43

83


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

29. Diagram 15 is a Venn diagram which shows the number of element of set P,Q and R.

It is given that the universal set ξ = P Q R and n (Q)=17. Find n[(P R) Q]

A 12 B 13 C 18 D 21

30. Diagram 16 is a Venn diagram which shows the universal set ξ = P Q R

The shaded region in the Venn Diagram represent the set

A R (P Q) B (Q' R) (P Q) C (P Q) (Q P)' D (P Q) (Q' R)

31. In Diagram 17, PQ = 5 units and OQ = 2OR.

The equation of QR is

A y= x-3 B y= 2x-3

C y= x-2

D y= 2x-2

26.Diagram 13 is a bar chart which shows the scores of a group of pupils

State the modal score.

A 6 B 5 C 3 D 2

27.Table 1 shows the number of pencils brought by a group of students to school.

Table 1

The difference between the mode and the median of the data is

A 1 B 2 C 5 D 6

6

4

2

01 2 3 54

Number of pupils

ScoreDIAGRAM 13

Number of pencils 1 2 3 4 5

Frequency 10 4 9 5 2

28. Diagram 14 shows the universal set, ξ = R S T, n( ) = 35, n (S) = 17, n (R S)=9 and n(S T) = 3

Find n(R' T)

A 17 B 18 C 21 D 26

∩ ∩ ξ ∩ ∩

T

S

R

Diagram 14

∩

PQ

4

R

6

23

1

5

Diagram 15

∩ ∩

∩

∩

∩ ∩

P Q R

Diagram 16

∩∩

∩ ∩ ∩ ∩

∩

∩

∩

∩

4

O x

y

R

P

Q

Diagram 17

12

12

∩


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

32. The gradient of the straight line 3y= x = 6 is

A

B

C 2

D 6

33. A bag contains 5 yellow balls, 3 red balls and 9 blue balls. A ball is picked at random from the bag. What is the probability that the ball picked is not blue?

A

B

C

D

34. A box contains 45 green marbles and a number of red marbles. A marble is picked at random from the box. Probability of getting red marble is . Another 9 red marbles were added into the box. If a marble is picked at random from the box, what is the probability of getting red marble?

A C

B D

35. ( )- ( )

A ( )

B ( )

C ( )

D ( )

36. Given ( ) ( )= ( ), calculate the value of p

A 1 B 3 C 6 D 9

37. P(15ºN, 20ºE), Q and R are three points on the earth’s surface. Q is due south of P. The difference in latitude between P and Q is 40º . R is due west of Q. The differenc in longitude between Q and R is 60º. The position of R is

A (25º N, 40º W) B (25º N, 80º E) C (55º N, 40º W) D (55º N, 80º E)

23

2923

317517817917

38

13

49

59

12

54

13

6-3

113

-25

35

7-2

p4

-31

6p

927

38. In Diagram 18, N is the North Pole, S is the South Pole and NOS is the axis of the earth. PRQ is the equator and NGS is Greenwich Meridian.

The position of point T is

39. P varies inversely as the square root of Q. The relation between P and Q is

A P Q B P Q2

C P

D P

40. Table 2 shows some values of p, q, and r.t

Given that p , calculate the value of m.

A 2 B 4 C 6 D 8


NFORMATION FOR CANDIDATES

1. This question paper consists of 40 questions.

2. Answer all questions.

3. Each question is followed by four alternative answers, A, B, C or D. For each question, choose one answer only. Blacken your answer on the objective answer sheet provided.

4. If you wish to change your answer, erase the blackened mark that you have done. Then blacken the space for the new answer.

5. The diagrams in the questions provided are not drawn to scale unless stated.

6. A list of formulae is provided on page 2 to 3.

7. You may use a non-programmable scientific calculator.

40º

80ºO Q

G

NT

P

S

R

Diagram 18

A (40°N, 80°W)B (40°N, 100°W)C (50°N, 80°W)D (50°N, 100°W)

12

1Q

12

1Q2

p 2 9

q 3 m

r 4 1 79

Table 2

q3√r


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

MATHEMATICAL FORMULAE

The following formulae may be helpful in answering the questions. The symbols given are the ones commonly used.

RELATIONS

1. am x an = a m+ n

2. am ÷ an = a m – n

3. ( am )n = a mn

4. A-1 = d-b

5. Distance = √(x2 - x1)2+ (y2-y1)

2

6. Midpoint, ( x, y ) = ( , )

7. Average speed =

8. Mean =

9. Mean =

10. Pythagoras Theorem c2 = a2 + b2

11. P ( A ) =

12. P ( A') = 1 - P(A)

13. m =

14. m =

1 (d-c

-ba )

x1 + x2

2

y1+y2

2

distance travelledtime taken

sum of datanumber of data

sum of (class mark x frequency)sum of frequencies

n (A)

n (S)

y2 - y1

x2- x

1

y - interceptx - intercept

SHAPES AND SPACE

1. Area of trapezium = × sum of parallel sides × height

2. Circumference of circle = πd = 2πr

3. Area of circle = πr2

4. Curved surface area of cylinder = 2πrh

5. Surface area of sphere = 4πr2

6. Volume of right prism = cross sectional area × length

7. Volume of cylinder =πr2h

8. Volume of cone = πr2h

9. Volume of sphere = πr3

10. Volume of right pyramid = × base area × height

11. Sum of interior angles of a polygon = ( n – 2) × 180˚

12. =

13. =

14. Scale factor , k =

15. Area of image = k 2 × area of object

12

13

43

13

arc lengthcircumference of circle

angle subtended at centre360º

area of sector

area of circleangle subtended at centre

360º

PA'PA

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009MATHEMATIC

Kertas 2


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section A[52 marks]

Answer all questions in this section.

1. The Venn diagram below shows sets P, Q, and R. Given that the universal set ξ = P O R . S hade t he r egion r epresenting

(i) A B' (ii) A (B C)’

[3 marks]

2. Using factorisation, solve the following quadratic equation x² -6 = (x+9) [4 marks]

3. Calculate the value of m and n that satisfy the following simultaneous linear equations: [4 marks]

4. Identify and calculate the angle between the line AH and the plane ABCD. [4 marks]

5. (a) State whether the following statement is true or false. [1 marks]

(b) Write down Premise 2 to complete the following argument:

Premise 1: If a quadrilateral is a rhombus, then it has two parallel sides.

Premise 2 : . ...………………………………………………………………..... Conclusion : KLMN is not a rhombus [2 marks]

(c) Make a general conclusion by induction for the number sequence 7, 13, 23, 37, … which follows the following pattern.

7 = 2(1)² + 513 = 2(2)² + 523 = 2(3)² + 537 = 2(4)² + 5 [2 marks]

∩ ∩

∩ ∩

∩

12

2m - 3n = 7

m - n = 212

A B

C D

E

F G

H

5 cm

12 cm

9 cm

DIAGRAM 2

r {p, q, r, s} or -4 > -5∩

A B

C

A B

C


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

o150 o30

T

P U S

Q

R

6. Diagram 1 shows a solid that was formed by joining a right prism and a right pyramid.

The right angled triangle PST is the uniform cross-section of the prism. PQRS is a square and the height of the pyramid is 6 cm. Calculate the volume, in , of the solid. [4 marks]

7. In diagram 3, O is the origin and PQRS is a trapezium. PS is parallel to QR. The straight line RS is parallel to the y-axis. The points Q and S lie on the x-axis.

Find (a) the equation of the straight line QR, (b) the x-intercept of the straight line QR. [5 marks]

8. (a) P is a matrix 2 x 2 such that [ ] P = [ ]. [6 marks] Find matrix P.

(b) Write the following simultaneous linear equations as a matrix equation. Hence using matrices, calculate the value of x and of y.

9. In diagram 4, QRS and UT are arcs of two circles, centres P and S respectively.

It is given that PUS is a straight line, PQ = 28 cm and US = 14 cm. Using, π= , calculate

(a) the area, in , of the shaded region, (b) the perimeter, in cm, of the shaded region. [6 marks]

P

Q

V

R

U

T

S 7cm

4cm

DIAGRAM 1

Q

( )10,3−P

S

( )11,2 −R

Ox

y

DIAGRAM 3

24

-31

10

01

2x-3y=64x+y=5

DIAGRAM 4

227


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

10. Diagram 5 shows the speed-time graph for the movement of a particle for a period of 30 seconds.

(a) State the length of time, in s, for which the particle moves with uniform speed.

(b) Calculate the rate of change of speed, in ms-2 , in the last 8 seconds.

(c) Calculate the value of u, if the distance traveled in the first 22 seconds is 303 m.

11. Table 1 shows the number of students who attend a motivation camp.

Two students from the group are required to take part in a show.

(a) If one student is chosen at random from School A and another one from school B, calculate the probability that both are girls.

(b) If two students are chosen at random from the group of boys, calculate the probability that both are from the same school.

u

O 16 22 30

25

( )1ms Speed −

Time (s)

DIAGRAM 5

School Number of studentsBoys Girls

School A 9 4School B 7 8

TABLE 1


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section B[48 marks]

Answer any four questions in this section.

12. (a) Table 2 shows the values of x and y which satisfy the equation y=x3-4x+11.

Calculate the value of k and of m. [2 marks]

(b) For this part of the question, use the graph paper provided.You can use a flexible curve rule.

By using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to 5 units on the y-axis, draw the graph of y=x3-4x+11 for -3≤x≤3 . [4 marks]

(c) From your graph, find(i) the value of y when x=1.4 ,(ii) the value of x when x3-4x+11=0 . [2 marks]

(d) Draw a suitable straight line on your graph to find all the values of x which satisfy the equation x3-6x+3=0 for -3≤x≤3.

State these values of x. [4 marks]

13. Diagram 6 shows quadrilaterals ABCD, PQRS and PTUV drawn on a Cartesian plane.

(a) Transformation M is a translation ( )Transformation N is a reflection in the line y=x .State the coordinates of the image of point S under each of the following transformations :

(i) M,(ii) NM.

(b) (i) PTUV is the image of ABCD under the combined transformation JK. Describe in full, transformation K and transformation J. [6 marks]

(ii) Given the shaded region QTUVSR represents a region with an area of 87 cm2, calculate the area, in cm2, of the region represented by PQRS. [3 marks]

x -3 -2.5 -2 -1 0 1 1.7 2 3

y -4 5.38 k 14 11 8 m 11 26

TABLE 2

−2 O 2 4 6 8

10

8

6

4

2 C

D

B

A

S R

Q

P

V U

T

Diagram 6

-43


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

14. The data in Diagram 7 shows the time, in minute, taken by 40 students to solve some geometry problems.

(a) Using data in Diagram 7 and a class interval of 5 minutes, complete Table 3 in the answer space. [3 marks]

(b) Based on table 3,

(i) find the modal class,(ii) calculate the mean time taken by the students. [4 marks]

(c) For this part of the question, use the graph paper provided on page 20. By using a scale of 2 cm to 10 minutes on the horizontal axis and 2 cm to 1 students on the vertical axis, draw a histogram based on Table 3. [5marks]

15. You are not allowed to use graph paper to answer this question.

(a) Diagram 8(i) shows a right prism with rectangular base ABCD on a horizontal table. The surface AEHILD is its uniform cross-section. The rectangle IJKL is an inclined plane. The rectangle EFGH is a horizontal plane. The edges AE , BF, CK, DL, GJ and HI are vertical edges. Given EH = FG = 2 cm.

Draw in full scale, the elevation of the solid on a vertical plane parallel to DC as viewed from P. [4 marks]

42

48

47

61

74

44

72

58

60

58

51

41

44

53

69

50

35

55

59

54

47

58

53

40

58

54

64

39

39

36

60

68

43

58

66

65

57

49

63

52

Diagram 7

Time(minutes) frequency Midpoint35 – 3940 – 44

F

G

H

E

L

A

D

C

K

J

B

6cm

6cm

5cm

5cm

7cm

P

I

Diagram 8(i)


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(b) A half-cylinder is joined to the solid in the Diagram 8(i) at the plane ABFE to form a combined solid as shown in Diagram 8(ii).

Draw to full scale,

(i) the plan of the combined solid, [4 marks](ii) the elevation of the combined solid on a vertical plane parallel to AD as viewed from Q. [4 marks]

16. P (67º N, 65º W) and Q are two points on the surface of the earth such that PQ is the diameter of the earth and PR is the diameter of a parallel of latitude.

(a) Mark the position of Q and R in Diagram 9. [2 marks]

(b) State the position of Q. [2 marks]

(c) Calculate the shortest distance, in nautical miles, from P to R measured along the surface of the earth. [3 marks]

(d) A jet plane took off from P due east to R and then flew due south to Q. The average speed for the whole flight was 1500 knots. Calculate

(i) the distance , in nautical miles, from P to R measured along the parallel of latitude,(ii) the total time, in hours, taken for the whole flight. [5 marks]


F

G

E

H

IB

C

J

D

A

K

L

6cm

5cm 6cm

5cm 7cm

Q Diagram 8(ii)

Diagram 9

O

N

P •

S

56JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my



CHAPTER

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2

obj A B C obj A B C obj A B C obj A B C obj A B C

FOR

M 4

1. Scientific Investigation

2. Body Coordination 3 1 3 1 3 1 1 5 3 1

3. Heredity & Coordination 5 4 1 5 3 1 3

4. Matter & Substances 4 1 4 5 1 4 4 1

5. Energy & Chemical Changes 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 4 1

6. Nuclear Energy 4 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1

7. Light, Color & Sight 3 1 5 1 3 1 5 3 1

8. Chemicals In Industry 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 3

No. of question for Form 4 26 1 1 2 23 2 3 2 23 2 3 1 24 2 2 1 22 2 2 1

FOR

M 5

9. Microorganisms and their Effects On Living Things

5 1 4 1 5 1 1 3 1 5 1

10. Nutrition & Food Production 3 1 4 2 1 2 4 1

11. Preservation & Conservation of the Environment

3 1 5 2 4 4 1

12. Carbon Compound 2 1 1 4 1 4 1 5 1 3 1

13. Motion 5 1 4 1 5 1 5 1 5 1

14. Food Technology & Production 2 1 2 1 4 1 2 1 1 2 1

15. Synthetic Materials In \ Industry

2 2 3 2 2 1

16. Electronics & Information & Communication Technology

2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 3

No. of question for Form 5 24 3 4 1 27 2 2 1 27 4 5 3 26 2 3 2 28 2 3 2

TOTAL 50 4 5 3 50 4 5 3 50 4 5 3 50 4 5 3 50 4 5 3

SPM2009

[ 1511/1 ] [ 1511/2 ]

Science


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Which is the correct sequence in the mitosis?

A P, Q, R, S B Q, R, P, S C R, S, Q, P D S, P, R, Q

1. The diagram shows an impulse pathway.

Which of the following actions involves the impulse pathway?

A Swallowing food B Dancing with music C Walking on a tight rope D Blinking of the eyes to protect from dust

2. The diagram shows the structure of a human brain. Which part of the brain controls involuntary actions?

3. Deficiency of which element causes the thyroid gland to swell?

A Calcium B Sodium C Iodine D Iron

4. Salleh is walking on a piece of plank. What type of action is this?

A A reflex action B A capillary action C A voluntary action D An involuntary action

5. The diagram shows the different phases of cell division in mitosis.

6. Diagram shows a first generation of cross breeding of two cats.

What are the genes for the parents?

Male Female

A HH Hh B HH hh C Hh hh D hh Hh

7. The diagram shows how the sex of offspring is determined in humans.

Which chromosomes are found in gametes P and Q?

P Q A 22 + X 22 + Y B 22 + Y 22 + X C 44 + X 44 + Y D 44 + Y 44 + X

8. Which of the following is an example of a discontinuous variation? A Height B Skin colour C Body weight D Blood group 9. Which of the following A, B, C or D represents liquid particles?

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009SCIENCEKertas 1


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

10. Pure water can be produced from polluted water by A evaporation B boiling C distillation D crystallization

11. The diagram shows the structure of an atom. Which of the following A, B, C or D is an electron?

15. The diagram shows a process involved in a green plant.

16. Which element is used as a source of energy in a nuclear reactor?

A Cobalt B Carbon C Radium D Uranium

17. Which of the following are the uses of radioactive substances?

I To detect leaking of underground pipes II To sterilize pests III To kill microorganisms on surgical instruments

A I and II only B I and III only C II and III only D I, II and III 18. The diagram shows an object which is placed in front of

a plane mirror.

Which image appears in the plane mirror?

Which of the following substances are produced in the above process? I Glucose II Oxygen III Nitrogen A I and II only B I and III only C II and III only D I, II and III

12. The diagram shows an incomplete periodic table.

What type of element is in the shaded area? A Metal B Inert gas C Non-metal D Semi-metal

13. The diagram shows an experiment to study the heat change in a chemical reaction.

What type of reaction is involved?

A Exothermic B Endothermic C Neutralization D Decomposition

14. The diagram shows the position of metal X in the reactivity series of metals.

What is metal X A Zinc B Iron C Lead D Magnesium


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

19. The diagram shows the position of an object Q in front of a convex lens. At which of the following positions A, B, C or D is the image of object Q formed?

24. The following information shows the classification of microorganisms

25. What is the optimum temperature for the growth of bacteria that can cause diseases?

A 0 oC B 5 oC C 37 oC D 60 oC 26. The microorganism which helps the digestion of cellulose

in herbivores is

A Algae B Fungi C Virus D Bacteria

27. Which of the following disease is cause by protozoa?

A AIDS B Dengue C Malaria D Tuberculosis 28. An individual can acquire artificial passive immunity after

A drinking mother’s milk B being injected with vaccine C recovering from an illness D being injected with antiserum

29. Table shows the calorific value of three types of food

What is microorganism X?

A Algae B Virus C Bacteria D Protozoa

Ali takes breakfast which consists of 10 g of bread, 5 g of butter and 100 g of orange juice. Calculate the total calorific value taken.

A 42 kJ B 115 kJ C 157 kJ D 450 kJ

20. The diagram shows the dispersion of white light using a glass prism.

21. The diagram shows an observer looking at the sky at noon.

Which colour of the sunlight dispersed the most?

A Blue B White C Green D Yellow

22. Which of the following processes increase the hardness of a metal?

A Purification B Alloying C Plating D Polymerization

23. The word equation below shows the reaction to produce a type of fertilizer.

Ammonia + sulphuric acid Fertilizer X (Baja X)

Fertilizer X is

A ammonium nitrate B ammonium carbonate C ammonium sulphate D ammonium chloride

What are the colours at R and S?

R S

A Violet Red B Red Violet C Red Blue D Orange Violet

Food Calorofic value/ kJ g-1

Bread 10.0

Butter 30.0

Orange juice 2.0


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

What is X?

A Urea B Ester C Ethanol D Ammonia

YeastGlucose X + Carbon Dioxide

30. The diagram shows part of a nitrogen cycle. Which of the following A, B, C or D is the part where denitrifying bacteria function?

37. The excessive intake of saturated fats can harm our health because they A do not dissolve in water B are solids at room temperature C cause high cholesterol levels D act as solvents for certain vitamins

38. The following information shows the steps in the extraction of palm oil.

Which is the correct sequence in the process?

A P, Q, S, R B Q, R, P, S C R, S, P, Q D R, Q, S, P

39. The following word equation shows a chemical reaction.

What is X?

A Petrol B Ester C Ethanol D Fats

40. The diagram below shows two type of blocks, X and Y, suspended at the same height. Both blocks have the same shape and size.

What will be observed if both blocks are swung using the same force and time?

A X swings faster than Y B X stops faster than Y C X swings for a longer time than Y D X and Y swing and stop at the same time

31. A plant is known as a producers because it can

A use oxygen B carry out photosynthesis C produce carbon dioxide D absorb nutrients from the soil 32. Which of the following gases contributes the most to the green house effect?

A Sulphur dioxide B Carbon dioxide C Nitrogen dioxide D Carbon monoxide

33. What is the most effective method to control pollution caused by plastic waste materials?

A Recycle B Bury in the soil C Throw into the sea D Burn in open area

34. What is the most suitable method to maintain the fertility of agriculture land?

A Use pesticides B Plant cover crops C Use contour planting D Practise alternate cropping

35. Which of the following can maximise the production of food?

A Plant cover crops B Use terrace planting C Use modern technology D Practise alternate cropping

36. The following word equation shows a chemical process.


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

41. A football player kicks a ball 20 meters from the goal line. The ball takes 4 seconds to cross the goal line. What is the speed of the ball?

Speed = Distance / Time

A 0.2 ms-1 B 5 ms-1 C 24 ms-1 D 80 ms-1

42. Which model of shoe exerts the least pressure on the surface of the ground when worn by the same lady?

46. The diagram blow shows an example of processed food.

The processing method used is

A irradiation B pasteurization C dehydration D deep freezing

47. Which of the following materials is the most suitable to be used in making a three-pin plug?

A Bakelite B Polythene C Polystyrene D Polyvinyl chloride PVC

48. The diagram below shows a process in the production of a synthetic material.

What is process P? A Vulcanization B Polymerization C Coagulation D Depolymerizagtion

49. Which propagation wave has the highest frequency?

50. Which of the following is true about communication satellites?

A Located outside the Earth’s orbit B Obtains energy from the Earth’s satellite station C Three satellites are needed for worldwide communication D Makes one complete orbit around the Earth in on month


43. The diagram shows a hydraulic system.

How much force is needed to lift a car with a weight of 10 000 N? Pressure = Force / Surface area

A 100 N B 1 000 N C 10 000 N D 100 000 N

44. Which of the following chemical substances is used in processed food to make the food more attractive? A Sweetener B Antioxidant C Stabilizer D Colouring

45 The diagram below shows a stone weighed in the air and then in water.

What is the upthrust experienced by the stone?

A 0.2 N B 0.6 N C 0.8 N D 1.4 N


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SECTION A[20 marks]

Answer all questions in this sectionThe time suggested to answer this question is 60 minutes

1. Diagram 1.1 shows an experiment to study the reactivity of metals with dilute hydrochloric acid.

(a) Write one observation based on Diagram 1.1

………………………………………………………………………………… [1 m ark] (b) Write one inference for your observation in (a) ............................................................................................................................ [1 mark]

(c) Based on the Diagram 1.2, predict the position of copper in the reactivity series of metals.

......................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(d) What is the responding variable in the above experiment?

.......................................................................................................................... [1 mark](e) What is the operational definition for reactivity of metal in this experiments?

……………………………………………………………………………………. [1 mark]

DIAGRAM 1.1

DIAGRAM 1.2

Dilute Hydrochloric Acid.

Copper


Bubble

Zinc Plate


Magnesium Ribbon

Bubble

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009SCIENCEKertas 2


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

2. Diagram 2 shows the arrangement of the apparatus in an experiment to study the bacterial growth in different condition.DIAGRAM 2

TABLE 2.1

TABLE 2.2 [2 marks]

The arrangement of apparatus is kept in an incubator at 37oC for 2 days. Table 2.1 shows the observation of this experiment.

(a) Write down one inference based on the observation for test tube Z in Table 2.1

…………………………………………………………………………….... [1 mark] (b) State the variables in this experiment: (i) Manipulated variable………………………………………………………………………(ii) Constant variable……………………………………………………………………… [2 marks]

(c) Tick (√ ) in Table 2.2 which shown the properties of solution in each test-tube.

Test tube Observation

X No change

Y Slightly cloudy

Z Cloudy

Properties of solution (Sifat larutan)

Test tube(Tabung uji)

Acidic(Asid)

Alkaline(alkali)

Neutral(neutral)

X

Y

Z


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

3. In an experiment, the velocity of a toy car is recorded in Table 3.

Time Velocity

0 0

1 3

2 6

3 8

4 9

5 9

Table 3 /Jadual 3

(a) Using the data in Table 3, draw a graph of velocity against time.

(b) Based on the graph in (a), what is the relationship of time and velocity on the first 3 minutes?

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(c) Based on the graph in (a), what is the velocity of the toy car at 2.5 seconds?

…………………………………………………………………………ms-1

[ 1 mark ]

(d) State the hypothesis of this experiment.

....................................................................................................................... [ 1 mark ]

Time/masa(s)

Velocity/ halaju (m/s)

[2 marks]

10

8

6

4

2


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

4. Diagram 3 shows three bottles of water samples P, Q and R taken from three different areas. Then, the precipitation of each water sample is determined and recorded in Table 4.

(a) Measure the height of precipitation in the bottle of P, Q and R and record it in the table. [1 mark]

(b) Based on the height of precipitation, which is the most polluted area?

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(c) State the operational definition of water pollution. ........................................................................................................................ [1 mark]

(d) State the variables in this investigation:

(i) Manipulated variable. ……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark] (ii) Responding variable.

……………………………………………………………………… [1 mark ]

DIAGRAM 3

TABLE 4

Area of water sample Height of precipitation

P

Q

R


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SECTION B[30 marks]

Answer all questions in this sectionThe time suggested to answer this question is 60 minutes

5 Diagram 4 shows the structure of a camera.

(a) Label parts Y and Z in Diagram 4. [2 marks]

(b) (i) Name the part in eyes that has the same function with part labelled Z in Diagram 4.

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) What is the function of the part Y?

......................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(c) (i) State one characteristic of images formed by the camera.

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) State one optical instrument that forms the same characteristic of image as in (c)(i).

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

DIAGRAM 4

Z:.......................

Y:.......................


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

6 Diagram 5 shows the formation of twins in human being. Rajah 5 menunjukkan pembentukan kembar pada manusia.

(a) (i) Name process P. ……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark] (ii) What are the numbers of chromosomes in R?

........................................................................................................................ [1 mark ](b) (i) Name process Q.

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark] (ii) State one importance of process Q in human being.

……..………………………………..……………………………………… [1 mark]

(c) (i) What is the type of twins shown in Diagram 5? ……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) Explain your answer in (c) (i)

...........………………………………………………………………………

........................................................................................................................ [1 mark]

DIAGRAM 5

Process P

Process Q

R


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

7 Diagram 6 shows the calorie requirements for different individuals.

(a) Why do human beings need calories?

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(b) Based on Diagram 6, state two factors which affect the calorie requirement of an individual.

Factor 1 :........................................................................................................ Factor 2 :………………………………………………………………….... [2 marks]

(c) (i) Which individual has the highest calorie requirement?

……....……………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) Explain why the individual in (b)(i) needs the highest amount of energy?

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(d) State one reason why teenager needs more calories than the old man?

………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

DIAGRAM 6


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

8 Diagram 7.1 shows examples of processed food

Diagram 7.2 shows example of another processed food

DIAGRAM 7.2

(a) Why the foods in Diagram 7.1 need to be processed?

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(b) (i) Name the method used to process the foods in Diagram 7.1

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) How the method of food processing in (b)(i) is carried out?

………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(c) (i) Name the method used to process the foods in Diagram 7.2

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark] (ii) How the method of food processing in (c)(i) is carried out?

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(d) Where the information of the processed food is obtained?

……………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

Diagram 7.1


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

9. Diagram 9 shows a wave.

(a) Choose the correct terms and fill in the boxes in Diagram 9.1.

(b) State one characteristic of wave.

………………………………………………………………………………….. [1 mark]

Diagram 9.2 shows the electromagnet waves spectrum.

(c) P, Q and R are three types of waves. Which of the waves is

(i) radio wave? ……………………………………………………………………………… (ii) x-ray?

……………………………………………………………………………... [2 marks]

(d) Why is the radio wave suitable for communication?

…..…………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………... [1 mark]

[2 marks]

Wavelength Amplitude Frequency Period

DIAGRAM 9.1

DIAGRAM 9.2


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section C

[20 marks]

Answer Question 10 and either Question 11 or Question 12

Vulcanised rubber is better than non-vulcanised rubber for making tyres.10.

You are suggested to plan an experiment to investigate the differences between the two types of rubber in terms of elasticity.

(a) Suggest a hypothesis to investigate the above statement.

[1 mark]

You are given strips of 10cm vulcanised rubber, 10cm non-vulcanised rubber, weight with a mass of 200g, 2 clips, a stop watch, a retort stand and other apparatus

(b) Describe an experiment to test your hypothesis in 10(a) based on the following criteria:

(i) Aim of the experiment [1 mark]

(ii) Identification of variables [2 marks]

(iii) List of apparatus and materials [1 mark]

(iv) Procedure or method [4 marks]

(v) Tabulation of data [1 mark]


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

11. (a) State four differences between nervous coordination and hormonal coordination. [4 marks]

(b) Diagram 11 shows examples of endocrine glands.

Study the information in Diagram 11 and construct the concept of endocrine glands. Your answer should be based on the following steps: • Identify the information [1 mark]

• Identify the common characteristics [2 marks]

• Write an example of another endocrine gland and state the reason [1 mark]

• Write a non example of endocrine gland and state the reason. [1 mark]

• State the actual concept of endocrine glands [1 mark]

12. (a) State four differences between metal and non metal [4 marks] (b) Nora found out that the water comes out from the pipe in her house is cloudy and yellowish in colour after a heavy rain.

Explain how you can help her to gets a clean water. Your answer should include the following; o Identify the problem [1 mark]

o Clarification of the problem [1 mark]

o Solving methods [3 marks]

o Evaluate the methods [1 mark]

END OF QUESTION PAPERKERTAS PEPERIKSAAN TAMAT

DIAGRAM 11

larynx

thyroidcland

trachea

aorta

pancreas

kidneyuterus ovary

There is a huge de-mand for allied health professionals in today’s healthcare industry. The opportunities are not limited to the in-dustry in Malaysia, but also at the interna-tional level so students who pursue this field may have the chance to travel and enjoy dif-ferent working experi-ences.

MAHSA offers a variety of courses in the field of Allied Health Sciences

including Nursing, Pharmacy, Physiotherapy, Medical Lab Technology, Medical Imaging (Radiography), and Environmental Health. These courses are offered through its programmes, which are available at the certificate, diploma, and degree levels.

“Our students are fully trained both theoretically as well as clinically which makes them prepared to later pursue their individual careers in the Health Science industry,” says Rafeeudeen who explains that the coursework at MAHSA consists of 60 percent theory and 40 percent clinical practical sessions.

Entry requirementsThe minimum requirement for entry into the diploma programme at MAHSA is three credits in SPM inclusive of one science subject. However, for the Diploma in Dental Technology, the requirement is five credits. Students who are interested in pursuing any of the degree courses at MAHSA (MBBS, Dentistry, and Pharmacy) must have at least a minimum grade of 4B in Mathematics, Additional Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, and Physics.

In addition to the minimum entry requirements, students in the Allied Health Sciences profession should demonstrate a determination to succeed and a caring nature says Rafeeudeen. He adds that they should be good-natured, hardworking, and helpful.

“The hours are long and taxing so an individual should be mild-tempered as well as able to deal with patients in a smiling and

More and more students are opting to pursue their careers in Allied Health Sciences.

From lab technologists to medical doctors, the opportunities are vast. Mr Rafeeudeen Mohamad, Registrar of MAHSA University

College talks to Times about the careers in Allied Health Sciences.

polite manner at all times,” he explains. “The most valued skill an individual should possess in any profession is the ability to provide helpful communication and assistance to another person when in need.

Huge MarketAccording to Rafeeudin, the most popular allied health science courses among Malaysian students at the moment are Physiotherapy, Pharmacy, and Medical Lab Technology. However, he expects MAHSA’s upcoming Dentistry and Medicine (MBBS) courses to be in high demand as well.

All its diploma and degree programmes are fully conducted in Malaysia. “We are offering students the chance to do an international degree at a lower rate than studying abroad,” maintains Rafeeudin who adds that MAHSA has plans to promote overseas options in times to come.

“At MAHSA we welcome anyone who wishes to pursue a career in Allied Health Sciences,” he concludes. “The statistics show that the country will need more than 54,000 allied health science professionals by the year 2020. There is a market for those with skills and knowledge so I would advise you not to miss the chance of a lifetime.”


Creative multimedia is one of the country’s fastest growing industries and it offers a wide range of career opportunities. According to Assoc Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites, Dean of the Faculty of Creative Multimedia at MMU, a graduate of this discipline can find employment in any field that requires creativity in communication and content creation.

“They can work in the creative services industry, corporations that use creative communications in their businesses, or they may choose to start their own enterprise,” he says. “As far as career prospects are concerned, this area of expertise is always in demand due to the rapid changes and new application of content in ICT.”

Entry requirementsIn order to enrol in a multimedia course, a student should pass his or her SPM examinations with a minimum of five credits including English, Mathematics, and Science. However, Assoc Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites adds that examinations aren’t the only things student should be concerned with.

“The most important quality that needs to be developed by a student is the willingness and interest to learn the field,” he maintains. He also emphasises the importance of creative and innovative thinking as these are critical in content creation, which is an integral part of creative multimedia.

If you enjoy video games, surfing the web, or watching 3D animation, then you might want to consider studying for a degree in creative multimedia. Assoc

Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites from MMU gives Times a brief overview of the industry and tells us what students will learn when they pursue this course.

Additionally, Thwaites advises students to acquire and develop specific skills such as 3D modelling, animation, web designing, authoring, photography, video, and basic programming. With so many areas of specialty under the creative multimedia field, which one is most popular among students?

Coursework“By the number of students enrolling in our courses in the past five years, the indication is the Bachelor of Multimedia in Media Innovation, which specialises in multimedia advertising and branding,” says Assoc Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites who explains that the core areas in the programme involve introduction to the theory and practise of advertising and brand communication.

“This area includes visual communication design, web, environmental design, audiovisual, corporate identity, copywriting, online advertising, and e-commerce concepts,” he elaborates.

At MMU, the curriculum is 60 percent on design theories and practise, 30 percent on communication design technology, and 10 percent on liberal studies. For design areas, subjects are 100 percent coursework and this involves mostly practical and experiential learning. In communication design technology subjects, students will develop practical skills in computational design.

The undergraduate programmes at MMU are fully conducted locally and students have the option of continuing their studies at the postgraduate level.


77

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


2007 2008

P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3Ob A B/C Q1 Q2 Ob A B/C Q1 Q2

4 2 1

2 1 3 1 1

3 3

3 1 2 1

8 1 8 1

3 1 1 3

5 1 3 1

3 1 3 1

31 2 3 1 1 27 2 3 1 1

4 5 1

1 5

6 1 1 4 1

5 5 1

2 1 2 1

2 2

19 3 1 0 0 23 3 1 0 0

50 5 4 1 1 50 5 4 1 1

Chapter2004 2005 2006

P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3 P1 P2 P3Ob A B C Q1 Q2 Ob A B C Q1 Q2 Ob A B C Q1 Q2

FORM

4

1. Introduc-tion to Biology

1

2. Cell Struc. and Cell Org.

3 3 1 2 1

3. Movement of Sbstacr Pl. Mb

3 1 2 1 1 4 1 1

4. Chemical Comp. of the Cell

3 1 3 2 1

5. Cell Division

3 4 3

6. Nutrition 3 1 7 4 1 1 1

7. Respira-tion

3 1 4 1 2

8. Dynamic Ecosystem

3 1 1 4 1 4

9. Endan-gered Eco-system

3 1 1 2

No. of question for Form 4

25 3 1 0 1 1 28 4 0 1 1 1 23 2 2 1 1 1

FORM

5

10. Transport 8 1 4 1 6 1

11. Locomo-tion and Support

2 3 1 3

12. Coordi-nation and Response

5 1 3 5 1

13. Repro-duction & Growth

4 1 5 5 1

14. Inheri-tance

4 1 2 1 1 5 1

15. Variation 2 1 5 1 3

No. of question for Form 5

25 2 1 2 0 0 22 2 2 1 0 0 27 3 0 1 0 0

TOTAL 50 5 2 2 1 1 50 6 2 2 1 1 50 5 2 2 1 1


SPM2009

[ 4551/1 ] [ 4551/2 ] [ 4551/3 ]

Biology


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1. Diagram 1 shows an organelle of a cell.

Which cell does not have this organelle?

A Meristem B Companion cell C Cork cambium D Sclerenchyma

2. The following information refers to organelle M.

What is organelle M ?

A Vacuole B Nucleus C Golgi apparatus D Endoplasmic reticulum

3. Diagram 2 shows a plant cell immersed in a hypertonic solution.

Which of the following shows the plant cell after it has been transferred to a hypotonic solution for 5 minutes?

Diagram 1

• Consists of a stack of flattened membrane – bound sacs• Function as a processing, packaging and transport centre of carbohydrates, proteins and glycoproteins

Diagram 2

4. Diagram 3 shows a plant strip immersed in solution X for 30 minutes.

What is solution X?

A Sucrose solution 5%. B Sucrose solution 20%. C Salt solution 5%. D Distilled water

5. Diagram 4 shows a visking tubing filled with 20 % sucrose solution immersed in distilled water for 30 minutes.

What are the observations that can be made?

I Water goes into the visking tubing. II The visking tubing is flaccid. III The visking tubing increases in weight. IV The visking tubing is turgid.

A I and II only B I and III only C I, III and IV only D I, II, III and IV

6. Diagram 5 shows the model of a DNA.

What is represented by the units P, Q and R?

Diagram 3

Diagram 4

20 % sucrose solution

Diagram 5

P Q R

A Sugar Base Phosphate

B Phosphate Sugar Base

C Phosphate Base Sugar

D Base Phosphate Sugar

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009BIOLOGYKertas 1


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

7. Diagram 6 shows the ‘lock and key’ hypothesis of an enzyme reaction.

Which of the following is represented by K, L and M?

8. Diagram 7 shows Zaki’s shirt with a blood stain before and after being washed with an enzyme containing detergent.

9. Diagram 8 shows an animal cell undergoing meiosis I.

L K

M

Diagram 6

K L M

A Enzyme Products of reaction

Enzyme substrate complex

B Enzyme substrate complex

Enzyme Products of the reaction

C Products of the reaction

Enzyme Enzyme substrate complex

D Products of the reaction

Enzyme substrate complex

Enzyme

Blood stain

Before AfterDiagram 7

Diagram 8

Which is the most suitable enzyme and temperature to give the result shown?

Enzyme Temperature

A Protease 37°C

B Protease 18°C

C Lipase 18°C

D Lipase 37°C

How many chromosomes are there in the gamete of this animal?

A 2B 4C 6D 8

10.Diagram 9 shows a cell cycle.

At what stage in the cell cycle does replication of chromosomes take place?

A P B Q C R D S

11. Diagram 10 shows part of the human digestive system.

A Erepsin B Pepsin C Rennin D Trypsin

12. Into which part of the alimentary canal is bile released?

13. The bile duct of a person was removed by surgery. Which of the following type of food has to be reduced by the person?

A Butter B Bread C Orange D Biscuit

14. Which of the following features of the leaf are adapted for photosynthesis?

I Thin flattened body II Thick cuticle III Abundant chloroplasts IV Smooth margin

A I and III only B II and IV only C I, II and III only D IV only

Q

S

R

Diagram 9

Which of the following enzyme is secreted by organ S?

Diagram 10

A IleumB OesophagusC StomachD Duodenum


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

15. Diagram 11 shows the cross-section of a dicotyledonous leaf.

Photosynthesis takes place in

A Q, R and S only. B Q and S only. C Q, R and T only. D Q and R only.

16. Diagram 12 shows the human alimentary canal.

Which parts labelled A, B, C or D produce enzyme that works best at pH 1.5?

17. The following information is about amino acids.

18. The table below shows an experiment to determine the content of vitamin C in orange juice.

What is the amount of vitamin C in orange juice?

Q

R

S

T Diagram 11

A

B D

C

Diagram 12

Excess amino acids cannot be stored in the body and are broken down in the liver through process K.

What is process K?

A deamination B assimilation C defeacationD absorption

19. Diagram 13 shows the respiratory system of a cockroach.

In which of the following parts does gaseous exchange takes place?

20. What are the features of the human lung which facilitate

gaseous exchange?

21. Diagram 14 shows the experiment to investigate the content of carbon dioxide and oxygen in an air sample .

Initial length of bubble gas……………………….................10.00 cm Length of bubbles gas + potassium hydroxide solution......9.60 cm Length of bubble gas + potassium pyrogalate solution ......8.00 cm

What is the percentage of oxygen in the air sample?

A 6% B 10% C 14% D 16%

Sample Volume required to decolourise 1.0 cm3 of 0.1% DCPIP solution

0.1% Ascorbic acid 0.6

Orange juice 1.5

A 0.4 mg/cm3

B 2.5 mg/cm3

C 0.3 mg/cm3

D 5 mg/cm3

Diagram 13

A J and L only

B M only

C N only

D M and N only

I Thin, moist alveolar walls.II Large number of alveoliIII Well supplied with blood capillaries.IV Delicate alveoli

A I and III only

B II and IV only

C I, II and III only

D I, II, III and IV

Diagram 14


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

26. Diagram 16 shows the impacts of phenomenon X.

What is phenomenon X?

A Greenhouse effect B Ozone depletion C Thermal pollution D Global warming

27. Diagram 17 shows a phenomenon in an industrial area.

Which of the following substance will cause the above phenomenon to happen?

A Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) B Carbon dioxide C Sulfur dioxide D Carbon monoxide

28. Diagram 18 shows a cross section of the human heart. Which of the following blood vessels have oxygenated blood?

A X and Y B X and Z C Y and Z D W and Y

22. Nathan caught 20 snails in a garden. He marked and released them. After 5 days, he caught 15 snails and 5 of them were marked. What is the estimated population size of the snails in the garden?

A 40 B 50 C 60 D 80

23. The sample of water in a lake shows a low BOD level. Which of the following statement best describe the situation?

A Pollution by untreated waste B An increase in the temperature of the lake. C The high amount of dissolve oxygen in the lake. D A decrease activity of microorganism in the lake

24. Diagram 15 shows succession in a mangrove forest.

Sonneratia sp P

Tropical Rain Forest

Q

Diagram 15

Which of the following represents P, Q and R?

P Q

A Bruguiera sp Rhizophora sp

B Avicennia sp Rhizophora sp

C Rhizophora sp Bruguiera sp

D Avicennia sp Bruguiera sp

25. The table below shows the time taken for methylene blue solution to decolourise in three water samples.

Which of the following may be the water samples A, B and C?

Water sample

Time taken for methylene blue solution to decolourise (hours)

A 3

B 2

C Remains blue

A B C

A Drain water Lake water Tap water

B Drain water Tap water Lake water

C Pond water Drain water Tap water

D Pond water Tap water Drain water

X

Increase in the Earth’s temperature

Decline in the yield of crops

Change in climate zone

Melting of polar ice and glaciers causing a rise in sea level

Diagram 16

Diagram 17

Diagram 18


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

29. Diagram 19 shows the cross section of a part of a dicotyledonous plant.

Which of the labelled parts W, X, Y or Z transport glucose?

A W B X C Y D Z

30. Diagram 20 shows the blood circulatory system of an organism.

Which of the following organisms has a similar circulatory system as shown in the diagram?

A A fish B A frog C A bird D A snake

31. Diagram 21 shows the set-up of a potometer to study the rate of transpiration under different conditions.

Which of the following conditions will result in the air bubble moving at the highest speed towards the plant?

A Low humidity , high temperature and high light intensity. B High humidity, low temperature and high light intensity C Low humidity, low temperature and low light intensity D High humidity, high temperature and low light intensity

Diagram 19

Diagram 20

32. Diagram 22 shows four types of blood cells in human.

Which cell labelled A, B, C or D is responsible in the clotting of blood?

33. Diagram 23 shows the structure of human forearm.

Which of the following actions of M and N will cause the arm to straighten?

I M contracts. II M relaxes III N contracts. IV N relaxes

A I only B II only C II and III only D I and IV only

34.

Name vertebrae S,T,U and V as shown in diagram 24. Diagram 21

Blood cell

A B C D

Diagram 22

M

N

Diagram 23

V

S

U

T

Diagram 24

S T U V

A Lumbar Cervical Atlas Thorax

B Thorax Lumbar Cervical Atlas

C Cervical Lumbar Thorax Atlas

D Lumbar Atlas Cervical Thorax


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

35. Which of the following is the correct sequence for the vertebral column in man from the neck downwards?

A Lumbar Vertebra→Cervical vertebra→Thoracic vertebra→Sacrum→Coccyx. B Cervical vertebra→Thoracic vertebra→Lumbar Vertebra→Sacrum→Coccyx. C Coccyx→Sacrum→Thoracic vertebra→Lumbar Vertebra→Cervical vertebra. D Thoracic vertebra→Lumbar Vertebra→Sacrum→ Cervical vertebra→Coccyx.

36. Diagram 25 shows an aquatic plant. What helps this plant to float?

A Aerenchyma cells B Xylem vessels C Bouyancy of water D Collenchyma cells

37. Diagram 26 shows an aerofoil. The difference in air pressure between regions X and Y will produce uplift.

Which part of the bird has this shape?

A Head B Body C Wing D Tail

38. Diagram 27 shows the structures involved when we touched a hot pan.

Which of the following shows the correct sequence for the above reflex action?

Diagram 25

A P→Q→R→S B P→S→R→Q C Q→R→S→P D Q→S→P→R

39. Diagram 28 shows the different endocrine glands in a human. Which gland labelled A, B, C or D produces hormones that control the metabolic rate of the body?

40. Diagram 29 shows a part of the nephron. Which of the following is true about the processes that happen to blood in X, glucose in Y and water in Z?

41. A farmer wants to sell all the mangoes from his farm simultaneously. He sprays all the mangoes with hormone X to ensure that all the mangoes will ripen at the same time. What is hormone X?

A Auxin B Ethylene C Cytokinin D Gibberelin

42. Diagram 30 shows the changes in the thickness of the uterus wall during the menstrual cycle.

Diagram 26

Diagram 27

P

Q

R

S

A

B

C

D

Diagram 28

Diagram 29

R S

PQ

X Y Z

A Diffusion Active transport Osmosis

B Osmosis Reabsorption Diffusion

C Active transport

Diffusion Reabsorption

D Ultra filtration

Facilitated diffusion

Osmosis

Diagram 30


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

On which day is an ovum most likely can be fertilized by a sperm?

A 5 B 14 C 21 D 28

43. Diagram 31 shows a pair of fraternal twins. The following are statements about the formation of the twins.

Which of the following statements explain about the formation of the above twins?

A J and K B J, K and L C J, K and M D K, L and M

44. Diagram 32 shows the cross section of human placenta.

Which are the substances that normally pass through artery Y?

I Oxygen II Urea III Alcohol IV Carbon dioxide

A I and II B II and IV C I and IV D I, III and IV

Diagram 31

45. The graph below shows a growth curve of a balsam plant.

Which of the following deductions are true from the graph?

I The decrease in growth from U to V is due to respiration. II The fastest rate of growth occurs from W to X. III There is rapid growth from Y to Z. IV The growth curve is a sigmoid curve.

A I, II and III only B I, II and IV only C I, III and IV only D I, II, III and IV

46. Diagram 33 shows the development of pollen in a flowering plant.

What is process X? A Mitosis B Meiosis C Fertilization D Pollination

47. What type of chromosomal mutation is shown in diagram 34?

A Duplication. B Inversion. C Translocation. D Deletion.

J - Two ovums are fertilized by two different sperms K - Two zygotes with different characteristic will be formed L - Two foetuses share the same placenta

M - Gender of the foetuses will be the same or different

Diagram 32

Pollen grains

Generative nucleus

Tube nucleus

Pollen grains

X

Diagram 33

Diagram 34


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

48. A homozygous rounded yellow seed pea is crossed with a wrinkled green seed. Rounded seed is dominant to wrinkled seed while yellow seed is dominant to green seed. Two progenies from the first generation (F1) are crossed with one another.

What is the phenotypic ratio of the second generation (F2)?

A All round seeds B 3 round yellow : 1 wrinkle green C 9 round yellow: 3 round green : 3 wrinkle yellow: 1 wrinkle green D 1 round yellow: 1 round green: 1 wrinkle yellow: 1 wrinkle green

49. Diagram 35 shows the karyotype of a male that has undergone mutation. What disease has he contracted?

A Sickle cell anemia B Down Syndrome C Haemophilia D Colour blindness

50. The height of each student in Form 5 Angsana is measured and recorded. Which of the following shows the variation in height of students in Form 5 Angsana?

A

Diagram 35

C

B D



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section A [60 marks]


1. Diagram1 shows the structures of a cell.

(a) Name the cell shown in Diagram1? Give reason for your answer. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks] (b) Name the parts that are labeled A, B, C and F.

A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________C: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________F: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

[ 4 mar ks] (c) Write the functions of the following parts.

D: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ E: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________G: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________

[3 marks] (d) Diagram 2 shows an organelle which can be found in the cell shown in Diagram 1. (i) Name one cell which has this organelle in abundance and explain why?

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[2 marks] (ii) What will happen to the cell without this organelle?

______________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks]

D

A

B

C

E

F

G

Diagram 1 Diagram 2

2.

Diagram 3 shows a fluid mosaic model of a plasma membrane.

Diagram 3



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

a) Name structures A, B and Y from Diagram 3 using the following terms:

A : _______________________________________________________________________________________________B : _______________________________________________________________________________________________Y : ________________________________________________________________________________________________ [3 marks]

b) Molecules can pass through structure A in Diagram 3 by facilitated diffusion. i) State one characteristic of the molecule that can pass through structure A.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________ [1 mark]

ii) State how molecule X passes through structure A.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[3 marks]

c) Using the mechanism of movement of a substance across the plasma membrane, explain the process of water absorption by the root hairs of a plant.

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks]

3.

Diagram 4 shows cell A and cell B undergoing a similar stage for two different types of cell division.

a) (i) State the type of cell division shown in Diagram 4.A : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________B : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

[2 marks] (ii) State a function for each of the two cell divisions mentioned in (a)(i).

A : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________B : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

[2 marks]

• Pore protein• Carrier protein• Phospholipid

Cell A Cell B

S

Diagram 4


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

b) Diagram 5 shows a cell cycle. Label the stage shown by cell B with a letter W on the cell cycle.

c) Draw a daughter cell of cell A and cell B after both cells have completed the cell division in the boxes provided below.

d) Muthu has been exposed to X-rays which results in the failure of structure S to be formed. Explain the effects of this to the formation of the daughter cells of cell A.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[3 marks]

e) A technique which involves cell division could be used in cattle farming to increase the number of beef cattle. State the technique that can be used by the farmer. State one disadvantage of this technique.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 mark]

4)

a) Diagram 6 is the structure of a nephron found in the kidney of a human. Name the processes that occur in W, X and Y.

W : _________________________________________________________________________________________________X : _________________________________________________________________________________________________Y : _________________________________________________________________________________________________

[3 marks]

Interphase

Diagram 5

Cell A Cell B

Y

W

X

Diagram 6

[1 marks]

[4 marks]


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

b) Name two blood components found in the renal artery but not in the part labeled W.______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[2 marks]

c) Explain what happen to the filtrate that flows from W to Y. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[4 marks]

Table 1 shows the concentration of some substances in the blood plasma, glomerular filtrate and urine of an adult.

d) Based on the table above, explain the difference in the concentration of urea in the blood plasma, glomerular filtrate and urine.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[4 marks]

5.

a) (i) What is the menstrual cycle ?________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ [2 marks]

(ii) What is hormone A and state its function.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[2 marks]

Substances in fluid

Concentration of substance in fluid (g/dm³)

Blood plasma entering the glomerulus Glomerular filtrate Urine produced by kidney

Glucose 1.0 1.0 0.0

Amino acid 1.5 1.5 0.0

Protein 80.0 0.0 0.0

Urea 0.3 0.3 18.0

Sodium ion 2.0 2.0 2.5

Table 1

Hormone B

Hormone A

Structure H

Diagram 7


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

b) Explain why an imbalance of hormone P and B can cause the disruption of the ovulation process.__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[2 marks]

c) (i) Draw the change that occurs to structure H between the 26th and 28th day in Diagram 7. [1 mark]

(ii) Name the hormone Q and structure H.

Hormone Q : __________________________________________________________________________________________Structure H : __________________________________________________________________________________________

[2 marks]

(iii) Explain the relationship between structure H and the level of hormone Q from the 16th to 28th day.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

[2 marks]

Section B[ 20 marks ]

Answer any two question.

6. Diagram 8 below shows two respiratory organs.

a) Based on the above diagram, explain how the structure M and N can increase the efficiency of gaseous exchange in each of the organisms above. [4 marks]

Diagram 8M

b) Explain the differences between the respiratory system in cockroach, fish and human. [10 marks]

c) An athlete has just completed a 200 metre track event. His leg muscles are painful due to muscle fatigue. The athlete then carries out the following actions. • Wears a track suit • Takes a few long deep breaths • Walks freely as a ‘cooling down’ activity.

Explain why the athlete carries out these actions. [6 marks]

7. (a) Define immunity. [2 marks] (b) Explain with examples. (i) Naturally acquired active immunity [4 marks] (ii) Artificially acquired active immunity. [4 marks] (c) Siti had a wound after she fell down from the staircase. After five days, the wound disappeared. Explain what happened to the wound. [10 marks]

Humans obtain two types of immunity to prevent infection from diseases.


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

8. (a) Nazmi took a plate of rice, a fried chicken and mix vegetables for his lunch. Explain how the food he ate for lunch would be digested. [10 marks]

(b) The table shows an analysis of the percentage nutrient content of a balanced diet that should be taken by a teenager daily.

Discuss the effects of the eating habits of Kavitha compared to Zarina over a long period of time. [10 marks]

Nutrient Percentage intake

Carbohydrate 60

Lipid 30

Protein 10

Vitamin & mineral salts Small quantity

Zarina Kavitha

• Eats regularly at a fixed time.

• Drinks at least 7 glasses of water daily.

•Chooses food that contains carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins and mineral salts based on the standard of a balanced diet.

• Eats irregularly as and when she remembers or when she is free.

• Drinks very little water.

• Usually eats fast food and junk food that does not contain the right amount of carbohydrates lipids, proteins, vitamins and mineral salts, does not follow the standard of a balanced diet.

9. (a) In humans, the characteristics of curly hair is dominant over the characteristics of straight hair. A characteristic of an organism is determined by a pair of genes located at the same locus of a pair of homologous chromosomes. Based on Mendel’s First Law, illustrate the following cross.

[10 marks]

(b) The diagram below shows the inheritance of haemophilia in a family. The dominant allele is represented by ‘H’ while the recessive allele is represented by ‘h’.

State your opinion and explain both the statements based on the diagram above. [10 marks]


Parent Male FemaleX

Curly hair

Curly hair

Straight hair

Haemophiliac male

Normal male

Haemophiliac female

Normal female

Carrier female

Keys:

Statement I : Haemophilia is a genetic disease that can be inherited.

Statement II: Inheritance of haemophilia can be prevented in a family.


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Answer all questions.

1. Due to numerous complaints received from residents about water pollution in rivers all over Malaysia, the Department of Environment (DOE) had investigated the water pollution level in four different locations. Four water samples (W, X, Y and Z) are obtained from the four different rivers all over Malaysia. The volume of each water sample is 100 cm³. The water samples are collected in 4 different reagent bottles and covered immediately. A syringe is used to place 1 cm³ of 0.1 % methylene blue solution at the bottom of each water sample. The bottle are immediately closed and placed in a dark cupboard. The time taken for the methylene blue solution in each sample to decolourise is shown in Table 1.

(a)(i) State two different observations made from this experiment. Observation 1:

……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................

Observation 2 : ………………………………………………………………………………..................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................. ……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................. [3 marks]

(ii) State the inferences which correspond to the observation in (a) (i). Inference from observation 1:

……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................………………………………………………………………………………................................................................................. ……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................

Inference from observation 2 : ………………………………………………………………………………....................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................... ……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................... [3 marks]

(b) Record the time needed for the colour change in the methylene blue solution in the space provided in Table 1. [3 marks]

Time Taken (Minutes)

Sample water W Sample water X Sample water Y Sample water Z

Table 1



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(d) State the hypothesis for this experiment. ……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................………………………………………………………………………………................................................................................. [3 marks]

(e)(i) Based on Table 1.1, construct a table and record all the data collected in the experiment.

[3 marks] (ii) State the relationship between the content of dissolved oxygen in the water sample and the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise.

……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................………………………………………………………………………………................................................................................. [3 marks]

(f)(i) If the experiment is repeated on a water sample taken from a river running across a forest reserve, predict the time taken for the decolourisation of methylene blue solution.

……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................………………………………………………………………………………................................................................................. [3 marks]

(ii) Explain the relationship between the time needed for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the level of water pollution.

……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................………………………………………………………………………………................................................................................. [3 marks]

Variable Method to handle the variable

Manipulated variable

……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Responding variable

……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Constant variable

……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Table 2 [3 marks]

(c) Complete Table 2 based on this experiment.


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

2. Diagram 1 shows the materials and apparatus used to investigate the effect of changes in air movement on the rate of transpiration of plant.

Together with other materials, prepare a plan for an experiment that covers the following aspects.

• Problem statement • Aim of investigation • Hypothesis • Variables • List of apparatus and materials • Technique used • Experimental procedure or method • Presentation of data • Conclusion [17 marks]

Diagram 1


(g) Based on this experiment, what can you deduce about biochemical oxygen demand or BOD ?

……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................………………………………………………………………………………................................................................................. [3 marks]

(h) Categorise the level of pollution of the water samples in this experiment.

[3 marks]

95

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


NO Tajuk2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

K1 K2 K1 K2 K1 K2 K1 K2 K1 K2

1 Pengenalan 4 - 3 - 1 - 2 - 2 -

2 Aset, Liabiliti, Ekuiti Pemilik / Persamaan Kunci Kira-kira

3 - 2 - 3 - 5 - 5 -

3 Dokumen perniagaan sebagai sum-ber rekod perakaunan

3 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1

4 Buku Catatan Pertama 3 - 9 - 2 - 2 - 3 -

5 Lejar 2 - 3 - 3 - 3 - 5 -

6 Imbangan Duga 1 - 1 - 3 - 1 - 1 -

7 Penutupan dan Penyediaan Penyata Kewangan – Milikan Tunggal

5 1 3 1 6 - 5 1 5 -

8 Akaun Kawalan 1 - 1 - 2 - 1 - - -

9 Pembetulan Kesilapan 1 - - - 1 - 2 - - -

10 Penyata Penyesuaian Bank 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - 2 -

11 Belanjawan Tunai 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 -

12 Perkongsian 3 1 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 1

13 Pembubaran Perkongsian 1 - 1 - - - 2 - 1 -

14 Syarikat Berhad 3 - 4 1 3 1 2 - 3 1

15 Akaun Kelab dan Persatuan 3 - 1 1 3 - 2 1 3 1

16 Rekod Tak Lengkap 1 - 2 - 2 - 3 1 3 1

17 Pengenalan dan Perakaunan Kos 2 1 1 1 1 - 2 - 2 1

18 Analisis Kos Volum Untung 1 - 1 - 1 1 3 - - -

19 Tafsiran Penyata Kewangan 1 1 3 - - 1 - - 1 -

20 Pengenalan kepada Penggunaan Komputer dalam Perakaunan

- - - - - - 1 - 1 -

JUMLAH SOALAN 40 6 40 6 40 6 40 6 40 6


SPM2009

[ 3756/1 ] [ 3756/2 ]

Prinsip Perakaunan


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1. Apakah badan yang memberikan latihan dan peperiksaan untuk memajukan profesion perakaunan di Malaysia? A MIA (Malaysia Institute of Accountants) B IAS (Internasional Accounting Standards) C MASB (Malaysian Accounting Standard Board) D MICPA (Malaysian Institute of Certified Public Accountants)

6 Apakah nama dokumen yang berfungsi sebagai invois tambahan?A Nota debitB Nota kreditC Makluman debitD Makluman kredit

2. Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas, apakah konsep perakaunan yang telah dipatuhi?A Ketekalan B BerterusanC PemadananD Tempoh Perakaunan

3 Antara berikut yang manakah dikelaskan sebagai liabiliti bukan semasa?I DebenturII Gadai janjiIII PemiutangIV Pinjaman bank

A I,II dan III C I,III dan IVB I,II dan IV D II,III dan IV

7. Belanja-belanja berikut diambil daripada Buku Perniagaan Wawasan Murni.

Apakah buku catatan pertama yang digunakan untuk merekod urusniaga tersebut?A Buku TunaiB Buku Tunai RuncitC Jurnal Penerimaan TunaiD Jurnal Pembayaran Tunai

Pembekal

Dokumen X Dokumen Y

Peniaga Pembeli

Rajah di atas menunjukkan suatu aliran urus niaga seorang peniaga.

8. Dokumen X adalah berkaitan dengan barang niaga yang dijual secara tunai.Dokumen Y adalah berkaitan dengan dokumen yang diterima oleh pembeli apabila membuat pembayaran.

Nyatakan nama dokumen-dokumen itu.

9. Jadual di bawah menunjukkan beberapa urus niaga dan buku catatan pertama untuk urus niaga tersebut.

Antara berikut, urus niaga manakah dicatat dalam buku catatan pertama yang betul?A I dan II B I dan III C II dan IVD III dan IV

4 Antara pengelasan berikut, yang manakah pasangan paling tepat?

5 Pada 1 Feb 2009, Encik Jason telah membawa masuk computer peribadinya untuk kegunaan perniagaan. Kesan urus niaga berikut terhadap aset dan ekuiti pemilik adalah

Perniagaan Suria Sdn Bhd telah memilih kaedah garis lurus untuk mengira susut nilai kenderaan bagi perniagaannya dan kaedah ini telah digunakan secara berterusan untuk setiap tempoh perakaunan.

Butir Pengelasan Akaun

A Gaji Hasil bukan kendalian

B Jualan Belanja kendalian

C Insurans Hasil kendalian

D Faedah pinjaman bank

Belanja bukan kendalian

Aset Ekuiti Pemilik

A Bertambah Bertambah

B Berkurang Berkurang

C Bertambah Berkurang

D Berkurang Bertambah

Dokumen X Dokumen Y

A Invois Baucer

B Bil Tunai Keratan Cek

C Bil Tunai Resit Rasmi

D Makluman Debit Borang Wang Masuk

Urus niaga Buku Catatan Pertama

I Membayar gaji pekerja dengan cek

Buku Tunai

II Membeli perabot pejabat secara kredit

Jurnal Am

III Mengambil barang niaga untuk tujuan promosi barang

Jurnal Belian

IV Pihak bank mendebitkan terus akaun semasa pe-niaga untuk membayar insurans kedai

Jurnal Am

RM

Setem 23

Tambang Teksi 47

Beli Kertas Warna 11

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009PRINSIP PERAKAUNAN

Kertas 1

Your Essential Guide to Higher Education


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

19 Peruntukan hutang ragu mungkin dikurangkan jika terdapat keadaan-keadaan berikut kecualiA ekonomi yang stabilB dasar syarikat yang positifC kemelesetan ekonomiD jumlah penghutang berkurang

20 Sebuah mesin bernilai RM 8000 telah dibeli pada 1 Januari 2008. Ia disusutnilai pada kadar 10 % setahun dengan kaedah garis lurus. Pada 31 Disember 2009, ia dijual dengan harga RM 6000. Kira untung atau rugi daripada pelupusan mesin tersebut.A Rugi sebanyak RM 400B Rugi sebanyak RM 1 200C Untung sebanyak RM 400D Untung sebanyak RM 1 200

Soalan 10 dan 11 adalah berdasarkan maklumat di bawah.

Buku Tunai

15 Berdasarkan dokumen di atas, nyatakan akaun yang akan didebitkan dan dikreditkan dalam lejar Kedai Alat Tulis TR.

A Debit Akaun Modal, Kredit Akaun Ambilan B Debit Akaun Ambilan, Kredit Akaun Modal C Debit Akaun Ambilan, Kredit Akaun Alatan Pejabat D Debit Akaun Alatan Pejabat, Kredit Akaun Modal

16 Maklumat berikut diambil daripada buku perniagaan Polaris Enterprise

Berapakah nilai bagi X?A RM3 200B RM6 200C RM10 300D RM16 800

17 Antara berikut, manakah yang menyebabkan penghutang dihapuskan sebagai hutang lapuk?A Penghutang berkenaan telah diistiharkan muflisB Penghutang yang mampu membayar hutangnyaC Penghutang yang tidak layak menerima diskaun diberiD Penghutang yang membayar hutangnya dengan segera

18 Pemilik Perniagaan Santhana telah membayar insurans untuk kedainya pada 1 April 2009 berjumlah RM 5 400 setahun. Tempoh perakaunan berakhir pada 31 Disember 2009. Apakah pelarasan yang perlu di ambil kira pada 31 Disember 2009?A Insurans terakru RM 1 350B Insurans terakru RM 4 050C Insurans terdahulu RM 1 350D Insurans terdahulu RM 4 050

10 Rekod urusniaga pada 15 Januari 2009 di atas merupakanA pemindahan wang dari bank untuk kegunaan perniagaanB pemindahan tunai dari perniagaan ke bank perniagaanC pemindahan tunai peribadi ke bank perniagaanD pemindahan tunai perniagaan ke bank peribadi

11 Apakah dokumen yang terlibat dalam urusniaga pada 15 Januari 2009?A slip mesin daftar tunaiB borang wang masukC makluman debitD keratan cek

12 Pada 1 Mei 2009, Perniagaan Sam mengeluarkan wang tunai RM200 daripada bank untuk didebitkan ke dalam Buku Tunai Runcit. Pada 31 Mei 2009, baki dalam Buku Tunai Runcit ialah RM75. Mengikut sistem panjar, berapakah jumlah wang yang perlu dibayar balik kepada kerani juruwang pada 1 Jun 2009?A RM 275B RM 200C RM 125D RM 75

Pemilik Kedai Perabot Seng Heng mengambil sebuah almari untuk kegunaan keluarganya.

13 Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas. Catatan lejar ialah

14 Berikut merupakan akaun perorangan kecualiA PenghutangB PemiutangC AmbilanD Hasil

Debit Kredit

A Akaun Belian Akaun Ambilan

B Akaun Perabot Akaun Ambilan

C Akaun Ambilan Akaun Perabot

D Akaun Ambilan Akaun Belian

RM

Modal 15 000

Perabot 4 800

Stok Akhir 10 000

Bank 5 500

Jualan 10 000

Belian X

Pemiutang 1 500

Tarikh Butir Tunai Bank

2009Jan 15 Tunai 950

MEMOKedai Alat Tulis TR

56 Jalan Gemilang Dua45200 Klang, Selangor

Tel:03-2823255Tarikh: 30 Mac 2009

Sebuah mesin fax peribadi bernilai RM600 dibawa masuk untuk kegunaan kedai

Halim …………….

T.T. Pengurus

Tarikh Butir Tunai Bank

2009Jan 15 Tunai 950

Popular COURSES & CAREERS explained


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

25 Butir yang didebitkan dalam penyata bank tetapi belum direkodkan dalam buku tunai ialah A cek belum dikemukakan untuk pembayaran B deposit belum dikreditkan C dividen atas pelaburan D caj bank

26 Berikut merupakan butir yang direkodkan dalam Belanjawan Tunai kecualiA Gaji pekerjaB Hasil jualanC Bayaran sewaD Peruntukan hutang ragu

27 Bagi perniagaan perkongsian, syarat-syarat pengurusan dan pelaksanaan perniagaan akan ditetapkan oleh pekongsi-pekongsi dalamA Akta perkongsian 1961B Ikatan PerkongsianC Tataurus PerkongsianD Memorandum Perkongsian

28 Gaji pekongsi yang belum dibayar oleh perkongsian akan direkodkan di dalamA Kunci Kira-kiraB Akaun Semasa PekongsiC Akaun Pengasingan Untung RugiD Akaun Perdagangan dan untung Rugi

Lembaga Pengarah membuat keputusan untuk menerbit semua saham keutamaan dan 1 000 000 unit saham biasa pada nilai tara. Hitungkan modal diterbitkan.A RM 800 000B RM 1 600 000C RM 2 500 000D RM 2 600 000

Modal berdaftar :800 000 5% saham keutamaan RM2.00 sesaham

2 500 000 unit saham biasa RM1.00 sesaham

21 Akaun pemiutang biasanya berbaki kredit kerana ia menunjukkan liabiliti kepada perniagaan. Walau bagaimanapun, ada masanya akaun pemiutang berbaki debit.

Mengapakah keadaan ini berlaku?A Penghutang telah terlebih bayarB Terdapat pulangan masuk selepas akaunnya dijelaskanC Perniagaan telah membayar lebih daripada hutangnya.D Elaun telah diberikan kepada penghutang atas sebab-sebab

tertentu

22 Antara butir-butir berikut, yang manakah terdapat dalam Akaun Kawalan Lejar Jualan?A Jualan tunaiB Diskaun diberiC Pulangan KeluarD Peruntukan Hutang Ragu

23 Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan kesilapan ketara yang berlaku dalam catatan buku ?A Belanja membaiki mesin telah didebitkan dalam Akaun MesinB Komisen diterima daripada pembekal telah direkodkan sebagai

komisen diberi.C Belian barang niaga secara kredit telah terlebih catat RM 150

dalam kedua-dua akaun.D Pemilik telah mengeluarkan barang niaga untuk kegunaan

peribadi tetapi masih belum direkodkan.

24 Pemilik Spa Q telah membuat kesilapan catatan dengan mencatatkan bayaran sewa kediaman ke dalam Akaun Sewa. Bagaimanakah kesilapan tersebut akan dibetulkan menerusi jurnal?A Debitkan Akaun Tunai dan Kreditkan Akaun SewaB Debitkan Akaun Sewa dan Kreditkan Akaun TunaiC Debitkan Akaun Ambilan dan Kreditkan Akaun Sewa D Debitkan Akaun Sewa dan Kreditkan Akaun Ambilan

29 Antara akaun-akaun yang berikut,kombinasi akaun manakah yang diperlukan semasa pembubaran perkongsian?I Akaun RealisasiII Akaun Pengasingan Untung RugiIII Akaun Modal PekongsiIV Akaun Tunai

A I, II dan IIIB I, III dan IVC II, III dan IVD I. II, III dan IV

30 Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan Syarikat Kawarizmi Sdn. Bhd.

31 Antara berikut, yang manakah perbezaan antara saham biasa dan saham keutamaan?I Pemegang saham biasa menghadapi risiko yang lebih rendah

berbanding saham keutamaanII Pemegang saham keutamaan menerima dividen sebelum

pemegang saham biasaIII Pemegang saham biasa berhak mengundi manakala

pemegang saham keutamaan tidak IV Kadar dividen saham keutamaan adalah tetap manakala

kadar dividen saham biasa tidak

A I, II dan IIIB I, II dan IVC I,III dan IVD II,III dan IV

32 Antara perbelanjaan berikut yang manakah boleh dianggap sebagai perbelanjaan modal ?I Belian perabot II Belian komputerIII Belian stok barang niaga IV Belian kenderaan untuk pemilik

A I dan II B I dan IIIC II dan IV D III dan IV



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

35. Berikut adalah faktor-faktor yang menyebabkan wujud rekod tak lengkap bagi sebuah perniagaan kecuali?A Rekod akaun termusnah akibat banjir atau kebakaran B Tidak tahu menyimpan rekod secara lengkap C Tidak menggunakan Sistem Catatan BerguD Tidak mengupah akauntan bertauliah

40 Soalan 40 berdasarkan hamparan elektronik perisian Excel di bawah:

40 Nilai kos barang untuk dijual berada di dalam selA C6 C E9B D8 D E10

KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT

Kos (RM)

Unit Keluaran

36 Berdasarkan rajah di atas, garis OP menggambarkan sejenis kos. Kos berkenaan ialahA kos tetapB kos berubahC kos overhedD harga jualan

37 Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, hitungkan kos bahan mentah yang digunakan

A RM10 105 C RM15 765B RM10 945 D RM19 145

38 Apakah kepentingan analisis kos volum untung bagi perniagaan?

A memastikan matlamat perniagaan tercapaiB menentukan jenis produk yang akan dihasilkan C menentukan harga jualan, kos jualan dan kos berubahD menentukan supaya perniagaan membuat perancangan dan

kawalan kos

39 Nisbah yang digunakan untuk mengukur kemampuan firma menjelaskan hutang jangka pendek ialahA nisbah semasa B nisbah untungC nisbah kecekapanD nisbah bukan semasa

33. Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, berapakah yuran yang dipindahkan ke Akaun Pendapatan dan Perbelanjaan bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2007

A RM 3 700B RM 3 710C RM 3 720D RM 3 740

34. Maklumat yang berikut boleh didapati daripada analisis buku tunai

I jualan tunai II hutang lapuk III bayaran komisenIV Peruntukan hutang ragu

A I dan II B I dan III C II dan IVD III dan IV

Maklumat tambahan :

(i) 1 Januari 2008 31 Disember 2008Yuran tertunggak 200 150Yuran Terdahulu 120 160

(ii) Yuran yang masih tertunggak dari tahun lepas dianggap sebagai hutang lapuk.

Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008

RM RM

Yuran 2007 180

Yuran 2008 3450

Yuran 2009 160

RM

Belian bahan mentah 10 525

Upah buruh langsung 8 200

Sewa kilang 2 500

Susut nilai loji dan mesin 2 400

Stok awal bahan mentah 5 240

Gaji kerani kilang 1 200

Belanja jualan 1 400

Stok akhir bahan mentah 4 820

PO

A B C D E

1 RM RM RM

2 Jualan 80 000

3 Stok awal 50 000

4 Belian 36 000

5 (-) Pulangan belian 300

6 35 700

7 (+) Angkutan masuk 500 35 200

8 85 200

9 (-) Stok akhir 45 000 40 200

10 39 800

11

Maklumat berikut diambil dari buku Kedai Roti Lavender

Over 60 SCHOLARSHIPS Listed


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Kertas soalan ini mengandungi dua bahagian : Bahagian A dan Bahagian B.Jawab semua soalan di Bahagian A dan satu soalan daripada Bahagian B.

Bahagian A[68 markah]

Jawab semua soalan.

1. En Mahmuddin ialah pemilik Mutiara Bakery yang membekal dan menjual pelbagai jenis kek dan biskut di Klang, Selangor. Berikut ialah baki-baki yang diambil daripada buku perniagaannya pada 1 Mac 2009: RM Tunai di tangan 2 000 Tunai di bank 15 000 Stok 17 000 Kenderaan 20 000 Pemiutang : Lee Trading 5 500 Modal 48 500

Sepanjang bulan Mac 2009, urus niaga Mutiara Bakery ditunjukkan oleh dokumen-dokumen perniagaan seperti dalam Lampiran A.

(a) Sediakan catatan dalam buku-buku catatan pertama yang sesuai.(Jurnal Penerimaan Tunai dan Jurnal Pembayaran Tunai tidak diterima) [10 ½ markah]

(b) Pindahkan catatan daripada buku catatan pertama ke lejar. [10 ½ markah]

(c) Imbangkan akaun dan sediakan Imbangan Duga pada 31 Mac 2009. [7 markah]

Maklumat tambahan: (i) Stok pada 31 Julai 2009 bernilai RM 17 430 mengikut harga kos dan RM 17 630 mengikut harga pasaran.(ii) Insurans dibayar untuk tempoh setahun berakhir 31 Ogos 2009(iii) Kenderaan disusutnilaikan 10% setahun atas kos(iv) Peruntukan hutang ragu diselaraskan kepada 2% atas penghutang(v) Pemilik mengambil barang niaga RM 240 untuk kegunaan keluarga tetapi tidak dicatatkan dalam mana-mana buku.

Anda dikehendaki menyediakan:

(a) Penyata Pendapatan bagi tahun berakhir 31 Julai 2009. [9 markah] (b) Kunci Kira-kira pada 31 Julai 2009 (tunjukkan modal kerja) [9 markah

2. Baki-baki berikut diambil daripada buku-buku Perniagaan Gina Sdn Bhd pada 31 Julai 2009.

DebitRM

KreditRM

Stok pada 1 Ogos 2008Peruntukan hutang raguBankKadar bayaranPinjaman bankPenghutang dan PemiutangPulanganInsuransKenderaan (kos)AmbilanGajiModal pada 1 Ogos 2008Hutang lapuk terpulihPeruntukan susut nilai kenderaanPerabotBelian dan JualanTunai

16 750

9 9772 437

8 450

60035 0008336 650

6 20049 6801 222

255

5 0004 857522

48 8505655 250

72 500

137 799 137 799

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009PRINSIP PERAKAUNAN

Kertas 2



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

3 Baki berikut telah diperoleh daripada buku Kelab Sukan dan Rekreasi Sentosa yang menjalankan perniagaan kafetaria bagi menambah tabungan.

1 Januari 2008RM

31 Disember 2008RM

StokPemiutangPenghutang

1 6003 1001 100

1 3601 650 770

Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008

Baki pada 1 JanuariPenghutang kantin

RM2 1806 600

Pemiutang kantinUpah kafetaria

RM4 200700

Kunci Kira-kira pada 30 April 2009

AlatanStokPenghutang Bank

RM25 00018 0504 6502 300

Modal :RanjitRonnie

RM

35 00015 000

50 000 50 000

Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008 adalah seperti berikut:

(a) Sediakan Akaun Kawalan Penghutang [2 ½ markah]

(b) Sediakan Akaun Kawalan Pemiutang [2 ½ markah]

(c) Sediakan Akaun Perdagangan Kafetaria bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008 [3 ½ markah]

(d) Jelaskan maksud pendapatan modal beserta contoh. [1 ½ markah]

4 Ranjit dan Ronnie adalah pekongsi dalam Perkongsian Cyber yang membahagikan untung atau rugi dengan nisbah 3:1. Pada 30 April 2009, mereka bersetuju membubarkan perkongsian mereka

Kedudukan kewangan perkongsian pada tarikh tersebut adalah seperti berikut

Perkara berikut telah dipersetujui semasa pembubaran: (i) Alatan dan Stok diambil alih oleh Ranjit dengan nilai RM 32 440 (ii) Sejumlah RM 4 468 berjaya dikutip daripada penghutang dan bakinya dihapuskan sebagai hutang lapuk (iii) Belanja realisasi RM 800 (iv) Semua urusan penerimaan dan pembayaran melalui bank (v) Mana-mana akaun modal pekongsi yang menghadapi kekurangan modal dikehendaki mengimbangknnya dengan tambahan tunai ke bank perniagaannya.

Anda dikehendaki menyediakan:

(a) Akaun Realisasi [5 markah]

(b) Akaun Bank [2 ½ markah]

(c) Akaun Modal setiap pekongsi [4 ½ markah]

Major INSTITUTIONS revealed


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Bahagian B[12 markah]

Jawab satu soalan sahaja.

5 Pada 4 Februari 2009, Cik Jasmina Hashim telah menerima Penyata Bank yang menunjukkan bakinya pada 31 Januari 2009 yang berbeza dengan baki Buku Tunainya. Berikut ialah Buku Tunai dan Penyata Bank Cik Jasmin bagi bulan Januari.

Maklumat tambahan:(i) Cek no 068 yang dikeluarkan pada 11 Januari 2009 dikenalpasti berlaku kesilapan catatan dalam Buku Tunai

Anda dikehendaki menyediakan

(a) Buku Tunai Terlaras [5 markah]

(b) Penyata Penyesuaian Bank pada 31 Januari 2009 [5 markah]

(c) Nyatakan dua sebab mengapa baki Penyata Bank dan Buku Tunai berbeza. [2 markah]

2009 RMJan 1 Baki b/b 8 540 5 Sewa 850 16 Yen 220 28 Hamidah 375 30 Jualan 960

10 945

Feb 1 Baki b/b 7 355

2009 No cek RMJan 7 Insurans 067 568 11 Kedai Rajes 068 452 19 Belian 069 1 230 23 Syarikat Tee 070 880 29 Gaji 071 460 31 Baki h/ b 7355 10 945

Buku Tunai (Ruangan Bank sahaja)

AGRO BANK BERHADJalan Pasir Pekan17000 Pasir Mas

PENYATA BANK

Tarikh Butiran Debit Kredit Baki

2009Jan 1 2 3 7 9 19 20 22 27 28 30 31

Baki (kredit)No. cek 065No. cek 066DepositNo.cek 067DepositNo.cek 068No.cek 069Dividen Syarikat MPX Bhd No cek 070Caj bankDeposit

RM

320160

568

425 1 230

880 15

RM

850

220

315

375

RM9 0208 7008 5409 3908 8209 0428 6177 3877 7026 8226 8077 182



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

6. Berikut ialah penyata kewangan bagi Perniagaan A & Z yang menjalankan perniagaan runcit.

Anda dikehendaki: a) Menghitung; i) Margin untung bersih ii) Margin untung kasar iii) Nisbah semasa iv) Nisbah cepat v) Pulangan modal vi) Tokokan [9 markah]

(b) Jelaskan kepentingan tafsiran penyata kewangan kepada pihak pengurusan. [3 markah]

Penyata Pendapatan bagi tahun berakhir 30 Oktober 2008---------------------------------------------------------------------------- RMJualan 38 000 Tolak: Kos Jualan 26 000 Untung Kasar 12 000 Tolak: Jumlah Belanja 3 000 Untung Bersih 9 000

Kunci Kira-kira pada 30 Oktober 2008 -----------------------------------------------

RM Lekapan dan lengkapan 46 300 Stok 2 200 Penghutang 900 Bank 1 100 --------- 50 500

===== Modal 40 000 Untung Bersih 9 000 Pemiutang 1 500 --------- 50 500 = ====

PRE-UNIVERSITY Courses explained


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

LAMPIRAN A

Butiran Kuantiti (Unit)

Harga seunit(RM)

Jumlah (RM)

Kek Lapis Seri MutiaraKek Coklat Biskut Chipmore

126

20

40.0010.004.00

480.00 60.00 80.00

Jumlah kasarTolak D iskaun Ni aga 10%

Jumlah bersih

620.00 62.00 558.00


Harga seunit(RM)

Jumlah (RM)

Kek Lapis Seri MutiaraKek Blackforest

12050

25.0040.00

3 000.002 000.00

Jumlah kasarTolak D iskaun Ni aga 10%

Jumlah bersih

5 000.00 500.00 4 500.00

SALINAN

SALINAN

Perniagaan Alfa871 Taman Jangkal81750 M asai J ohor

MY Cake House222-A Jalan Sungai Lalang08000 Sun gai P etani

Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Lima Puluh Lapan Sahaja.Serahan : Angkutan dibayarDiskaun Tunai : 5% 7 hariK & K di K

Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Lima Puluh Lapan Sahaja.Serahan : Angkutan dibayarDiskaun Tunai : 5% 7 hariK & K di K

mahmdd-------------Pengurus


laila-------------Penerima

yati-------------Penerima

Tarikh : 2 Mac.2009

Tarikh : 5 Mac.2009

No. 1222

No. 1223

INVOISMutiara Bakery102 Jalan Kapar

41100 Klang SelangorTel : 03- 30190396

INVOISMutiara Bakery102 Jalan Kapar


Dokumen 1

Dokumen 2



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SALINAN No. 240NOTA DEBITMutiara Bakery102 Jalan Kapar


MEMO

Mutiara Bakery102 Jalan Kapar


MY Cake House222-A Jalan Sungai Lalang08000 Sungai Petani Tarikh : 11 Mac 2009

Tarikh : 13 Mac 2009

Akaun tuan didebitkan dengan butir-butir berikut :

Peringatan :

Pemilik mengambil tunai sebanyak RM 250 untuk meraikan harijadi anaknya.

Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Empat Puluh Sahaja

Butir Jumlah (RM)

120 biji kek terkurang caj RM 5 setiap satu (Invois no 1223)Tolak Diskaun niaga 10%Jumlah bersih

600.00 60.00

540.00



Dokumen 3

Dokumen 4

Tarikh : 15 Mac 2009Penerima : Lee TradingKerana : Menjelaskan sebahagian invois No 4484

Baki akhir

Dimasukkan

Jumlah

Cek ini

Baki

RINGGIT SEN

15 000 00

- -

15 000 00

3200 00

11 800 00

Dokumen 5

Keratan cek

‘056340

Education LOANS highlighted


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


Harga seunit(RM)

Jumlah (RM)

Biskut Chip CoklatBiskut Cream CrackerBiskut Walnut

10109

26.0024.0050.00

260.00240.00450.00

Jumlah kasarTolak Diskaun Niaga 20%

Jumlah bersih

950.00190.00760.00

ASAL

Mutiara Bakery102 Jalan Kapar41100 K lang Se langor

Ringgit Malaysia : Tujuh ratus enam puluh sahaja.Serahan : Angkutan dibayarDiskaun Tunai : 5% 10 hariK & K di K

lee-------------Pengurus

mahmdd-------------Penerima


No. 3115INVOIS

LEE TRADINGNo 20 Jalan Gemilang Dua

Persiaran Muda Musa51040 Shah AlamTel: 03- 54769807

Dokumen 6

Butiran Jumlah (RM)

Biskut Chip Coklat(5 Kotak x RM 26.00)Tolak Diskaun niaga 20 %Jumlah bersih

130.00 26.00

104.00

ASAL


Ringgit Malaysia : Satu Ratus Empat Sahaja

Akaun tuan dikreditkan dengan butir-butir berikut:



N/K: 23NOTA KREDITLEE TRADING

No 20 Jalan Gemilang DuaPersiaran Muda Musa

51040 Shah AlamTel: 03- 54769807

Dokumen 7



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Dokumen 8


Harga seunit(RM)

Jumlah (RM)

Rak Pameran 1 1 450 1 450

Jumlah bersih 1 450

ASAL


Ringgit Malaysia : Satu Ribu Empat Ratus Lima Puluh Sahaja.

Serahan : Angkutan dibayarDiskaun Tunai : 5% 10 hariK & K di K

Fariz -------------Pengurus

mahmdd-------------Penerima


No.9752INVOISALIMA ENTERPRISE

102 Jalan Meru 41050 Klang, Selangor

Tel : 03- 30190396

SALINAN

Diterima daripada : Perniagaan Alfa

Ringgit Malaysia : Tiga Ratus Enam Sahaja

Untuk bayaran : Menjelaskan sebahagian invois No 1222

RM 306.00 ---------------------- No.cek : B MM 072062



No.R971RESIT RASMI



Dokumen 9



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Bil Keterangan Kuantiti Harga Seunit (RM)

Jumlah (RM)

1 Kek Aiskrim Walnut 5 100.00 500.00

2 Biskut Kacang Bersalut 2 11.00 22.00

Jumlah besar 522.00

ASAL

Kepada:Pn NormahKg.Telok Pulai41000 Klang

Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Dua Puluh Dua Sahaja

normah-------------Penerima


No.1760BIL T UNAI



Dokumen 10

ASAL

Diterima daripada : Mutiara Bakery

Ringgit Malaysia : Dua ribu lapan ratus lima puluh sahaja

Untuk bayaran : Menjelaskan semua invois (diskaun tunai RM106)

Keterangan Jumlah (RM)

Bayaran gaji bulan Mac.

Jumlah bersih

750.00

750.00

RM 2 850.00----------------------

Tunai/No.cek : H CB 056341


sufian S-------------

Tandatangan Penerima

mahmdd -------------

Diluluskan oleh


Tarikh : 30 Mac 2009Kepada : Sufian Saufi

Ringgit Malaysia : Tujuh ratus lima puluh sahaja

Tunai/No.cek : HCB 056342

N0.3456

No.781

RESIT RASMI

LEE TRADINGNo 20 Jalan Gemilang Dua

Persiaran Muda Musa51040 Shah AlamTel: 03- 54769807

BAUCAR PEMBAYARAN



Dokumen 11

Dokumen 12


109

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


TAJUK 2004 2005 2006 2007 20081 ASAS KEPADA PERDAGANGAN 5 3 3 3 32 UNSUR PERDAGANGAN 1 1 1 13 PERNIAGAAN DALAM NEGERI 8 5 4 3 54 PERNIAGAAN ANTARABANGSA 1 2 5 - 25 INDUSTRI KECIL DAN SEDERHANA 1 3 3 4 26 PEMILIKAN PERNIAGAAN 1 3 2 4 27 PELABURAN 3 3 5 1 38 PERBANKAN 1 2 2 4 59 INSURANS 3 1 3 2 510 PENGANGKUTAN 3 3 4 6 211 KOMUNIKASI 2 2 3 212 PERGUDANGAN 2 1 1 4 213 PROMOSI 5 4 3 2 114 PERANAN KERAJAAN DALAM

PERNIAGAAN1 4 1 2 2

15 KONSUMERISME 3 3 3 1 4JUMLAH 40 40 40 40 40

TAJUK 2004 2005 2006 2007 20081 ASAS KEPADA PERDAGANGAN 1,3 1 1 1 12 UNSUR PERDAGANGAN - - - 1 13 PERNIAGAAN DALAM NEGERI 2,3 1,2 1,2 2,6 24 PERNIAGAAN ANTARABANGSA 4,6 2 2,6 6 35 INDUSTRI KECIL DAN SEDERHANA 5 3 2 6 36 PEMILIKAN PERNIAGAAN 6 3,4 3 2 67 PELABURAN 5 4 3 3 48 PERBANKAN 2,3,6 1,3,6 - 3 49 INSURANS - - 4 4 610 PENGANGKUTAN 4 6 4,6 4 511 KOMUNIKASI 5 5 6 5 612 PERGUDANGAN 6 - 5 -

13 PROMOSI 4 1 5 6 514 PERANAN KERAJAAN DALAM

PERNIAGAAN- 6 - - 6

15 KONSUMERISME - 5 5 5 5

Analisis Kertas Perdagangan (Kertas 1)

Analisis Kertas Perdagangan (Kertas 2)

SPM2009

[ 3755/1 ] [ 3755/2 ]

Perdagangan


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1. Antara berikut yang manakah benar mengenai kehendak manusia?A. Mudah dipuaskan kerana terhadB. Meliputi kehendak asas dan kehendak lainC. Terdiri daripada pelbagai jenis dan sentiasa berubahD. Diperlukan oleh manusia untuk terus hidup

2. Gambar 1 mengenai keperluan manusia

GAMBAR 1

Menurut Hierarki Keperluan Maslow, keperluan apakah yang telah dicapai dalam gambar di atas?

A. Keperluan keselamatanB. Keperluan penghargaanC. Keperluan kasih sayangD. Keperluan sempurna kendiri

Tayar Susu getah Sarung tangan

3. Apakah nilai faedah yang terlibat dalam proses pengeluaran di atas?

A. Nilai faedah masaB. Nilai faedah bentukC. Nilai faedah milikanD. Nilai faedah tempat

4. Rajah 1 menunjukkan faktor-faktor pengeluaran.

Tanah Buruh Faktor Pengeluaran Modal X RAJAH 1

Berdasarkan Rajah 1 di atas, faktor X merangkumi A. semua sumber atau bahan mentah yang diperoleh dari alam semula jadiB. segala usaha manusia sama ada secara fizikal atau mental yang terlibat dalam pengeluaranC. harta benda atau sumber kewangan yang digunakan untuk membantu pengeluaranD. peniaga yang mengambil risiko menggabungjalinkan semua faktor pengeluaran

5. Apakah kelebihan pengkhususan kepada seorang pekerja?

I. Meningkatkan kemahiranII. Mewujudkan minat bekerjaIII. Meningkatkan produktivitiIV. Melahirkan sifat kreatif

A. I dan IIIB. II dan IIIC. II dan IVD. I dan IV

6. Apakah masalah dalam sistem barter yang dapat di atasi melalui penggunaan mata wang?A. Masalah kemahuan serentakB. Kesukaran menetapkan kadar pertukaranC. Kesukaran membawa barang besar dan pukalD. Masalah barang cepat rosak dan kehilangan nilai

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009PERDAGANGAN

Kertas 1


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

7. Pernyataan yang manakah berkaitan bantuan perniagaan?A. Aktiviti menghasilkan produk untuk memuaskan kehendak manusiaB. Aktiviti pengagihan barang siap daripada pengeluar kepada pengguna akhirC. Aktiviti mendapatkan bahan mentah dan menukarkan kepada barang siap D. Aktiviti penghantaran barang dari satu tempat ketempat lain

8. Gambar 2 menunjukkan beberapa model kereta nasional.

GAMBAR 2

Antara berikut, saluran agihan yang manakah sesuai bagi kenderaan di atas?

A. Pengeluar → Ejen → PenggunaB. Pengeluar → Peruncit → PenggunaC. Pengeluar → Ejen → Peruncit → PenggunaD. Pengeluar → Pemborong → Peruncit → Pengguna

9. Apakah fungsi peruncit dalam saluran agihan?I. Menggred, membungkus dan meletak hargaII. Menyimpan stok dan memperaga barang jualanIII. Menjual secara kredit kepada semua pelangganIV. Membeli secara kecil-kecilan

A. I dan IIB. II dan IIIC. III dan IVD. I dan IV

Soalan 10 merujuk kepada dokumen perniagaan berikut:

INVOIS Syarikat Pemborong Maharani 10, Jalan Sinaran 5, 41200 Klang Pengurus Kedai Perabot Dolah 90, Jalan Gerhana, 28 Februari 2009 42100 Klang No Invois: AR7701

Serahan: Angkutan dibayar Syarat: 5% 10 hari, 2% 30 hari

K&K di K

Disahkan oleh: Abdullah Pengurus

No rujukan Butiran Kuantiti Harga seunit (RM)

Jumlah (RM)

AL88 Rak Peragaan 3 350 1,050.00Tolak: Diskaun niaga 20% 210.00

JUMLAH BERSIH 840.00


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

10. Berapakah jumlah bersih yang akan dibayar oleh Kedai Perabot Dolah jika bayaran dibuat pada 7 Mac 2009?A. RM 840.00B. RM 823.20C. RM798.00D. RM672.00

11. Gambar 3 menunjukkan kaedah jualan bagi set komputer.

GAMBAR 3

Apakah kelebihan sekiranya seorang pengguna membeli komputer itu secara sewa beli?I. Terdapat wang lebihan untuk membeli barang lainII. Boleh menerima upah menaip untuk membayar ansuranIII. Set komputer tidak boleh dirampas jika beliau gagal membuat bayaranIV. Jumlah bayaran secara sewa beli lebih rendah daripada jumlah bayaran secara tunai A. I dan IIB. I dan IIIC. II dan IVD. III dan IV

12. Apakah faedah yang diperoleh daripada aktiviti perniagaan antarabangsa kepada pengeluar?I. Lebih banyak sumber bekalanII. Menggalakkan pertukaran pengetahuan dan teknologiIII. Barang dapat dijual pada harga yang lebih rendahIV. Dapat meningkatkan taraf hidup

A. I dan IIB. II dan IIIC. III dan IVD. I dan IV

13. Antara berikut yang manakah merupakan eksport tak nyata?A. Pelajar Malaysia melanjutkan pelajaran di United KingdomB. Pelancong Australia datang ke Malaysia untuk bercutiC. Malaysia menjual barang elektrik ke Hong KongD. Pelancong Malaysia menaiki penerbangan Singapore Airline

14. Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan dokumen perniagaan antara bangsa.

• Dikeluarkan oleh pengimport atau ejen untuk memesan barang • Menyatakan jenis, kuantiti dan anggaran harga bagi barang dipesan

Dokumen yang dimaksudkan di atas ialahA. Invois EksportB. Sijil Asal usulC. Bil MuatanD. Inden

15. Antara berikut yang manakah menerangkan Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS)?A. Sebuah kilang elektronik yang mempunyai nilai jualan tahunan RM15 juta dan pekerja seramai 300 orangB. Firma guaman Azhar & Co. yang mempunyai keuntungan sebanyak RM20 juta dan pekerja seramai 150 orang.C. Syarikat Kerjasama Sdn Bhd yang mempunyai nilai jualan tahunan RM5 juta dan pekerja seramai 80 orang pekerja.D. Sebuah kilang plastik yang mempunyai modal RM220 000 dan pekerja seramai 180 orang pekerja


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

16. Berikut adalah maklumat berkaitan jalinan antara Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS) dengan industri berat.

• Mendapat bayaran segera • Memperoleh pasaran yang terjamin • Dikenali sebagai pemasaran konsep payung

Apakah jalinan yang dimaksudkan di atas?A. SubkontrakB. Rantaian industriC. Pemasaran bersepaduD. Pengaturan kontrak khas

17. Apakah kebaikan memulakan perniagaan secara francais?A. Francaisi tidak memerlukan modal yang banyakB. Francaisi tidak perlu membayar royalti kepada francaisorC. Francaisi tidak perlu bimbingan dan latihanD. Francaisi tidak perlu membuat promosi

18. Bagaimanakah cara untuk mengira untung bersih bagi sesuatu perniagaan?A. Untung kasar + pendapatan - perbelanjaanB. Jualan bersih - kos barang untuk dijualC. Untung kasar + stok awal – stok akhirD. Aset semasa – liabiliti semasa

19. Pernyataan yang manakah benar mengenai ciri koperasi?I. Modal dikumpul daripada jualan syer kepada orang ramaiII. Semua anggota menanggung liabiliti terhadIII. Bilangan minimum anggota ialah 100 orangIV. Anggota mempunyai hak mengundi berdasarkan jumlah syer

A. I dan IIB. I dan IVC. II dan IIID. III dan IV

20. Encik Faisal telah membeli sebuah kondominium berharga RM180 000. Beliau telah menyewakan kondominium tersebut dengan kadar RM1 200 sebulan selama 2 tahun sebelum menjualnya dengan harga RM 250 000. Berapakah pendapatan yang diperoleh daripada pelaburan tersebut?

A. RM151 200B. RM98 800C. RM70 000D. RM28 800

21. Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan ciri sejenis syer keutamaan.

Syer yang dibayar pada satu kadar dividen yang tetap dan dividen tambahan selepas pembayaran dividen kepada pemegang syer biasa.

Apakah jenis syer keutamaan di atas?A. Syer keutamaan kumulatifB. Syer keutamaan boleh tebusC. Syer keutamaan penyertaanD. Syer keutamaan boleh tukar

22. Antara berikut yang manakah perbezaan di antara bank saudagar dengan bank perdagangan.

Bank Saudagar Bank PerdaganganA Tertakluk kepada Akta Bank dan

Institusi KewanganTertakluk kepada Akta Syarikat Kewangan Islam

B Dimiliki secara terbitan syer Dimiliki sepenuhnya oleh kerajaanC Menawarkan perkhidmatan kepada

syarikat korporatMenawarkan perkhidmatan kepada orang ramai

D Menyediakan pembiayaan kepada orang awam

Menyediakan pembiayaan kepada kerajaan


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

23. Gambar 4 menunjukkan sejenis jentera.

GAMBAR 4

Apakah institusi kewangan yang dapat membantu seorang petani mendapatkan pembiayaan jentera tersebut?A. Syarikat PemfaktoranB. Syarikat PajakanC. Bank SaudagarD. Bank Pusat

24. Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan risiko yang tidak boleh diinsuranskan?A. Risiko kerosakan bangunan akibat kejadian tanah runtuhB. Risiko kehilangan kereta di tempat letak keretaC. Risiko kerugian akibat ketidakjujuran pekerjaD. Risiko kemalangan kereta persendirian

25. Prinsip insurans yang memastikan insured tidak mendapat keuntungan akibat malapetaka yang menimpa harta bendanya ialahA. penuh percaya mutlakB. kepentingan boleh insuransC. doktrin sebab hampiranD. indemniti

26. Encik Osman adalah seorang peniaga pasar malam. Beliau menggunakan van untuk mengangkut barang-barang niaga dan dibantu oleh seorang pekerja. Suatu hari beliau dan pekerjanya telah terlibat dalam satu kemalangan jalan raya. Vannya rosak teruk dan pekerjanya mengalami kecederaan.

Apakah jenis insurans yang boleh membayar pampasan ke atas kecederaan yang dialami oleh pekerjanya?A. Insurans pihak ketigaB. Insurans komprehensifC. Insurans hayat sementaraD. Insurans endowmen

27. Apakah peranan pengangkutan?I. Menstabilkan harga barangII. Menjamin keselamatan barangIII. Melindungi daripada risiko kerugianIV. Membolehkan pengeluaran besar-besaran


28. Antara berikut , yang manakah bukan kelebihan pengangkutan jalan raya?A. Membuat serahan pintu ke pintuB. Murah untuk perjalanan jarak jauhC. Cepat kerana tiada jadual yang tetapD. Tidak banyak kerja punggah memunggah

29. Antara berikut, faktor yang manakah perlu dipertimbangkan oleh peniaga apabila memilih jenis pengangkutan?I. Nilai barangII. Jenis barangIII. Harga pasaran IV. Kos pengeluaran barang

A. I dan IIB. I dan IIIC. II dan IVD. III dan IV


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

30. Antara berikut, yang manakah peranan komunikasi dalam perniagaan?A. Mengurangkan risiko kerosakan barangB. Membantu menstabilkan harga barangC. Memudahkan aktiviti promosi barangD. Membantu agihan barang dengan segera

31. Apakah kepentingan gudang untuk barang yang dihasilkan secara bermusim?A. Barang menjadi tahan lamaB. Barang dapat dibekalkan sepanjang tahunC. Barang dapat dikeluarkan sekaligusD. Harga barang dapat dikurangkan

32. Rajah 2 berkaitan ciri-ciri gudang yang baik.

Lokasi yang Ruang yang Peralatan Sesuai luas mencukupi

Ciri Gudang Yang baik

X Y

RAJAH 2

Antara berikut , yang manakah menerangkan ciri X dan Y?I. Hiasan dalaman yang menarikII. Bilangan tenaga buruh yang ramaiIII. Mempunyai pengurusan yang cekapIV. Kesesuaian gudang dengan jenis barang


33. Apakah tujuan utama pengeluar mengadakan promosi untuk produk barunya?A. Mendapatkan keuntungan lumayanB. Memperkenalkan barang dan perkhidmatanC. Menghapuskan pengeluar yang sedia adaD. Meningkatkan imej syarikat

34. Pernyataan yang manakah berkaitan dengan unsur dalam campuran pemasaran?I. Produk yang dihasilkan menepati cita rasa penggunaII. Risiko kerosakan hendaklah dilindungi insuransIII. Kumpulan sasaran pengguna meliputi pelbagai peringkat umurIV. Harga produk yang dikeluarkan mestilah sepadan dengan kualitinya


35. Antara berikut, yang manakah benar mengenai promosi jualan?I. Diadakan dalam satu tempoh yang singkatII. Kos promosi ditanggung oleh media massaIII. Bertujuan untuk menghabiskan stok lamaIV. Berupaya meluaskan pasaran sedia ada

A. I dan IIB. I dan IIIC. II dan IIID. II dan IV


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

36. Berikut adalah peranan Majlis Amanah Rakyat (MARA) kepada peniaga kecualiA. menyediakan ruang niaga dan tapak kilang kepada usahawan bumiputeraB. menyediakan kursus dan latihan kepada usahawan bumiputeraC. menawarkan skim bantuan kredit kepada peniaga bumiputeraD. mempromosi dan memasarkan hasil keluaran peniaga bumiputera

37. Antara berikut, yang manakah cara bijak apabila merancang pembelian barang?A. Membeli barang semasa tawaranB. Membuat senarai mengikut keperluanC. Membeli barang mengikut trend semasaD. Memilih tempat yang selalu dikunjungi

Pilihan jawapan bagi Soalan 38 hingga Soalan 40 berdasarkan jadual berikut.

38. I. Bil muatan merupakan dokumen hak milik dan boleh digunakan untuk menuntut barang dari kapal II. Resit nakhoda dihantar kepada pihak Lembaga Pelabuhan untuk meminta pihak pelabuhan memunggah barang ke dalam kapal

39. I. Syer syarikat sendirian berhad boleh dipindah milik dengan bebas II. Penyata kewangan syarikat sendirian berhad perlu diumumkan kepada orang ramai

40. I. Diskaun niaga merupakan potongan daripada harga pada senarai harga II. Diskaun niaga diberi untuk menggalakkan pembelian secara pukal

KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT

Pilihan Pernyataan I Pernyataan IIA Betul SalahB Salah BetulC Betul BetulD Salah Salah


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1 (a) Bezakan keperluan dan kehendak. [4 markah]

(b) Dalam pengeluaran, sesuatu keluaran mempunyai nilai faedah jika ia memberi kepuasan kepada pengguna. Terangkan, dengan contoh, tiga jenis nilai faedah tersebut. [9 markah]

(c) Jelaskan kelebihan mengamalkan pengkhususan dalam pengeluaran. [6 markah]

(d) Bagaimanakah perbankan dan promosi dapat membantu seorang peniaga dalam melancarkan aktiviti perniagaannya? [6 markah] 2 (a) Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan kaedah jualan secara kredit.

Puan Mahani membeli sebuah peti sejuk berharga RM1800 secara kredit. Beliau telah membayar pendahuluan sebanyak RM300 dan bakinya akan dibayar secara ansuran sebanyak RM67.50 sebulan selama dua tahun.

Hitungkan (i) jumlah faedah yang perlu dibayar oleh Puan Mahani [2 markah] (ii) kadar faedah setahun [2 markah]

(b) Jelaskan kebaikan kaedah jualan berikut kepada peniaga. (i) Bayaran tertunda [3 markah] (ii) Jualan prabayar [2 markah]

(c) Terangkan tiga fungsi pemborong kepada peruncit. [6 markah]

(d) Situasi berikut berkaitan dengan seorang peniaga.

Encik Dolah mendapat bekalan roti dari Syarikat Best Bakeries dua kali seminggu. Encik Dolah hanya perlu menyediakan ruang di kedainya agar Syarikat Best Bakeries dapat meletakkan rak khas yang menempatkan roti tersebut.

(i) Nyatakan jenis pemborong dalam situasi di atas. [1 markah] (ii) Jelaskan peranan pemborong dalam (i) di atas. [4 markah]

(e) Jelaskan sebab penjual mengirim nota debit kepada pembeli. [5 markah]

3 (a) Malaysia mengimport hasil tenusu dari New Zealand dan mengeksport minyak kelapa sawit ke negara tersebut. Huraikan faktor yang menyebabkan wujudnya perniagaan tersebut. [7 markah]

(b) Terangkan empat halangan dalam perniagaan antarabangsa. [8 markah]

(c) Terangkan sumbangan Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS) kepada (i) masyarakat [4 markah] (ii) negara [6 markah].

4 (a) Terangkan kelebihan memulakan perniagaan secara francais berbanding memulakan sendiri. [6 markah]

(b) Pengurusan dan kawalan stok yang rapi sangat penting dalam perniagaan. Jelaskan aspek yang terlibat dalam pengurusan stok. [5 markah]

(c) Bezakan ciri syarikat sendirian berhad dengan syarikat awam berhad. [8 markah]

(d) Encik Aru bercadang untuk menyediakan perkhidmatan fotostat di kedai alat tulis yang baru dibuka. Beliau mempertimbangkan dua cara untuk mendapatkan mesin fotostat tersebut iaitu pembelian melalui syarikat pajakan atau membeli secara tunai. Tentukan cara pembelian yang sesuai dipilih oleh Encik Aru. Berikan alasan anda. [6 markah]

5 (a) Pernyataan berikut berkaitan dengan polisi insurans.

Puan Hasnah telah membeli sebuah rumah berharga RM150 000 dan melindungi rumah tersebut daripada risiko kebakaran. Beliau telah mendapatkan polisi kebakaran daripada dua buah syarikat insurans yang terkenal dengan perlindungan sebanyak RM150 000 setiap satu. Selain itu Puan Hasnah juga mendapatkan polisi insurans hayat endowmen. Bagaimanapun beliau mendapati premium yang dikenakan lebih tinggi daripada adiknya yang sepuluh tahun lebih muda darinya.

(i) Berapakah jumlah pampasan yang akan diperoleh sekiranya rumah Puan Hasnah musnah dalam kebakaran? Nyatakan prinsip yang digunakan. [3 markah] (ii) Jelaskan faktor-faktor yang dipertimbangkan dalam pengiraan premium insurans hayat. [5 markah]

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009PERDAGANGAN

Kertas 2


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(b) Kenal pasti perkhidmatan Pos Malaysia Berhad yang sesuai digunakan dan berikan alasan bagi setiap perkhidmatan yang dipilih oleh pihak berikut:

(i) Sebuah bank perdagangan menyerahkan tugas mencetak dan menghantar penyata bulanan pelanggannya kepada Pos Malaysia Berhad. [2 markah] (ii) Syarikat Senang Menang menerima banyak borang penyertaan setelah melancarkan satu peraduan mencipta logo. [2 markah] (iii) Puan Cindy dari Shah Alam menghantar wang sebanyak RM500 kepada anaknya yang belajar di Universiti Malaysia Sabah. [2 markah]

(c) Berikut adalah maklumat tentang Syarikat Ikan Segar Sendirian Berhad.

Syarikat Ikan Segar Sdn Bhd ialah pemborong ikan di bandar Klang. Selain membekal ikan kepada peruncit yang datang sendiri ke gudangnya, syarikat itu juga membekalkan ikan kepada restoran dan pasar raya di Lembah Klang.

Bagaimanakah pengangkutan membantu perniagaan syarikat tersebut? [6 markah]

(d) Berikut adalah perbualan dua orang suri rumah.

Puan Salina : Sejak kebelakangan ini, harga barang tidak menentu. Sukar bagi saya untuk berjimat dan memastikan setiap keperluan dapat dipenuhi. Puan Devi : Memang benar, krisis ekonomi global memberi kesan terutamanya kepada pengguna. Namun begitu, kita masih boleh berjimat jika kita membuat perancangan pembelian bijak.

Berdasarkan perbualan di atas, bagaimanakah pengguna dapat membeli dengan bijak? [5 markah]

Bahagian B[25 markah]

Soalan ini wajib dijawab.

6. Encik Sulaiman, pemilik Syarikat Iman Furniture Sdn Bhd, menjalankan perniagaan perabot di Shah Alam, Selangor. Syarikat Iman Furniture juga mempunyai dua cawangan kedai di Seremban dan Melaka. Selain mendapatkan bekalan perabot daripada pengeluar tempatan, syarikatnya juga mengimport dan menjual perabot kayu jati dari Indonesia.

Apabila membuat pesanan, Encik Sulaiman memastikan surat pesanan yang lengkap dengan nama pengusaha perabot jati di Indonesia dihantar kepada ejen import di Indonesia. Ini kerana Encik Sulaiman mempunyai pelanggan tetap yang menggemari rekaan perabot daripada pembekal yang khusus kerana kekemasannya dan berkualiti tinggi. Encik Sulaiman biasanya memesan perabot jati dalam kuantiti yang banyak bagi memenuhi keperluan kedai perabotnya serta cawangan-cawangannya. Beliau juga mendapati bahawa tempahan akan bertambah menjelang musim perayaan dan pada hujung tahun.

Oleh kerana tempahan yang dibuat dalam kuantiti yang banyak, Encik Sulaiman mendapati beliau mengalami masalah kekurangan wang tunai untuk menjelaskan duti import kepada pihak kastam. Ini menyebabkan beliau terpaksa menyimpan dahulu perabot-perabotnya di dalam gudang yang disediakan oleh pihak berkuasa di pelabuhan. Perabot yang disimpan dalam gudang tersebut akan dikeluarkan apabila ada pelanggan yang membuat bayaran pendahuluan.

Oleh kerana perniagaannya mendapat pasaran yang menggalakkan di dalam negara, Encik Sulaiman berhasrat untuk mengembangkan perniagaannya ke Eropah. Ini kerana beliau mendapati masih kurang perabot tempatan dieksport ke luar negara. Walau bagaimanapun beliau tidak pasti bagaimanakah cara untuk menembusi pasaran Eropah serta prosedur eksport yang harus dipatuhi. Beliau telah dinasihati oleh seorang rakan agar mendapatkan bantuan daripada sebuah agensi kerajaan.

Berdasarkan situasi di atas, jawab soalan yang berikut:(a) Terangkan dokumen yang digunakan ketika membuat pesanan. [3 markah]

(b) Apakah jenis gudang yang digunakan untuk menyimpan perabot yang diimport oleh Encik Sulaiman? Jelaskan kepentingan gudang tersebut. [6 markah]

(c) Bagaimanakah bank perdagangan dapat membantu Encik Sulaiman? [5 markah]

(d) (i) Jika anda adalah rakan Encik Sulaiman, apakah peranan agensi yang dimaksudkan? [4 markah] (ii) Huraikan langkah-langkah yang mesti dijalankan oleh seorang pengeksport. [7 markah]

KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT

119

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


Bil TajukKertas 1 Kertas 2

2005 2006 2007 2008 2005 2006 2007 20081 Pengenalan Kepada

Ekonomi7 7 6 5 1 a)

b) c)1a) b)

1a) b) c)

1a)b) c)

d)2 Pendapatan Individu dan Penggunaan

Pendapatan Individu4 4 6 7 2a)

b)6a) b)

1c) 2a) b)c)d)6a) c)

2a)b) c)

d)

3 Isi Rumah Sebagai Pengguna 5 5 5 4 3a) 2a) b)

3a) b)

3a)

4 Firma Sebagai Pengeluar 5 6 6 4 3b) 4a)

2c) d)6a)

3c) 6b) d)

3b)

5 Pasaran 3 5 4 5 3c) 3a)6c)

3d) 3c)6c) e)

6 Wang dan Institusi Kewangan 7 5 7 5 4b) c)

3b) c)4a)

4a)b)

4a)b) c)6a) b)

7 Struktur Ekonomi Negara 2 1 - - 5a) 4b) - -8 Belanjawan Negara 2 3 2 4 5b) 4c)

5a)4c)d)

5a)

9 Perdagangan Antarabangsa 3 1 2 4 6c) 5b) 5a)b)

5b)

10 Imbangan Pembayaran 2 1 - - - 5c) - 5c)11 Pertukaran Asing - 2 2 2 5c) 6b) 5c)

d)6d)

Analisis Peperiksaan Mata Pelajaran Ekonomi Asas SPM

SPM2009

[ 3757/1 ] [ 3757/2 ]

Ekonomi Asas


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1. Kekurangan sumber hasil memaksa kerajaan untuk membuat pilihan dalam melaksanakan projek pembangunan. Pilihan yang dibuat adalah untuk…

A memaksimumkan keuntungan B meminimumkan kos C meminimumkan keluaran D memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat

2. Berikut merupakan ciri-ciri sistem ekonomi Negara Y.

Bagaimanakah negara tersebut mengatasi masalah untuk siapa dikeluarkan? A Berdasarkan corak agihan dan kuasa beli masyarakat B Kerajaan menetapkan barangan diagihkan secara saksama untuk semua individu C Kerajaan berhasrat memaksimumkan kebajikan rakyat dengan berlandaskan prinsip Islam D Kerajaan mengenakan cukai yang progresif

3. Sesuatu barang tidak ada nilai ekonomi apabila barang ituA boleh dibayar dengan harga yang rendahB diperolehi secara percumaC mempunyai penawaran yang tidak terhadD tidak habis dijual

4.

Pernyataan di atas berkaitan dengan masalah asas ekonomiA Apa yang hendak dikeluarkanB Berapa yang hendak dikeluarkanC Bagaimana hendak dikeluarkanD Kepada siapa dikeluarkan

5. Apakah yang dimaksudkan dengan mekanisme harga?1 Interaksi antara permintaan dan penawaranII Harga turun naik sehingga mencapai keseimbanganIII Harga akan naik apabila berlaku lebihan penawaranIV Harga akan jatuh apabila berlaku lebihan permintaan

A I dan II C II dan IIIB I dan III D IIII dan IV

6. Berikut adalah tujuan dalam membuat pelaburan KECUALIA memperolehi faedah dan dividenB mendapatkan pulangan C menggantikan barang modalD meningkatkan daya pengeluaran

7. Sebagai guru, Puan Mawar memperolehi pendapatan sebanyak RM2800 sebulan . Kadar caruman Kumpulan Wang Simpanan Pekerja (KWSP) bagi pekerja ialah 11% dan bagi majikan ialah 12%.Hitungkan caruman Puan Mawar dalam setahun.A RM308 C RM 336B RM3696 D RM4032

- faktor pengeluaran dimiliki oleh kerajaan- tidak wujud kebebasan membuat pilihan terhadap jenis barang atau pekerjaan- motif utama pengeluaran adalah untuk memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat

Kerajaan memutuskan untuk memberikan bantuan pakaian seragam percuma kepada murid –murid yang tidak berkemampuan.

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009EKONOMI ASAS

Kertas 1


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

8. Jurutera pengeluaran di kilang membuat kereta merupakan sejenis pekerjaan yang tergolong dalam sektor apa? A utama C ketigaB kedua D keempat

9. Rumus mengira pendapatan individu adalah seperti yang berikut:

Apakah Z?A Zakat C HadiahB Bayaran pindahan D Cukai

10. Encik Abas merupakan seorang pegawai di sebuah syarikat swasta. Beliau menerima gaji bulanan sebanyak RM 3000. Beliau mempunyai 2 orang anak yang masih bersekolah. Isteri beliau telah meninggal dunia 2 tahun yang lalu. Setiap bulan beliau mencarum sebanyak 11% di dalam KWSP dan RM200 untuk premium insuran nyawa.

Pendapatan individu = Upah + Sewa + Faedah + Untung + Z

Pelepasan CukaiDiri sendiriIsteriAnak bawah 18 tahunPerubatan ibubapaKWSP dan Insuran nyawa

RM 8000RM 5000RM 1000 seorangRM 5000 maksimumRM 5000 maksimum

Berdasarkan jadual pelepasan cukai di atas, kirakan pendapatan boleh cukai Encik Abas.

A RM 18 000 C RM 21 250B RM 19 640 D RM 22 000

11. Jadual 1 menunjukkan upah dan harga barang A, B dan C.

Upah(RM)

Harga barang (RM)Barang A Barang B Barang C

3000 62 60 58

Tahun Harga Seunit (RM) Kuantiti diminta(Unit)

2007 1500 300002008 1500 15000

Hitungkan upah benar.

A 30 unit C 60 unitB 50 unit D 70 unit

12. Antara berikut, yang manakah kepentingan merancang belanjawan peribadi?

I Mengelakkan pembaziranII Menggalakkan amalan berhutangIII Menggalakkan individu menabungIV Mengawal inflasi

A I, II dan III C I, III dan IVB I, II dan IV D II, III dan IV

13. Jadual 2 menunjukkan hubungan antara harga dan permintaan terhadap kamera digital import jenama Konan bagi tahun 2007 dan 2008.

Jadual 2

Jadual 2

Apakah yang menyebabkan perubahan permintaan kamera digital pada tahun 2008 berbanding tahun 2007?I Pendapatan pengguna merosot disebabkan kegawatan ekonomiII Harga kamera jenama lain meningkatIII Harga kamera dijangka turun pada tahun 2009IV Cukai kamera import diturunkan

A I dan 11 C II dan III B I dan III D III dan IV


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Harga (RM)

10D

D

9

50 X Kuantiti (unit)

Berapakah X jika pekali keanjalan ialah 4?

A 30 C 60 B 40 D 70

16 Hukum penawaran menyatakan bahawa… A semakin tinggi harga, semakin banyak barang ditawarkan B semakin rendah harga, semakin banyak barang ditawarkan C hubungan antara harga dan kuantiti ditawarkan adalah songsang D semakin tinggi harga, semakin kurang kuantiti diminta

17 Jadual 3 menunjukkan jumlah keluaran sebuah firma pengeluar pakaian.

Kuantiti mesin (unit)

Kuantiti buruh Jumlah keluaran (unit)

1 2 201 4 501 6 701 8 100

Berapakah keluaran sut pada tingkat buruh yang ke 8?

A 10 C 20B 15 D 25

Jadual 3

14 Apabila harga barang X menurun, permintaan barang Y akan turun. Apakah hubungan di antara barang X dan Y? A barang pengganti B barang penggenap C barang mesti D barang pengguna

15 Rajah 1 menunjukkan keluk permintaan barang M.

Output Kos purata (RM) Kos berubah (RM)0 - -1 80 352 48 513 35 60

Jadual 4

18 Berdasarkan Jadual 4 di atas, kirakan kos tetap.

A RM 30 C RM 40 B RM 35 D RM 45


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Output PermintaanMusa

PermintaanAziz

Permintaan Jack PenawaranFirmaY

PenawaranFirma Z

2 28 24 32 17 134 18 17 25 25 156 17 13 18 28 208 12 10 14 35 25

Jadual 5

kuantiti (unit)Rajah 2

harga (RM)

S1 S2

S1 S2

19 Keluk penawaran kereta nasional menunjukkan perubahan dari S1S1 ke S2S2. Antara berikut, faktor yang manakah menyebabkan perubahan keluk penawaran tersebut? I Kemajuan dalam teknologi pembuatan kereta II Penurunan cukai jualan kereta III Penurunan harga kereta import IV Matlamat pengeluar untuk menguasai pasaran kereta A I, II dan III C I, III dan IV B I, II dan IV D II, III dan IV

Soalan 20 berdasarkan Jadual 5

20 Jadual 5 menunjukkan permintaan dan penawaran terhadap barang P pada pelbagai tingkat harga. Berdasarkan jadual, berapakah harga keseimbangan pasaran barang P?

A RM 2 C RM 6 B RM 4 D RM 8

21 Rajah 3 menunjukkan keluk keluk keseimbangan pasaran barang Q.

Harga (RM) D S 3 2

1 S D

25 30 35 Kuantiti (unit)

Rajah 3

Pada tingkat harga RM3, pasaran akan mengalami A lebihan penawaran sebanyak 10 unit B lebihan permintaan sebanyak 10 unit C keseimbangan pasaran D lebihan permintaan sebanyak 30 unit

Soalan 19 adalah berdasarkan Rajah 2 di bawah.


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Bandar Botanical

Rumah Banglo Untuk Dujual

Bandar BotanicalRumah Banglo Untuk DijualRM 1.5 jutaHubungi: 012-324 2256

23 Fungsi wang sebanyak RM 1.5 juta ialah sebagai A alat perantaraan pertukaran B alat simpanan nilai C alat ukuran nilai D alat bayaran tertunda

24 Berikut ialah kelemahan-kelemahan dalam sistem barter KECUALI…. A masalah tempat penyimpanan B wujud masalah menentukan nilai barang C barang yang digunakan sebagai wang tidak tahan lama D kesukaran mencari kehendak serentak

25 Maklumat di bawah ialah mengenai salah satu perkhidmatan yang ditawarkan oleh bank perdagangan.

Kemudahan di atas diberikan kepada pemegang akaun… A Tetap C Tabungan D Wadiah D Semasa

26 Bank Pusat telah mengambil langkah-langkah di bawah dalam mengawal kestabilan ekonomi negara.

Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan kesan akibat dari tindakan yang diambil oleh Bank Pusat? A Penawaran wang menurun B Harga umum jatuh C Kuasa beli masyarakat meningkat D Jumlah permintaan menurun

Pendeposit boleh mengeluarkan wang melebihi daripada baki di dalam akaun

22 Antara berikut yang manakah BUKAN melibatkan aliran fizikal? A Encik Chong bekerja di kilang kasut B Puan Aminah membeli mesin jahit tambahan untuk butiknya C Encik Raju mendapat untung hasil dari perniagaan kereta terpakai D Cik Tania menyewa 2 lot kedai untuk perniagaan spa

• menurunkan kadar rizab tunai• menurunkan kadar faedah• melonggarkan syarat sewa beli


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

27 Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, apakah prinsip Perbankan Islam yang telah dipersetujui? A Mudharabah C Bai Bithaman Ajil B Musyarakah D Murabahah

28 Objektif penubuhan institusi kewangan adalah untuk menggerakkan tabungan di kalangan golongan berpendapatan rendah dan sederhana. Institusi kewangan yang dimaksudkan ialah… A Lembaga Tabung Haji B Kumpulan Wang Simpanan Pekerja C Bank Simpanan Nasional D Syarikat Takaful

29 Antara berikut, yang manakah BENAR mengenai sektor kedua? A Melibatkan aktiviti cari gali di dasar laut B Meliputi aktiviti pemprosesan bahan mentah C Melibatkan aktiviti perkhidmatan D Meliputi aktiviti pertanian dan perikanan

30 Pergantungan ekonomi kepada sektor utama telah menyebabkan masalah-masalah berikut KECUALI…. A kestabilan harga komoditi B merugikan imbangan dagangan C peluang pekerjaan terjejas D kehausan dan kepupusan sumber

31 Antara berikut yang manakah merupakan hasil bukan cukai? A Duti setem C Bayaran lesen B Duti eksais D Emolumen

32 Antara berikut, manakah langkah yang boleh diambil oleh kerajaan untuk mengatasi masalah ekonomi di atas? A Menambahkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menurunkan kadar cukai B Menurunkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menaikkan kadar cukai C Menambahkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menambahkan kadar cukai D Menurunkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menurunkan kadar cukai

33 Apakah tujuan kerajaan membuat pinjaman dalam negeri dan luar negara? I Menampung kekurangan hasil kerajaan II Membiayai pembangunan ekonomi III Membantu membayar hutang negara IV Mengagihkan pendapatan melalui projek tertentu

A I, II dan III C I, III dan IV B I, II dan IV D II, III dan IV

Masing-masing mengeluarkan modal

Pelaburan

Keuntungan atau kerugian ditanggung bersama

mengikut kadar yang dipersetujui

Bank Pelanggan

Masing-masing mengeluarkan modal

Keuntungan atau kerugian ditanggung bersama mengikut kadar yang dipersetujui

Keadaan kegawatan ekonomi menyebabkan beribu-ribu pekerja telah dibuang kerja di negara ini.


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

34 Aktiviti-aktiviti di bawah tergolong dalam…

A import nampak Malaysia B eksport nampak Malaysia C import tidak nampak Malaysia D eksport tidak nampak Malaysia

35 Apakah keburukan perdagangan antarabangsa? A Mengamalkan pengkhususan yang berlebihan B Merugikan negara maju C Menghadkan pilihan pengguna D Memperolehi barang pada harga yang tinggi

Imbangan Pembayaran = Akaun Semasa + Akaun Modal + X

36 Apakah X dalam rumus di atas? A Akaun Dagangan B Akaun Perkhidmatan C Akaun Pelaburan Langsung D Akaun Pergerakan Kewangan 37 Apakah kepentingan pertukaran asing kepada Malaysia? I Untuk membiayai import II Untuk membayar balik pinjaman luar negara III Untuk memastikan kestabilan ekonomi negara IV Untuk melancong ke luar negara

A I dan II C II dan III B I dan III D III dan IV

38 Sebuah syarikat swasta telah mengeksport produk perubatan berasaskan herba ke Amerika Syarikat bernilai RM 200 000. Berdasarkan kadar pertukaran US$ 1.00 = RM 3.80, berapakah jumlah eksport dalam sebutan dollar Amerika? A US$ 55 000.50 C US$ 100 150.25 B US$ 760 000 D US$ 52 631.58

Soalan 39 dan 40 berdasarkan jadual di bawah.

39 I Permintaan anjal menunjukkan kadar perubahan harga lebih kecil daripada kadar perubahan kuantiti yang diminta. II Nilai keanjalan adalah lebih kecil daripada 1.

40 I Insurans am memberi perlindungan kepada sidiinsuran yang mengalami kemalangan atau hilang keupayaan untuk bekerja II Takaful bermaksud sumbangan atau derma dengan rela sebahagian wang yang dibayar sebagai balasan kerana menyertai skim takaful.

KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT

• Pelajar-pelajar Malaysia belajar di Australia• Doktor dari India bertugas di Hospital Kuala Lumpur

Pilihan Pernyataan I Pernyataan IIA Betul SalahB Salah BetulC Betul BetulD Salah Salah


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1 .a) Bagaimanakah pihak kerajaan dan swasta menyelesaikan masalah yang dihadapi? (7 markah)

b) “ Kerajaan Negara A sangat mengambil berat soal kebajikan masyarakat dan pada masa yang sama tidak mengenepikan pihak swasta yang banyak memberi sumbangan ke atas pembangunan ekonomi negara.”

i) Apakah sistem ekonomi yang diamalkan oleh Negara A? (1 markah) ii) Terangkan bagaimana masalah asas ekonomi diselesaikan oleh negara tersebut. (8 markah)

c) Nyatakan dan jelaskan jenis-jenis pendapatan individu. (9 markah)

2 a) Jadual 1 menunjukkan permintaan terhadap suatu barang.

Jadual 1

i) Lukis keluk permintaan barang. (Guna skala 2cm: 10 unit pada paksi harga dan 2cm:20 unit pada paksi kuantiti) (4 markah) ii) Jelaskan hukum permintaan di 2a) i) ( 4 markah)

b) Rajah 1 menunjukkan peralihan keluk permintaan motosikal skuter untuk tahun 2008.

Harga (RM ribu)

D0 D1

20 D1 D0

0 300 500 Kuantiti (ribu unit)

Terangkan empat faktor yang menyebabkan peralihan keluk tersebut. (8 markah)

Harga (RM) Kuantiti (unit)10 6020 4030 20

ARAHAN: Jawab 3 soalan dari Bahagian A dan 1 soalan wajib dari Bahagian B.

BAHAGIAN A:

Kedua-dua pihak swasta dan kerajaan telah bersetuju untuk menangguhkan Projek Jambatan ke2 Pulau Pinang disebabkan oleh

l h k i

Saya rasa itu satu tindakan yang bijak.

Kedua-dua pihak swasta dan kerajaan telah bersetuju untuk menangguhkan Projek Jambatan ke2 Pulau Pinang disebabkan oleh masalah ekonomi.

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009EKONOMI ASAS

Kertas 2


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

c) Jadual 2 menunjukkan hubungan diantara peratus perubahan harga, peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta dan jenis barang.

i) Kira keanjalan harga permintaan barang A, B dan C. (3 markah)

ii) Tafsirkan pekali keanjalan harga permintaan bagi barang A, B dan C (6 markah)

3. a)

i) Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, lukiskan aliran pusingan ekonomi dua sektor. (8 markah)

ii) Terangkan perbezaan antara aliran fizikal dan aliran wang. (8 markah) b) Rajah 3 menunjukkan keluk keseimbangan pasaran buruh.

Upah (RM) DL X SL

60

40 E

20 SL Y DL

0 10 30 50 Kuantiti (unit)

Terangkan keadaan pasaran buruh di X dan Y. (9 markah)

Syarikat General Motor meramalkan akan membuang kira-kira 10 000 pekerjanya di seluruh dunia akibat dari keadaan kegawatan ekonomi.

-Buletin Utama-(diubahsuai) 10. 2. 2009 4. a) Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas, apakah langkah yang boleh diambil oleh Bank Pusat bagi memastikan kestabilan ekonomi negara? (12 markah)

b) Mengapakah wang telah digunakan secara meluas menggantikan sistem barter? (8 markah)

c) Huraikan cukai langsung dan cukai tidak langsung. (5 markah)

5. a) Huraikan secara ringkas butir-butir akaun semasa dalam imbangan pembayaran bagi Malaysia. (7 markah)

b) Bezakan perdagangan antarabangsa dan perdagangan dalam negeri. (6 markah)

c) Jelaskan kesan tindakan-tindakan berikut ke atas kadar pertukaran asing Malaysia.

i) Syarikat Bonia meluaskan pasaran barangan kulitnya di luar negara dengan membuka cawangan terbaru butiknya di Arab Saudi. (2 markah) ii) Rakyat Malaysia semakin gemar minum kopi keluaran negara Brazil. (2 markah) iii) Setiap tahun Malaysia menganjurkan perlumbaan basikal Le Tour de Langkawi dengan menjemput pelumba-pelumba handalan dari seluruh dunia. (2 markah)

d) Huraikan tiga kepentingan pertukaran asing. (6 markah)

Barang Peratus Perubahan Harga Peratus PerubahanKuantiti Diminta

A 20 4B 30 120C 35 35

• Encik Joni bekerja di Syarikat Proton iaitu pengeluar kereta nasional.• Beliau berpendapatan RM 3000 sebulan dan membelanjakan RM500 setiap bulan untuk membayar ansuran kereta Proton yang dibelinya.


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Cik Ariana mempunyai ijazah dalam bidang Rekaan Fesyen dari Universiti Teknologi Mara. Beliau bekerja sebagai pereka di sebuah butik selama setahun sebaik sahaja menamatkan pengajiannya. Selepas itu, dia telah berpindah untuk bekerja dengan sebuah syarikat pengeluar pakaian ternama dengan gaji yang lebih tinggi. Selepas menimba pengalaman selama beberapa tahun dengan syarikat tersebut dan mengumpul modal hasil dari wang gajinya, Cik Ariana mengambil keputusan untuk berdikari dan membuka butik pakaiannya sendiri. Bagaimanapun, beliau masih menghadapi masalah kekurangan modal untuk memulakan perniagaannya. Beliau kurang pasti samada untuk memohon pinjaman dari skim perbankan konvensional ataupun skim perbankan Islam. Setelah mendapatkan nasihat dari ibubapanya, akhirnya beliau bersetuju untuk mendapatkan pinjaman dari Bank Islam. Pada tahun 2008 Ariana berjaya membuka butik pakaiannya sendiri dengan nama Ariana’s Collectian. Selain menjual pakaian hasil rekaannya sendiri, Ariana juga menjual pakaian import dari Amerika Syarikat dan Jerman.

Berikut ialah harga pakaian yang diimport oleh Ariana’s Collection dari kedua-dua buah negara pada tahun 2008 dan kadar pertukaran antara Ringgit Malaysia dengan mata wang negara terbabit.

Bagaimanapun Ariana menghadapi masalah semasa mengimport barang dari kedua-dua negara disebabkan beberapa sekatan perdagangan yang dikenakan oleh kerajaan Malaysia. Akibatnya, beliau mengambil keputusan untuk hanya menjual pakaian yang dihasilkan oleh syarikatnya sahaja.

BAHAGIAN B:

Arahan: Soalan ini wajib dijawab.

Negara pengeksport Harga (dalamSebutan mata wang

pengeksport)

Kadar Pertukaran

Amerika USD 50 000 USD 1 = RM 3.60Jerman € 25 000 € 1 = RM 4.30

Berdasarkan situasi di atas, jawab soalan-soalan berikut,

1. a) Mengapakah Cik Ariana bertukar kerja dari sebuah butik kepada sebuah syarikat pengeluar pakaian yang lebih besar? (8 markah)

b) i) Jelaskan perbezaan antara skim perbankan konvensional dengan skim perbankan Islam. (4 markah)

ii) Huraikan prinsip-prinsip yang diamalkan dalam perbankan Islam yang berkaitan dengan pinjaman perniagaan dan perkongsian. (4 markah)

c) Kirakan harga pakaian import dari kedua-dua negara dalam sebutan Ringgit Malaysia. (4 markah)

d) i) Nyatakan 2 jenis sekatan perdagangan antarabangsa yang dikenakan untuk mengurangkan barangan import. ( 2 markah)

ii) Huraikan kesan dari pengurangan import ke atas kadar pertukaran Ringgit Malaysia. (3 markah)

KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT

130JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my



YEAR SECTION A SECTION B

2004Sound & Light waves Human Body Agriculture Report

Compare and Choose2005 Diagnosis & Treatment Alternative Cars (Energy) Acid Rain Report2006 Cats Non-renewable resources Food Report

Compare and Choose2007 Gout Asparagus Synthetic Fibres Report2008 Gears and Levers Alternative Energy Nutrition Report

SPM2009

[ 6355/1 ] [ 6355/2 ]

EST



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

You are advised to spend about 30 minutes on this section.

Read the following text and complete the given task.

Nutrients are classified as essential or non essential. Non essential nutrients are manufactured in the body and do not need to be obtained from food. Examples include cholesterol, a fatlike substance present in all animal cells. Essential nutrients must be obtained from food sources, because the body either does not produce them or produces them in amounts too small to maintain growth and health. Essential nutrients include water, carbohydrates, protein, fats, vitamins, and minerals. An individual needs varying amounts of each essential nutrient, depending upon factors such as age, gender, and specific health conditions.

What happens when the body is given too little food or too much food? When the body is given too little food in terms of the essential nutrients over a period of time, it becomes weak and less able to fight infection. The brain may become sluggish and react slowly. Eventually, the body withers away, the heart ceases to pump properly and death occurs.

Deficiencies can result from inadequate intake of the major nutrients. These deficiencies can result from eating foods that lack critical vitamins and minerals, from a lack of a variety of food, or from simply not having enough food. This can result in eating disorders such as anorexia nervosa and bulimia.

Based on the information in the text, complete the table below

Nutrients 1 _______________________________________ 2 ______________________________________

Source 3 _______________________________________ 4 ______________________________________

Lack of Nutrients

Body 5 ____________________________________________________________

Brain 6 ____________________________________________________________

Heart 7 ____________________________________________________________

CAUSES OF NUTRIENT DEFICIENCIES

8 ___________________________________________________________________

9 ___________________________________________________________________

10 __________________________________________________________________

Part 2

Read the following text.

Malaria is an infection of the blood that is carried from person to person by mosquitoes. The disease has been recognized for thousands of years and once was found almost everywhere except in the most northern areas of the world. Malaria has been wiped out in North America, Western Europe, and Russia. However, it remains a serious problem in much of the tropical and subtropical world.

Malaria is caused by protozoan of the genus Plasmodium. Infection begins with a bite from an infected mosquito. The parasite then travels from the mosquito to the liver, where the parasite begins to reproduce. The parasite leaves the liver and travels to the bloodstream, where it infects the red blood cells. The parasite reproduces in the red blood cells, which destroys the cells and releases more parasites into the bloodstream. If another mosquito bites an infected person, that mosquito can then carry the infection to someone else.

There are 4 species of Plasmodium that infect humans. P vivax is the most common in India and Central and South America but found worldwide. P ovale is rarely found outsides Africa. P malariae is found worldwide but less common than the other forms. P falciparum is most common worldwidw, this is the most life-threatening from of malaria.

With malaria, a person will develop a high fever, which comes and goes every other day or few days. How often a fever returns varies with each species of malaria. Headache, nausea and sweating are also common symptoms of malaria.

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009ENGLISH FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

Kertas 1



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Based on the information from the text, complete the graphic organizer below.

[ 10 marks ]

MALARIA

What is malaria?1. ___________________________

Cause by2. ___________________________

Species3. ___________________________4. ___________________________5. ___________________________6. ___________________________

Symptoms7. ___________________________8. ___________________________9. ___________________________10. __________________________

SECTION B[30 marks]

You are advised to spend 45 minutes on this section.

You are the Secretary of your Environment Society in your school. You have been given a task of writing a report based on the information given below

HAZE IN THE CITY Causes of haze: • Open burning • Smoke from vehicles • Pollutants from factories

Complaints: • Respiratory problems • Dirty air • Low visibility

Suggestions to overcome problems: • Enforce law against burning • Fine owners of vehicles with high exhaust fumes levels • Check on emission of pollutants from factories

Your report should include the following:• Description of the situation• Details about the haze• The effects to health• Your suggestions on how the situation can be improved• And other relevant information

Your report should not be less than 200 words




JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Information for candidates

1. This question paper consists of 30 questions . 2. Answer all questions .

Questions 1 – 25 are based on the given stimuli . Study the information carefully and choose the best answer .

The weight of oil is less than water can be seen in this experiment . To begin with , pour water into the glass . then tilt the glass slightly and slowly pour in the rubbing alcohol . Make sure you do not shake the glass , or the two liquids will mix . Fill an eyedropper with the cooking oil and lower the tip into the layer of rubbing alcohol , but not into the water . Squeeze out a couple of drops of the oil . As oil is lighter than water but heavier than the rubbing alcohol , oil blobs float between the two liquids .

1.What does the experiment show about oil ? A. Oil is heavier than water. C. Oil pollutes water. B. Oil is lighter than water. D. Oil makes the water oily.

Vitamins are organic substances necessary for life . They are essential to the normal functioning of our bodies . Except for a few exceptions , vitamins cannot be made by our bodies . We can obtain vitamins from food or dietary supplements . Although it is impossible to sustain life without all the essential vitamins , they are not replacements for food . By themselves , they have no calories . So , they are not substitutes for protein , fats , minerals , carbohydrates or other nutrients .

2. We can conclude that vitamins are A. substitutes for protein. C. obtained from dietary supplementsB. more important than minerals D. not obtained from natural food.

About five cups of green tea daily can help to prevent cancer . People who smoke should drink more green tea . Green tea lowers blood pressure and also increases the blood flow to the heart . It prevents heart attack by preventing the blood from clumping together and also forming clots that can lead to stroke . Green tea has been used throughout history to improve ailments such as allergies , asthma , cholera , colds , congestion , coughs , depression , diarrhea and digestive infections .

3. What does the text highlight ?A. How to prepare green tea C. The need to stop smokingB. The benefits of green tea D. The need to drink green tea

Cholesterol is a soft , waxy substance found among the fats in the bloodstream and in all body cells . It is an important part of a healthy body because it is used to form cell membranes and some hormones . However , a high level of cholesterol in the blood is a major risk factor for coronary heart disease , which leads to heart attack . As cholesterol and other fats cannot dissolve in blood , they have to be transported to and from the cells by special carriers called lipoproteins .

4. If the level of cholesterol is high , itA. become waxy C. form more hormonesB. form cell membranes D. can cause heart attack

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009ENGLISH FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

Kertas 2



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Morse code is a method for transmitting telegraphic information by using standardized sequences of short and long elements to represent the letters , numerals , punctuation and special characters of a message . These elements can be formed by sounds , marks or pulses and are commonly known as dots and dashes . Morse code can be transmitted in a number of ways , as electrical pulses along a telegraph wire or as an audio tone or as a radio signal . Originally created for Samuel Morse’s electric telegraph in the early 1840s , Morse code was extensively used for early radio communication beginning in the 1890s .

5. Morse code was invented toA. form sounds C. send electric telegraphB. represent letters D. communicate with the radio

Technically , the hippopotamus is a terrestrial or land-dwelling , mammal . However , since it spends so much of its life in the water , it has evolved many adaptations to an aquatic environment . The thick layer of blubber beneath its skin , for example , helps the hippo conserve body heat that would otherwise be lost underwater .The hippo’s ears , eyes and nostrils are placed in a line along the top of its head . This allows the animal to breathe , see and hear things above the water while almost entirely submerged . The feet are webbed between the toes to help the animal move through the water and the nostrils can be shut tight when it submerges .

6. The adaptations have been formed for the hippopotamus toA. live on land C. search for foodB. live in the water D. breed fast

7. The blubber beneath the skin makes the hippopotamusA. keep warm in the water C. fend itself from its enemiesB. swim faster D. breathe above water

The Earth , the first planet known to have liquid water on the surface , is the only place in the universe known to harbour life . It has a magnetic field that , together with a primarily nitrogen-oxygen atmosphere , protects the surface from radiation that is harmful to life . At present , the Earth orbits the sun once for every roughly 366.26 times it rotates about its axis ( which is equal to 35.26 solar days ) . The Earth’s axis of rotation is tilted 23* ( away from the perpendicular to its orbital plane ) , producing seasonal variations on the planet’s surface.

8. It is obvious that the Earth is the only planetA. that orbits the sun C. to have forms of lifeB. to be near the sun D. to produce variations on the planet’s surface

The safety of natural foods are established by the trial-and-error experiments of our distant ancestors . In the modern world , food additives have to fulfil testing standards by the regulatory authorities before being released onto the market . this means that food additives can be used only if they are shown to be safe and placed on the official listing and permitted list of the foods .

9. It is obvious that before they are added to food , additivesA. must be natural C. must be used by our ancestorsB. are placed on the official list D. have been fully tested

There are two ways to make a phone call over the Internet – computer to computer and computer to phone . Making calls over the Internet is great because it is so much cheaper than calling from the regular phone . To make a phone call over the Internet , you will need a microphone , speakers , a sound card and an Internet connection . We can also make calls from our computer to a regular telephone . to do this , we need to sign up for the service and while the software is usually free , we will be charged for the calls .

10. Calls made from the computer to a telephoneA. are free of charge C. are only to overseasB. are not free of charge D. do not need a software to do so



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

The four innermost planets in the Solar System ( Mercury , Venus , Earth , and Mars ) are sometimes called the terrestrial planets because of their similarity as compact solid bodies with rocky surfaces . These four planets developed from small grains of dust that collided and stuck together to form pebbles , boulders and larger planetary embryos . They formed in the inner portion of the protoplanetary disk located closer to the developing Sun during the first 100 million years of the System’s birth , it is too warm for them to bulk up in gravitational might to become gas giants .

11. What does the word might in the text refer to ?A. Probability B. Compact C. Power D. Inner portion

Software piracy is the illegal reproduction and distribution of software applications , whether for business or personal use . Even possession of software that has been illegally copied is piracy . There are actually many distinct types of software piracy . This include both casual copying and distribution of software between individuals and companies . They usually do not monitor the number of software licences they install or acquire enough licences to cover their software installations .

12. My brother has a copy of illegal copied software . What crime has he committed ?A. Theft B. Cheating C. Gambling D. Software piracy

Kerosene is an oil distillate commonly used as a fuel or solvent . It is a thin , clear liquid consisting of a mixture of hydrocarbons . While kerosene can be extracted from coal , oil shale and wood , it is primarily derived from refined petroleum . Before electric lights became popular , kerosene was widely used as oil lamps . These days , kerosene is primarily used as heating oil , as fuel in jet engines and as solvent for insecticide sprays .

13. Kerosene will remove paint stains for itA. is a type of paint C. dissolves the paintB. is used as a fuel D. is extracted from coal

Open Space Technology ( OST ) is a way to convene people for a conference , retreat or meeting . “Technology” in this case means a tool or a method . Attendees are asked to generate the meeting agenda as well as participate by leading small group breakout sessions during the meeting time . There is usually a facilitator . The technology enables group of any size to address complex , important issues and achieve meaningful results quickly . It has been widely adapted to private open space meetings and public open space conference purposes .

14. We can infer that OST is aA. place to meet C. new policyB. meeting methodology D. topic of discussion

Rubber is an elastic hydrocarbon polymer that naturally occurs as a milky colloidal suspension or latex , the sap of some plants . In its relaxed state , consists of long , coiled-up polymer chains that are interlinked at a few points . At room temperature , rubber stores enough kinetic energy which causes each section of chain to oscillate chaotically . However , when rubber is stretched , the loose sections are taut and they no longer are able to oscillate .

15. If an object “ oscillate” , itA. is still B. is relaxed C. is long D. moves about

The country’s national zoo , Zoo Negara features a cross-section of Malaysia’s wildlife . Within the grounds are more than 4 000 animals from more than 400 species . Its aquatic world has an impressive aquarium display . The aquarium has an extensive collection of marine and freshwater species , including reptiles . A high percentage of animals here are local . This zoo is a popular attraction among the animal lovers and photographers . To them , it is a great way to study and understand the animal kingdom .

16. The word impressive is appropriate in describing Zoo Negara becauseA. of its many animals and species C. it is far from the cityB. it is the biggest zoo in the world D. it is in the city centre



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Scanning is the process of sampling and recording the dots and colour values that make up an image . The image is scanned and sampled line by line and the results are described as a bitmap file . Bitmap files are commonly used in paint programs or image processing programs like Photoshop . Materials to be scanned include photos , artwork , drawings and text . Transparent materials such as slides or negatives can be scanned with special slide scanner or a flatbed scanner that has a transparency adaptor .

17. If I want to scan a slide , I have to useA. a special slide C. a bitmap fileB. a scanner with a transparency adaptor D. PhotoShop

Tropical cyclones are driven by the release of large amounts of latent heat of condensation as moist air is carried up-wards. When this happens, water vapour condenses. This heat is distributed vertically, around the centre of the storm. If the heat conditions around the centre weaken, the cyclone dissipates. This too is the case when the cyclone makes a landfall.

18. For cyclones to occur , there must be A. a lot of air B. a strong wind C. hot air rising D. heavy rain

Penguins are a type of flightless bird that spends most of their life in the sea . They seldom visit land except to raise their young . Due to their short legs and torpedo-shaped bodies , they walk with a waddle . They also climb rocky shores by hopping from rock to rock . Some travel over ice and snow by tobogganing , sliding on their bellies . But penguins travel best by swimming , hour after hour . They also dive much deeper than any bird . Some species are able to reach nearly 900 feet below the surface .

19. Penguins move on ice byA. hopping B. walking C. swimming fast D. sliding on their bodies

Environmental degradation is now a serious threat to our river ecosystems , endangering all inhabitants and diminishing the quantity and quality of water resources . This is due to pollution of water resources and contamination of the soil . It is as damaging to vegetation , livestock and health of the human body . An example of this is oil spills that interfere with the normal working of power stations and desalination plants that require a continuous supply of clean seawater .

20. What does the text highlight ?A. How environmental degradation occursB. How to make the environment cleanC. How to prevent environmental degradationD. The several adverse effects of environmental degradation

The term “ asteroid ” is generally used to indicate a diverse group of small celestial bodies that drift in the solar system in orbit around the sun . Hundreds of thousands of asteroids have been discovered within the solar system and the present rate of discovery is about 5 000 per month . They are classified into a number of types according to their chemical composition . The C-type includes more than 75% of known asteroids . The S-type is 17% relatively bright metallic nickel-iron mixed with iron- and magnesium-silicates . The M-type is mostly bright pure nickel-iron .

21. From the text , we learn that asteroids areA: of different types C. very smallB. all the same type D. of the C-type only

The major advantage of hydroelectric dams is the elimination of the cost of fuel . Other advantages include longer life than fuel-fired generation , low operating costs and the plants improves the daily load factor of the generation system . However , the system has several major disadvantages . These include release of significant amounts of carbon dioxide at construction and disruption of aquatic ecosystems with adverse impacts on the river environment .

22. The low operating cost of hydroelectric dams is becauseA. fuel is usedB. there are no costs from using fuelC. facilities for water sports are providedD. large amounts of carbon dioxide are emitted



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Space travel is often cited as more dangerous than just about any other form of getting around . But till today , the true extent of the danger remains a hotly debated topic . While the space shuttle has failed only twice in its 113 launches , that is still high when translated into everyday terms . Following the Mir collision in 1997 , the “ New Scientist” magazine calculated that the number of deaths in space equated to one per 10 000 of flying hours .

23 . Based on the statistic given , the danger of space travelA. is slight C. is talked aboutB. is non-existent D. far exceeds road traveling

Cereals are annuals for they have to be planted every year . When they have produced ripe seeds , they usually die . Like all seeds , cereals are very nutritious because they contain all the nutrients the embryo plant needs to start growing . Unrefined cereals are valuable sources of proteins , carbohydrates , B vitamins . A rich source of fibre , cereals also contain some fat , iron , vitamin E and trace minerals . Some cereals such as wheat , barley , rye and oats contain the protein gluten , which is essential for leavened bread-making .

24. Crops termed as annuals are expected toA. have good harvest C. produce ripe seedsB. die after harvesting D. be rich in fibre

VTOL or Vertical Take-Off and Landing describes fixed-wing aircraft that can only lift off vertically . This classification includes only a very few aircraft such as helicopters . Balloons and airships are not normally considered VTOL mode in addition to others ,such as CTOL ( Conventional Take-Off and Landing ) and STOL ( Short Take-Off Landing ) .

25 . We can infer that some aircraft operate by VTOL because theyA. are too heavy C. are huge aircraftsB. are too small D. lack the gear to handle horizontal motion

Biodiesel is the name of a clean burning alternative fuel . It is (26)_______ from biological sources such as

vegetables oils . A light to dark yellow liquid , it has a high (27)_______ point and low vapour pressure .

Biodiesel contains no petroleum . However , it can be blended at any (28)_____ with petroleum diesel to create a

biodiesel blend . Simple (29)_____ , biodegradable , nontoxic and essentially free of sulfur and aromatics , it is better for

the environment because it has lower (30)_____ compared to petroleum diesel .

Available nationwide , biodiesel can be purchased directly from biodiesel producers and marketers , petroleum

distributors or at a handful of public pumps throughout the nation .


26. A. derives B. deriving C. derived D. derivative

27. A. boiling B. cooking C. setting D. going

28. A. position B. level C. depth D. height

29. A. to have B. to buy C. to keep D. to use

30. A. smell B. pollution C. discharge D. emissions


138JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


Analsis Kertas Soalan 2004 - 2008TOPICS PAPER 1 PAPER 2 PAPER 3

04 05 06 07 08 04 05 06 07 08 04 05 06 07 08

FORM 4

Introduction To Chemistry

The Structure of The Atom

7 6 4 6 5 1 1 1 ½ 1 1 1

Chemical Formulae and question

4 6 6 6 4 ½ 1 1 ½

Periodic Table of elements

2 3 3 3 5 1 1 ½ 1

Chemical Bonds 2 1 2 1 4 1 1 1 ½

Electrochemistry 3 3 5 3 5 ½ 1 1 1

Acids and Bases 5 4 3 4 5 1 1 ½

Salts 1 0 2 0 2 1 1 ½

Manufactured Substances In Industry

4 3 4 3 1 1 1 1 1

F O R M 5

Rate of Reaction 4 5 4 4 2 1 1 1 1

Carbon compounds 6 7 6 7 3 1 1 1 1 1 1

Oxidation and reduction

6 7 4 6 5 1 1 1 1

Thermo Chemistry 4 4 5 5 3 1 2 1 1

Chemical For Consumer

2 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 1

TOTAL 50 50 50 50 50 7 7 6 9 6 4 4 3 3 2

SPM2009

[ 45411 ] [ 4541/2 ] [ 4541/3 ]

Chemistry


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1. After making observations, a chemist should try to

A make hypothesisB make inference C collect data D identify problems

2. Which of the following is a molecule? A NeonB Ammonia C Sodium chlorideD Potassium hexacyanoferate(III)

3 The nucleus of an atom contains

A electrons only B neutrons only C both protons and neutrons D both protons and electrons

4 The diagram shows a model of an atom.

Who introduced this model?

A Neils BohrB J.J ThomsonC James Chadwick D Ernest Rutherford

5 Which of following is the electron arrangement of a non-metal?

A 2.1B 2.2C 2.8.3 D 2.8.7

6 What can be deduced from the symbol ?

I The electron arrangement of aluminium atom is 2.8.3II Aluminium atom has 13 protons and 27 neutrons.III Aluminium atom has a proton number of 27 and 14 neutrons.IV The total number of proton and neutron of aluminium atom is 27.

A I and III B II and IV C II and III D I and IV

7. When 1.52 g of a metal oxide of Z is reduced, 1.04 g of the metal is obtained. Determine the empirical formula of the metal oxide. [RAM: O,16; Z,52].

A Z2O B Z3O2 C Z2O3 D ZO2

8 Which of the following chemical equation is balanced?

A KI + Pb(NO3)2 PbI2 + KNO3

B 2Cu(NO3)2 2CuO + 4NO2 + O2 C 2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 CaCl2 + 2NH3 + H2O D CuCO3 + HNO3 Cu(NO3)2 + CO2 + H2O

9 Which of the following electron arrangement of an atom has eight electrons valence?

A 2.8.2 B 2.6 C 2.8.8 D 2.8.8.2

10 What is the relative molecular mass of hydrated magnesium sulphate, MgSO4.7H2O?

[Relative atomic mass: Mg, 24; S,32; O,16; H,1]

A 356 B 246 C 145 D 305

11. In a chemical reaction of calcium carbonate with hydrochloric acid, 36cm3 of carbon dioxide gas is collected at room temperature. What is number of mole of carbon dioxide collected?

A 0.0015 mol B 0.067 mol C 1.50 mol D 1.61 mol

12 Which noble gases given below is used to fill airships and weather balloons ?

A Argon B Neon C Helium D Xenon

13 X, Y and Z are three different elements in the same period of The Periodic Table of the Elements. X is a non metal, Y is a metal and Z is a transition metal. Which is the correct order of these elements in The Periodic Table of Elements across the period from left to right?

A X, Y, Z B X, Z, Y C Y, Z, X D Z, Y, X

Electron

Shell

Nucleus that contains proton and neutrons

Al2713

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009CHEMISTRY

Kertas 1


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

20 Calculate the volume of sodium hydroxide of concentration 0.5 mol dm-3 needed to neutralise 25.0 cm3 sulphuric acid of concentration 0.20 mol dm-3.

A 10 cm3 B 20 cm3 C 25 cm3

D 50 cm3

21 The distilled water is added to 20 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 sodium hydroxide solution to produce 250 cm3 of sodium hydroxide solution. What is the concentration of the sodium hydroxide solution produced?

A 0.08 mol dm-3 B 0.04 mol dm-3

C 0.06 mol dm-3

D 0.02 mol dm-3

22 Which of the following solutions has the highest concentration of hydrogen ion?A 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solutionB 150 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution C 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solutionD 50 cm3 of 2.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution

23

Which of the following elements may be D?

A Aluminium B Magnesium C Sulphur D Phosphorus

24 An alloy is harder than its pure metal because the foreign atoms in the alloy

A increases the bond strength between the atoms.B increases the empty spaces between the atoms.C react with the pure metal atoms to form a compound.D reduces the ability of the atoms to slide across each other.

25 The main element present in glass is A Lead B Sodium C Silicon D Boron

26 Ceramic is made from

A Silica, SiO2

B Cement C Marmar D Aluminosilicate hydrate

27 The diagram shows the arrangement of atoms in steel.

Element Electron arrangement

W 2.4

X 2.8.2

Y 2.6

Z 2.8.7

An oxide of D can reacts with both hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide solution

Iron atom

X atom

14 Which of the following substances is a covalent compound?

A CopperB Ammonia C Lead(II) oxideD Sodium chloride

15 The table shows the electron arrangement for elements W, X, Y and Z.

Which of the following elements react to form an ionic compound?

A Y and X B W and YC Y and ZD W and Z

16 The ions present in aqueous copper(II) chloride solution are

A Cu2+ and Cl- B Cu2+, Cl-, H+ and O2-

C Cu2+, Cl-, H+ and OH D Cu2+, Cl- , H3O+ and O2

17 Which of the following substances is an electrolyte?

A Glucose solution B Molten aluminium oxide C Hydrogen chloride in methyl benzeneD Copper(II) carbonate powder

18 The diagram shows the electrolysis of molten lead(II) bromide using carbon electrodes.

Carbon

Lead (II) bromide

Heat

What are the products at the anode and the cathode?

Anode CathodeA Bromine LeadB Oxygen HydrogenC Bromine HydrogenD Oxygen Lead

19 Which of the following is a weak alkali?

A Potassium hydroxide B Cooper(II) hydroxide C Aqueous ammonia D Lithium hydroxide


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

What is X?A ZincB CopperC Carbon D Tin

28 Which of the following reactions occurs at the highest rate?

A Photosynthesis B Rusting of ironC Combustion of hydrogen in oxygenD Combustion of magnesium in oxygen

29 Which of the following is the meaning of activation energy?

A The maximum energy that the particles need to produce effective collision

B The minimum amount of energy that particles must have in order to react

C The amount of energy used by the particles during a collision

D The amount of kinetic energy of molecules during a collision

30 The graph shows the maximum volume of carbon dioxide gas evolved when calcium carbonate react with hydrochloric acid.

35

Time/s 120

What is the rate of reaction at 120 s?A 0.00 cm3 s-1 B 0.15 cm3 s-1

C 0.29 cm3 s-1

D 0.35 cm3 s-1

31 The rate of reaction depends on

A the activation energy for the reaction B the density of the reactantsC the heat of reactionD the volume of solution at the same concentration

32 A catalyst

A always slows down a chemical reactionB is not used up in the chemical reaction C can catalyst many chemical reactionsD always doubles the rate of a chemical reaction

33 Unsaturated fats can be converted to saturated fats through

A hydrogenation B esterificationC neutralizationD fermentation

34 Which of the following structural formulae shows an unsaturated hydrocarbon?

A

B

C

D

35 Which of the following pairs of substances are not isomers ?

A Hexane and 2,3-dimethyl pentane B 1-butene and 2-methylpropene C Pentane and 2,2-dimethylpropane D 2-chloropentane and 3-chloropentane 36 Pentyl propanoate is a food flavouring with apricot taste. This

substance can be obtained from the reaction between

A C3H7OH and C4H9COOH B C4H9OH and C2H5COOH C C5H11OH and C2H5COOH D C5H11OH and CH3COOH

37 Which of the following substance is found in crude oil?

A Ethanoic acid B Polythene C Ethanol D Butane

38 Which of the following is an oxidation process?

A Propene changes into propane B Lead(II) oxide loses its oxygen C Magnesium atom forms magnesium ion. D Chlorine molecule gains electrons.

39 Which of the following statements refer to oxidation?

I Process of losing oxygenII Process of gaining hydrogenIII Process of losing electronsIV Process of increasing oxidation number.

A I and II onlyB III and IV only C I, II and III onlyD I, II , III and IV.

Volume of CO2 gas/ cm3


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

40 In which of the following compounds is the oxidation number of nitrogen the highest?

A KNO2

B NH4Cl C N2O D HNO3

41 W, X, Y and Z are four metals. Consider the reactions below involving these metals:

Z sulphate + X → Z + X sulphateZ sulphate + W → No reactionY sulphate + W → Y + W sulphateArrange the metals W, X, Y and Z in decreasing order of reactivity.

A X, W, Z, YB Y, W, Z, X C X, Z, W, Y D Y, Z, W, X

42 When a mixture of carbon and copper(II) oxide is heated strongly

I the oxide ion loses two electrons.II the oxidation number of carbon increases from 0 to +4III the copper(II) oxide acts as the reducing agent.IV the copper(II) ion accepts two electrons A I and IIIB II and IV C II, III and IVD I, II, III and IV

43 Redox reaction between iron(II) ion and manganate(VII) ion is represented by the equation:

5 Fe 2+ + MnO 4- + 8 H+ → 5 Fe3+ + Mn2+ + 4H2O

What can be deduced from the equation? I The oxidation state of manganese changes from +7 into +2 II The oxidation state of hydrogen changes from +1 into 0 III The greenish colour of iron(II) ions solution turns to

colourless IV Electrons transfer from iron(II) ions to manganate(VII) ions

A I and III only B I and IV only C I, II and III only D I, II, III and IV

44 The diagram shows a match. By striking the match, a chemical reaction is initiated.

Which statements about the chemical reaction are correct?

A Reaction is endothermic because energy is used to strike the match

B Reaction is endothermic because energy is given out as the match burns

C Reaction is exothermic because energy is used to strike the match

D Reaction is exothermic because energy is given out as the match burns

45 The reaction between solution P and solution Q is exothermic. A student confirms this statement by mixing equal volumes of the two solutions and measuring the temperature change. Which two pieces of apparatus should the student use?

A Balance and stop watch B Balance and thermometerC Pipette and stop watch D Pipette and thermometer

46 The burning of 0.6 g of K causes the temperature of 100 cm3 water to increase by 12°C.

What is the heat of combustion of K? [ relative molecular mass of X = 60; specific heat capacity of

water = 4.2 J g-1 ° C-1]

A 50.4 kJ mol-1

B 72.0 kJ mol-1

C 302.4 kJ mol-1

D 504.0 kJ mol-1

47 Which of the following is not used as a preservative in the food industry?

A SugarB Ginger C SaltD Vinegar

48 What is the function of an analgesic?

A To relieve pain B To treat asthma C To destroy bacteria D To calm down the emotion of the patient

49 The cleansing effect of detergent is more effective in hard water compared to soap because detergent

A is more soluble in water B produces more foam than soap in hard waterC does not form insoluble salt with metal ion in hard water D has hydrocarbon chain which makes detergent dissociate

less in hard water

50 Which of the following are examples of antibiotics? I Streptomycin II Barbiturate III Cortisone IV Penicillin

A IV onlyB II and III onlyC I and IV only D I, III and IV only



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Answer all questions in this section.The time suggested to complete Section A is 90 minutes.

1. An experiment was carried out to determine the empirical formula of lead (II) oxide.A sample of lead (II) oxide was heated in the flow of dry hydrogen gas as shown in Figure 1.

After heating,the porcelain boat and its contents are cooled in the flow of hydrogen and its mass is recorded. The heating ,cooling and weighing processes are repeated until the mass of the porcelain boat and its contents are constant.The data recorded from the experiment are as follows:

Mass of porcelain boat = 25.30g Mass of porcelain boat and lead (II) oxide before heating = 36.45g Mass porcelain boat and lead after heating = 35.65g

(a) Write one chemical equation that can produce hydrogen gas.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(b) State one observation that can be made from this experiment.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(c) Why is necessary to cool the porcelain boat and its contents in the flow of hydrogen gas?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… [ 1 mark]

(d) Based on the data,determine the empirical formula of lead (II) oxide. [Relative atomic mass : Pb,207; O,16]

[4 marks]

(e) Why is the process of heating,cooling and weighing repeated until a constant mass is obtained?

…………………………………………………………………………………...………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………...………………………… [1 mark]

(f) State two precautionary steps to be taken while conducting this experiment.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [2 marks]


Kertas 2


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

2. Figure 2 shows the flow chart for the fermentation process of a type of fruit juice.

Gas A

Heating with Porcelain chips

Fruit juice Compound B C2H6O

Process Y

Compound C Reflux Compound D C2H4O2

Compound X H2SO4

Figure 2

(a) Name compound B.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(b) Name process Y. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(c) Gas A is produced when compound B is strongly heated in the presence of porcelain chips. (i) Name gas A.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark] (ii) What can be observed when gas A is channeled into the acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution ?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(iii) Write a chemical equation for reaction in (c)(i) to produce gas A.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(d) (i) Name the formation process of compound D from compound C.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) Write the chemical equation for the formation of compound D.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark] (iii) Give two chemical properties for the compound C.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [2 marks]

(e) Give one characteristic of the compound D.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

3. Substance X is heated in a test tube as shown in Figure 3. The limewater contained in another test tube turns milky.The residue left after substance X is heated is yellow when hot and white when cold.

Figure 3

(a) What is substance X?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(b) Write an equation for the reaction.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(c) What other substance will decompose when heated to give the same residue as that produced when substance X is heated?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(d) What other substances are produced when the substance referred to in (c) is heated?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [2 marks]

(e) Write an equation for the reaction that occurs when the substance referred to in (c) is heated.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(f) The residue left in the test tube is dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid. Write an equation for the reaction of the residue with dilute hydrochloric acid .

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(g) i.) A few drops of of sodium hydroxide solution are added to the solution obtained in (f).What can be observed?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

ii) More sodium hydroxide solution is added to the product obtained in (g)i. until no more changes occur. What can be observed?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(h) What conclusion can be drawn from the observations in (g)i. and (g)ii.?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

4.

Figure 4

(a) Write half equations for the reactions at the cathode and the anode.

Cathode :………………………….........................................................................

Anode :…………………………………………………………………………. [2 marks]

(b) State two observations during the electrolysis.

1. …………………………………………………………………………………... 2…………………………………………………………………………………… [2 marks]

(c) Is the resulting solution,after the electrolysis,acidic,neutral or basic? Explain your answer.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [.2 marks]

(d) The product formed from the anode goes into the potassium iodide solution. Describe what you would see.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [ 1 mark]

(e) Write the ionic equation for the reaction taking place in test tube X.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(f) Another electrolysis is carried out using diluted copper (II) chloride solution. The observation stated in (d) are not seen at the anode?Explain why.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(g) Identify a test to verify the product formed at the anode for experiment in (f).

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

Potassium solution


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

5. Figure 5 shows the arrangement of the apparatus used to study redox reactions.

Figure 5

(a ) Name one chemical substance that can be used to replace 1.0 mol dm-3 potassium nitrate.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(b) Write the change of oxidation number for zinc in the reaction .

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(c) State which metal foil serves as the anode. Explain your answer.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [2 marks]

(d) State the change that occurs at the

(i) copper foil:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) zinc foil:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(e) In the reaction,which substance is

(i) oxidized:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) the oxidizing agent:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(f) Write half equation s for the reaction at

(i) copper foil

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(ii) zinc foil

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1mark]


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(g) Table 1 shows two experiments conducted at room condition.

Table 1

The volume of hydrogen gas is recorded every 30 seconds.

(a) Write the equation for the reaction.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

(b) Calculate the maximum volume of hydrogen gas produced in [RAM : Zn, 65 ; 1 mol of gas occupies 24 dm3 at room condition]

(i) Experiment I

[2 marks]

(ii) Experiment II

[2 marks]

(c) State the experiment that gives the highest rate of hydrogen gas release.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [2 marks]

(d) Plot a graph of the volume of hydrogen gas against time for Experiment I and Experiment II on the same axis.

[3 marks]

(e) State one way to increase the rate of reaction of the two experiments.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1 mark]

Experiment I Experiment II

5.0 g of zinc powder + 50cm3

of 0.2 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid5.0 g of zinc powder + 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3

sulphuric acid


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section B[20 marks]

Answer any one question from this section.The time suggested to complete Section B is 30 minutes.

(h) (a) The speed of reaction is important in industry and everyday life. State the five factors affecting the rate of reaction. [5 marks]

(c) The use of catalyst is increasing in importance in industry.

(i) What are the four essential features of catalyst? [4 marks]

(ii) Describe the effect of catalysts on the rate of reaction. [5 marks]

(iii) Give three catalyst with suitable examples,used in the manufacture of chemicals. [6 marks]

(i) Table 3 shows the proton number of atoms of elements P,Q and R.

(a) Compare the atomic size of atom T and U .Explain your answer. [ 4 marks]

(b) S and T burn vigorously in oxygen gas. Compare the reactivity between S and T .Explain your answer. [ 5 marks]

(c) Gas U can react with iron to form a brown solid. With the help of a labeled diagram,describe how the experiment can be carried out in the laboratory. Your description should include the chemical equation for the reaction. [ 6 marks]

(d) Describe the location of S in the Periodic Table. [ 5 marks]

Section C

[20 marks]

Answer any one question.The time suggested to answer this section is 30 minutes.

9. Salts may be prepared by the following methods:

Method A: reaction between metal oxide and acid. Method B: double decomposition involving two solutions of salts.

Rosmah has been asked to prepare lead (II) sulphate and copper (II) sulphate.

(a) Select suitable methods to prepare the dry salts. Explain your choice of method for each salt. [6 marks](b) Describe a laboratory experiment each to prepare the salts.In your description,include the chemical

equations involved. [14 marks]

10. The properties of compound R are as follows:

∙ Has melting point of 78°C ∙ Colourless solid ∙ Insoluble in water

(a) What type of compound is R? Explain your answer. [3 marks]

(b) R has a melting point of 78°C. Explain. [3 marks]

(c) Q is an ionic compound. State three differences of the physical properties of Q compared to R [3 marks]

(d ) Describe briefly an experiment to prove that Q can conduct electricity in a molten state but R cannot. [9 marks]

(e) R cannot conduct electricity in molten or solid state. Explain why. [ 2 marks]

Element Proton number

S 3

T 11

U 17


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1. A student conducted two experiments and obtained the following results.

Time(min) 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330

Experimen XTemperature (oC)

61 65 67 71 74 76 80 80 80 83 87 89

Experiment YTemperature (oC)

87 84 83 81 80 80 80 76 73 69 66 64

In Experiment X, naphthalene powder is put in a boiling tube and placed in a water bath. The water is heated until 60oC, then the temperature of naphthalene is recorded at every 30 seconds interval until the temperature reaches about 90oC. The substance is stirred gently with the thermometer throughout the heating process.In Experiment Y,the hot boiling tube is cooled down.

(a) Write the hypothesis of:

(i) Experiment X:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [3 marks]

(ii) Experiment Y:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [3 marks]

(b) During the cooling of naphthalene,explain why the naphthalene must be stirred continuously.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [3 marks]

(c) In the space given below,draw the apparatus showing the (i) heating of naphthalene

[3 marks](ii) cooling of naphthalene

[ 3 marks]

(d) State two important steps involved in this experiment.(i) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………(ii) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [3 marks]


Kertas 3


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(e) State the three types of variables in Experiment X and Experiment Y.

(i) Manipulated variable

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(ii) Responding variable

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(iii) Constant variable:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [3 marks]

(f) Using scale of 1 cm to represent 30 s on the x-axis and 2 cm to represent 10oC on the y-axis, draw the temperature against time graphs for

(i) Experiment X


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(i) Experiment y

(g) What conclusion can you draw regarding the melting and freezing points of naphthalene from the graphs?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………… [3 marks]

2. Iron (II) ions can be oxidized to iron by a strong oxidizing agent like chlorine through the transfer of electrons at a distance.

Plan and explain how you would conduct an experiment in the laboratory to test the statement given above. Your planning should include the following aspects:

(a) Hypothesis(b) All the variables(c) List of substances and apparatus(d) Procedure of the experiment(e) Tabulation of data(f) Conclusion [17 marks]


153

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


TOPICSPAPER 1 PAPER 2

Section A Section B Section C

04 05 06 07 08 04 05 06 07 08 04 05 06 07 08 04 05 06 07 08

Introduction to Physics

3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1

Forces and Motion

7 8 9 8 7 3 3 1 1 1

Forces and

Pressure 8 6 5 7 8 1 1 1 1 1 1

Heat 5 4 3 4 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Light 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Waves 7 6 5 7 5 1 1 1 2 1

Electricity 5 5 3 4 5 2 1 1 1

Electromagnetism 3 3 4 5 5 1 1 1 1

Electronics 4 3 4 4 3 1 1 1 1 1 1

Radioactivity 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1

TOTAL 40 40 40 40 40 8 8 9 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2


SPM2009

[ 4531/1 ] [ 4531/2 ] [ 4531/3 ]

Physics

TOPICSPAPER 3

Section A Section B

04 05 06 07 08 04 05 06 07 08

Introduction to Physics

Forces and Motion

1 1 1 1 1

Forces and

Pressure 1 1

Heat 1 1 1 1

Light 1

Waves 1

Electricity 1 1 1 1

Electromagnetism 1 1

Electronics

Radioactivity

TOTAL 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

The following information may be useful. The symbols have their usual meaning.

SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009PHYSICSKertas 1


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

4 Diagram 2 shows a girl standing on the platform of a train station watching a train. The train starts from rest and moves with an acceleration of 0.2 m s–2. The girl observes that the train takes 24 s to move past her.

What is the length of the train?

A 48.0 m C 115.2 m B 57.6 m D 120.0 m

1. The force, F, acting between two electrical charges, Q1 and Q2 , is given by the equation F = k Q1 . Q2

The SI unit of k isA N C2 C kg A2B N C–2 D kg A–2

2. Two groups of students are asked to estimate the mass of a pendulum bob. The results of the two groups are shown in Diagram 1.

5. Diagram 3 shows four motion graphs, P, Q, R and S.

Which of the graphs are for motion with constant velocity? A P and R C Q and R B P and S D Q and S

6. Diagram 4 shows block L moving towards a stationary block M on a smooth surface. After collision the two blocks move together.

Which physical quantity becomes smaller after the collision?

A mass C momentum B velocity D acceleration

7. Diagram 5 shows a moving lorry carrying sacks of rice.

The inertia of the lorry will decrease when

A the lorry accelerates B the lorry slows down C the lorry stopsD some sacks of rice fall off the lorry

If the actual mass of the pendulum bob is 55 g, which of the follow-ing comments about the two groups’ estimation is correct?

A Group 2 is more accurate but less consistent compared to Group 1

B Group 1 is more accurate but less consistent compared to Group 2

C Group 2 is more accurate and more consistent compared to Group 1

D Group 1 is more accurate and more consistent compared to Group 2

3 A student carries out an experiment to study the relationship between the temperature and time of a beaker of water that was left to cool. He pours some hot water into a beaker and takes the temperature of the water at regular time interval of 1 minute. In this experiment, the manipulated variable, the responding variable and the fixed variable are

45 g, 60 g, 50 g, 50 g

Group 1 Group 2

40 g, 55 g, 70 g, 60 g


Responding variable

Fixed variable

A Mass of water Time Temperature

B Time Temperature Mass of water

C Temperature Time Mass of water

D Time Mass of water Temperature

s

t 0

s

t 0

v

t 0

v

t 0

Diagram 2

Diagram 1

Diagram 3

Diagram 4

Diagram 5

L M L M

P

R

Q

S


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

8 Diagram 6 shows the three forces P, Q and R acting on three different objects and the acceleration produced.

11 Which diagram correctly shows the addition of a 6 N and a 8 N force?

12 Diagram 9 shows a car accelerating uphill along a straight road.

What are the changes in its kinetic energy and potential energy?

Kinetic energy Potential energy

A Decreasing Decreasing B Decreasing Increasing C Increasing Decreasing D Increasing Increasing

13 Table 1 shows the results of an experiment to investigate the relationship between the force and extension of a piece of rubber band.

What is the value of x?

A 11.8 C 12.9 B 12.3 D 13.5

Which of the following statements shows the forces arranged in ascending order of their magnitudes?

A P, Q, R C Q, R, P B P, R, Q D R, Q, P

9 Diagram 7 shows a boy landing with his legs bent after jumping down from the wall.

What is the effect of bending his legs on his stopping time and the impulsive forces acting on him?

Stopping time Impulsive forces

A Decreases DecreasesB Decreases Increases C Increases DecreasesD Increases Increases

10 Diagram 8 shows a stroboscopic photograph of a ball falling towards the ground. Which of the following statements describes the motion of the ball?

A It falls with increasing accelerationB It falls with constant acceleration

C It falls with decreasing velocity D It falls with constant speed

Diagram 6

Diagram 7

Diagram 8

P

4 m s–2

2 kg

Q

2 m s–2

5 kg

R

3 m s–2

3 kg

8 N

6 N 10 N

8 N

6 N 10 N

8 N

6 N 10 N

8 N

6 N 10 N

A

C

B

D

Diagram 9

TABLE 1

Force / N 0 0.3 0.6 0.9Length / cm 9.4 10.6 x 13.7Extension / cm 0 1.2 2.9 4.3


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

U1

U2

U3

Steel block

Water

14 A, B, and C show 3 identical concrete blocks placed in different arrangement on the floor. Which arrangement exerts the biggest pressure on the floor?

15 Diagram 10 shows a container containing water.

What is the pressure exerted by the water at X?[Water density = 1 000 kg m–3]

A 7 000 Pa C 23 000 Pa B 21 000 Pa D 30 000 Pa

16 Diagram 11 shows a simple barometer.

If the atmospheric pressure is 76 cm Hg, calculate the pressure of the trapped air in the glass tube.

A 11 cm Hg C 76 cm Hg B 65 cm Hg D 141 cm Hg

17 Diagram 12 shows the piston about to be pushed with the constant force into a flask with holes.

Which of the following statements is false when the piston is pushed inwards? AThe pressure transmitted through the water is increasing. B The force exerts a pressure on the surface of the water. C Water gushes out of the holes in all directions. D Pressure is transmitted throughout the water.

18 Diagram 13 shows three positions of a steel block as it is dropped into water. U1, U2 and U3 are the up thrust produced by the water.

Which of the following statements is true? A U1 > U2 > U3 C U1 > U2 = U3 B U1 < U2 < U3 D U1 < U2 = U3

19 Ahmad stands near the rail at a LRT station. When a fast train passes in front of him, he experiences a force that pulls him towards the rail. This phenomenon can be explained by

A Pascal’s principle B Bernoulli’s principle C Archimedes’ principle

P Q R R

P Q

P Q

R

A B C

3.0 m

0.7 m

Water

Diagram 10

Diagram 12

Diagram 13

Trapped air

65 cm

Mercury i

Flask Water

Piston Hole


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

5 cm

15 cm

O

Mirror X

Eye

Hole

P

Q R

20 In Diagram 14, P is in thermal equilibrium with Q and Q is in thermal equilibrium with R.

24 An object is placed in front of a convex lens of focal length 15 cm. The image formed is virtual, erect and enlarged. Which of the following statements about the object distance, u, is correct? A u < 15 cm B u = 15 cm C u = 30 cm D 15 cm < u < 30 cm

25 Diagram 15 shows how a ray of light from an object, O, entering the eye of an5observer after being reflected two times.

Using the information given in Diagram 15, what is the distance of the final image of the object O from mirror X as seen by the observer? A 5 cm C 15 cm B 10 cm D 20 cm

26 A periscope is made from two 45° - 90° - 45° prisms. Which of the following diagrams correctly represents the structure of the periscope?

21 Four different metals of equal masses, W, X, Y and Z are of equal mass and initially are at the room temperature of 25 °C. The heat absorbed, Q, by each metal to achieve the final temperature, θ, is shown in Table 2.

Which metal has the highest specific heat capacity?

A W C YB X D Z

22 50g of water at 10 °C is mixed with 100g of water at 30 °C. The temperature of the mixture is

A between 10 °C and 20 °C B between 20 °C and 30 °C C equal to 20 °C

23 An experiment is carried out to investigate the change of pressure with temperature for a fixed mass of gas in a conical flask. Which of the following graphs shows the correct relationship between pressure and temperature?

If the temperature of P is θP and the temperature of R is θR, which of the following statements is correct?A θP = θRB θP > θR C θP < θR

Diagram 14

Diagram 15

TABLE 2

Metal Heat absorbed, Q / J θ / °C

W 11 300 50

X 7 150 80

Y 29 025 100

Z 22 325 120

0 Temperature / oC

Pressure / kPa

0 Temperature / oC

Pressure / kPa

0 Temperature / oC

Pressure / kPa

0 Temperature / oC

Pressure / kPa

A

C

B

D

Light ray Light ray

Light ray Light ray

A

C

B

D


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

27 Diagram 16 is a ray diagram showing the image I of an object O that is formed by a lens.

30 Diagram 19 represents the fringe pattern obtained in a double-slit experiment using monochromatic light. The two slits are 0.03 cm apart and the distance from the double slit plate to the screen is 1.5 m.

Calculate the wavelength of the monochromatic light used in the experiment. A 5.0 x 10–7 m C 7.0 x 10–7 m B 6.0 x 10–7 m D 8.0 x 10–7 m

31 Diagram 20 shows sound waves produced by the thunder in the sky moving towards the sea.

Which of the following diagrams shows the correct propa gation of wave in the sea water?

32 Which of the following factors affect the pitch of a sound? A Amplitude C Speed B Frequency D Wavelength

What is the magnification of the image? A 1.0 C 2.5 B 1.5 D 3.5

28 Diagram 17 shows the displacement – time graph of an oscillating spring.

10 cm

35 cm

O

I

Lens

Diagram 16

Diagram 19

Diagram 20Diagram 17

Displacement

Time 0

The spring is undergoing

A damping C forced oscillation B resonance D interference

29 Diagram 18 shows plane water waves traveling towards an L-shaped barrier in a ripple tank.

Which of the following diagrams shows the reflected wave pattern?

Diagram 18

A

C

B

A

C

B

D

D

15 mm

Surface of the sea

Cloud


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Concrete barrier

Boat

33 Diagram 21 shows a boat behind a concrete barrier. 36 Diagram 23 shows an electric circuit where the internal resistance of the battery is 1 Ω.

37 Diagram 24 shows two types of light bulbs.

The normal operating currents for bulb X and bulb Y are IX and IY respectively. Which of the following gives the correct comparison between IX and IY? A IX < IY B IX = IY C IX > IY

38 Diagram 25 shows the arrangement of apparatus to investigate the strength of an electromagnet.

The number of pins attracted to the rod can be increased by P decreasing the resistance of the rheostat. Q increasing the number of turns of the coil. R increasing the thickness of the insulated copper wire.

A P and Q C Q and R B P and R D P, Q, R

What is the ammeter reading? A 0.43 A C 2.22 A B 0.45 A D 9.00 A

When the sea waves approach the barrier, the boat is seen moving up and down. This is because the sea waves undergo

A reflection C diffraction B refraction D interference

34 Diagram 22 shows two different electrical circuits. When 1 C of charge flows through each circuit, the energy released in R1 is E1 and the energy released in R2 is E2.

Which of the following relationships is correct?

A E1 = E2 C E2 = 2E1 B E1 = 2E2 D E2 = 4E1

35 Which of the following arrangements of resistors will result in the minimum effective resistance between point X and point Y?[All the resistors are identical]

Diagram 21 Diagram 23

Diagram 24

Diagram 25

Diagram 22

R1 3 V R2 6 V

X Y

X Y Y X

Y X A

C

B

D

20

9 V A

Bulb 12 V, 36 W Bulb Y 240 V, 120W

Insulated copper wire

Soft iron core

Pin

A


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

39 Diagram 26 shows a current carrying conductor in a permanent magnetic field between two magnets. In which direction will the conductor move?

41 Diagram 27 shows an ideal transformer used to light up a bulb at normal brightness.

What is the current Ip? A 0.2 A C 5.0 A B 1.2 A D 8.0 A

42 Alternating current at very high voltage is used for long distance transmission of electrical energy so as to A increase the current in the transmission cable. B reduce power loss during transmission. C reduce the resistance of the cable. D supply more power to the users.

43 Diagram 28 shows an electron beam in a cathode-ray tube.

Which of the following actions will cause the electron beam to be deflected? A Increase the current in the filament B Apply a magnetic field near the electron beam C Decrease the distance between the anode and cathode D Increase the potential difference between the anode and cathode

44 Diagram 29 shows a logic circuit.

This circuit is equivalent to a A AND gate C NAND gate B OR gate D NOR gate

40 Which of the following diagrams shows the biggest deflection of the pointer on the galvanometer when the magnet and the solenoid are moved in the direction shown?

Conductor carrying current out of the paper

N S A

B

C

D Diagram 26

Diagram 27

2 m s–1

N S

Stationary

N S

2 m s–1 2 m s–1

N S

2 m s–1 Stationary

N S

2 m s–1 2 m s–1

A

B

C

D

240 V

IP

48 W

Filament Cathode Anode

Electron beam

Diagram 28

Diagram 29

A

B C


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

45 Diagram 30 shows a circuit that consists of a switch, a lamp and a diode.

48 In a radioactive decay sequence, a nuclide decays to nuclide Y by emitting an α-particle and γ-ray. The new nuclide Y decays again to nuclide Z by emitting a β-particle. What is the correct symbol for nuclide Z? A C B D

49 In a fission reaction, 0.09% of the mass of uranium-235 is changed to nuclear energy. Calculate the energy released when 1 g of uranium-235 is fissioned in a nuclear reactor. [ Speed of light, c = 3 x 108 m s-1 ] A 2.7 x 102 J C 8.1 x 1010 J E 8.1 x 1018 J B 2.7 x 105 J D 8.1 x 1015 J

50 Diagram 33 shows the arrangement of a radioactive source and a detector to monitor the thickness of aluminium sheets in a factory.

Which of the following would be most suitable to be used as the radioactive source?

End Of Question Paper

Source Radiation emitted Half-lifeA Alpha 5 daysB Alpha 5 yearsC Beta 5 daysD Beta 5 years

46 Diagram 31 shows a transistor circuit.

What would be observed if the sliding contact is moved from the 0 V end to the 3 V end of the potential divider?

A The brightness of the lamp increases B The brightness of the lamp decreasesC The lamp lights up with a same brightness

47 Diagram 32 shows the path of particle P moving close to a nucleus.

Identify the particle P.A α-particle C neutronB β-particle D γ-ray

When the switch is closed, the lamp does not light up. Which of the following actions will make the lamp light up?

A Inserting a rheostat into the circuitB Changing the battery to a 12 V supply C Reversing the connection to the lampD Reversing the connection to the battery

Diagram 30

Diagram 33

Diagram 31

Diagram 32

6 V, 12 W

Potential divider

3 V

0 V Sliding contact

3 V

Particle P

Nucleus

23589Z 234

91Z23490Z 238

93Z

23892X

Too thick

Correct Too thin

Detector

Aluminum set Radioactive source


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

The following information may be useful. The symbols have their usual meaning.



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section A

[60 marks]

Answer all question in this section.

Question 1. Diagram 1 shows a displacement - time graph of the oscillation of a loaded spring.

a) Base on Diagram 1,

i) Label the period using the symbol T. [1 mark]

ii) What is the period of the oscillation?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

b) What is meant by amplitude?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

c) If the spring is undergoing damping, what will happen to the amplitude of the oscillation?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

Displacement / cm

Time / s 2

4

- 2

- 4

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4

Diagram 1

Question 2. Diagram 2.1 shows a driver that is driving under a hot sun, sees a pool of water appearing on the road ahead, but the pool of water disappears as the car approaches it.

(a) Name this natural phenomenon as observed by the driver.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(b) State the physics concept that is involved in this phenomenon.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

Diagram 2.1

Image of the cloud seen as a pool of water


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(c) (i) How is the density of the cool air compare to the density of the warm air?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(ii) When light rays propagates from a denser medium to a less dense medium, state what happen to the direction of the refracted rays.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(iii) Complete Diagram 2.2 to show the formation of the natural phenomenon as shown in Diagram 2.1.

Cool air

Warm air

Hot air

Road

Image of the cloud seen as a pool of water

Normal Normal Normal

Diagram 2.2

Light to driver's eyes

Light from the cloud

Question 3 Diagram 3.1 shows a cheetah chasing a deer in a wild world. Given that the mass and velocity of the cheetah and the deer are 60 kg , 20 ms-1 and 70 kg , 15 ms-1 respectively. Diagram 3.2 shows the cheetah successfully landed it’s jaws on the deer and both of them are moving with a same velocity of v ms-1.

(a) Name a physics quantity that relates the mass and velocity.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(b) State the type of energy that is possessed by the running cheetah.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(c) Calculate the final velocity of the cheetah and the deer.

[2 marks]

(d) (i) Name the Physics principle that is involved in the above hunting.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(ii) Define the Physics principle in (d)(i).

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

Diagram 3.1 Diagram 3.2

15 m s-1

20 m s-1 v m s-1


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question 4 Diagram 4.1 shows a SONAR waves is sent by transmitter at the lower part of the boat and the echoes are detected by hydrophone. Diagram 4.2 shows the trace on the screen of oscilloscope.

(a) What is meant by wavelength?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 m ark]

(b) Sound waves with frequency of 5.8 x 105 Hz are used to determine the depth of the sea. The speed of sound waves in sea water is 1250 ms-1. The time-base of the oscilloscope is adjusted at 50 ms cm-1. If the time interval between the transmitting and receiving a pulse of waves is 1.2 s. Calculate

(i) the depth of the sea.

[2 marks] (ii) the wavelength of the sound wave.

[2 marks] (c) Observe the Diagram 4.1 and 4.2.

(i) Compare the amplitude of the reflection waves.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(ii) Explain your answer in (c) (i)

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question 5 Diagram 5.1 shows a load placed on an ice block. Diagram 5.2 shows an ice block without the load.

(a) What is meant by density?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(b) Explain why the ice block float in water.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(c) What are the forces acting on the ice block?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

Ice block

Load


(d) Base on Diagram 5.1 and Diagram 5.2,

(i) compare the volume of water displaced.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(ii) compare the weight of water displaced.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(iii) Compare the buoyant force.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(iv) State the relationship between buoyant force and the weight of water displaced.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(v) Name the principle of physics involve.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question 7 Diagram 7.1 shows a semiconductor transistor.

(a) Name two sources where the ice cube obtained the heat to change into ice water.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]

(b) State the change in physical state when the ice cube is melted into ice water.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(c) (i) Name the physics quantity that is involved when ice cube change to water at constant temperature.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(ii) Why the temperature is remain constant when ice melts to water?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(d) If the amount of heat absorbed by the ice cube is 6.72 x 10³ J, calculate the specific latent heat of fusion.

[2 marks]

(e) Why water droplets are formed on the outer surface of the metal plate?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

Question 6 Diagram 6 shows a series of observation and record made by a student on a melting ice cube that is put in a metal plate.

Diagram 7.1

Ice Ais Metal plate

Bekas logam

Mass of ice = 20 g

Temperature of ice = 0oC

Time = 0 s

Temperature of the metal plate = 20oC

Water droplet Titisan air

Ice water Cecair ais

Metal plate Bekas logam

Mass of ice water = 20 g Temperature of ice water = 0oC Time = 60 s

Water droplets form on the metal plate

Diagram 6

The ice starts to melt All the ice has melted

Metal Plate

Metal Plate

Water Droplet

(a) (i) Name the type of the transistor.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(ii) Transistor has three terminals connected to the emitter, base and collector. Label the emitter, base and collector in Diagram 7.1 [1 mark]

(b) Diagram 7.2 shows a transistor circuit.

When the sliding contact X is at the 0 V end of the potentiometer,

(i) is there any current flow through the base and emitter circuit?

.....................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

Diagram 7.2

3 V

3 V

Potentiometer

X 0V

3V

(ii) what happened to the transistor and the bulb? Tick in the box.

Transistor Bulb

On Off On Off [1 mark] (iii) If the sliding contact X were raised from 0 V end to the 3 V end of the potentiometer, what happened to the bulb? Explain your answer.

.....................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]

(c) Diagram 7.3 shows a transistor is used to light up during the day.

LDR

(i) Suggest a modification to light up the lamp at night.

.....................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(ii) A student replaced lamp L with a lamp labeled 240 V 24 W in Diagram 7.3. The bulb is not light up.

(a) Why the lamp is not light up?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark] (b) An electrical component is connected to the output transistor so that the lamp is light up. Name the electrical component and state the functions.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]

Diagram 7.3



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question 8 Diagram 8 shows an electromagnet for a crane. It is used to lift iron scrap in a factory.

Table 8 shows four cranes with their respective properties.

(a) What is meant by electromagnet?

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(b) Base on Table 8, state the suitable properties of the crane to lift iron scrap more effectively. Give reason for the suitability of the properties.

(i) Current ......................................................................................................................................................

Reason ...................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]

(ii) Type of core ..............................................................................................................................................

Reason ....................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]

(iii) Number of turns .......................................................................................................................................

Reason ........................................................................................................................................................ [1 mark]

Type of crane Current /A Type of core Number of turn

J 1.0 Soft-Iron 8

K 2.0 Steel 10

L 3.0 Soft-Iron 12

M 4.0 Steel 14

Diagram 8

Table 8

(c) Based on your answers in 8(b), determine the most suitable crane in Table 8 to lift iron scrap in a factory.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(d) Base on your choice in 8(c), state the change in the quantity of the iron scrap that can be lifted when the cylindrical soft iron core is replaced with a U-shaped iron core. Explain your answer

.....................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]

(e) A crane P is used to lift 250 kg of iron scrap to a height of 4m in 5 s. Determine the output power of the crane P.

[2 marks]

electromagnet

Crane

Iron



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section B [20 marks]

Answer any one question from this section.

Question 9. Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2 show a transparent block made of a material with a different refractive index. A light ray travel in both blocks with the same incident angle, i.

(a) (i) What is meant by a refractive index? [1 mark]

(ii) Using Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2, compare the refractive index, refraction angle and critical angle between the two blocks. Base on Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2, relate the refractive index with critical angle. [5 marks]

(b) (i) State two conditions under which light ray would undergo total internal reflection. [2 marks]

(ii) Diagram 9.3 shows a light ray is incident on a piece of Crown Glass of critical angle 42°. Draw the light ray to show how a ray emerging from the Crown Glass.


i = 40° i = 40°

Diagram 9.3

135°

(c) Diagram 9.4 shows the structure of an optical fibre used in telecommunications.

Optical fibres are made of fine strands of glass. Each single glass fibre (inner core) is coated with a thin layer of another type of glass (outer cladding).You are required to give some suggestions in designing an optical fibre which can carry more information. Explain your suggestions base on the following aspects:

(i) refractive index of the inner and outer glass (ii) the properties of material used for optical fibre (iii) the thickness of the glass [10 marks]

Diagram 9.4 Outer cladding

Inner core Light ray



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question 10. Diagram 10.1 and Diagram 10.2 show the bulbs connection at the fruit stores. The bulbs and the battery in both the store are identical.

Bulb

Bulb

Switch

Battery

Bulb

Bulb

Switch

Battery

(a) (i) What is meant by a potential different? [1 mark]

(ii) Draw a circuit diagram for each circuit and label the type of circuit. [4 marks]

(b) Using Diagram 10.1 and 10.2, compare the brightness of the bulbs. Relate the brightness of the bulb, the potential different and the current flow for the bulbs to deduce a relevant physics concept. [5 marks]

(c) Diagram 10.3 shows an electric kettle which is a rated at 240 V, 2 000 W and connected by a flexible cable to a three-pin-plug.

Suggest modifications that can be made to the electric kettle in Diagram 10.3 so that it can boil water faster and has better safety. [10 marks]

Diagram 10.3

Flexible cable

Three-pin-plug

Electric kettle

Heating element




JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section C [20 marks]


Question 9.

(a) What is meant by temperature? [1 mark]

(b) Explain how a new thermometer can be calibrated. [4 marks]

(c)

Diagram 11.1 shows a cooling system of a motorcycle engine. You as a mechanical engineer is given a task to study characteristics of metal shown in the Table 11.2 to be used as effective fins in the cooling system of the motorcycle engine.

(i) State suitable characteristics of metal that is used as fins in the motorcycle engine.

(ii) Determine the most suitable metal that can be used as fins. Give reasons for your choice. [10 marks]

(d) (i) A piece of fin in the engine of a motorcycle with a mass of 0.5 kg made from metal R. If the temperature increased by 10°C in one hour, how much of energy being absorbed by the fin. [3 marks] (ii) If 10 fins identical to the one in (d)(i) are used in the motorcycle engine, how muc h e nergy i s l ost b y t he e ngine i n o ne h our? [2 marks]

Diagram 11.1

Fins

Types of metal

Specific heat capacity, Jkg-1°C-1

Melting point,°C

Heat Conductor Rate of expansion

P 300 1020 Good Moderate

Q 360 700 Moderate High

R 450 1600 Good Moderate

S 900 720 Moderate High

PRE-UNIVERSITY Courses explained


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question 12 Diagram 12.1 shows the Dead Sea Scrolls aged 1900 years old. An archaeologist used radioisotope to estimate age of the ancient artefact.

(a) (i) What is meant by radioisotope? [1 mark]

(ii) Carbon-14 is a radioisotope. Explain how Carbon-14 can be used to estimate the age of a dead plant, which contain carbon. [3 marks]

(b) (i) Table 12.2 shows the characteristics of the five radioisotopes, P, Q, R, and T, that can be used to detect the brain tumour.

As a medical officer, you are required to determine the most suitable radioisotope that could be used to inject into the blood of a patient to detect the location of a brain tumour. Study the characteristics of all five radioisotopes based on the following aspects:

- The Half-life - The ionising power - The radioactive radiation Explain the suitability of the aspects. Justify your choice. [8 marks]

Diagram 12.1

Table 12.2

Radioisotope Half-life Ionising power Radioactive radiation

P 5.0 minutes Low Gamma

Q 8 days High Alpha

R 6 hours Low Gamma

S 5.27 years Moderate Beta

T 7 hours High Alpha

(ii) Name the most suitable detector can be used to detect the radioactive radiation from the body of the patient. Give your reason. [3 marks]

(c) In a nuclear reactor, 3.5 x 10-6 g of Uranium is change into energy in 1.5 ms. Given that the velocity of light, c = 3 x 108 ms-1.

Calculate

(i) the total energy released.

(ii) the power generated by this reaction. [5 marks]




JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


1. A student carries out an experiment to investigate the relationship between the angle of incidence, i and angle of refraction, r of a glass block. The arrangement of the apparatus is shown in Diagram 1.1. A normal line is traced and the ray box is placed at the angle of incidence, i.

A fine beam of light from ray box is directed to the glass block at P with angle of incidence, i 20° from the normal line. Traces of light which leaving the glass block at Q is marked with X. A line from P to Q is drawn. A protractor is used to measure the angle of refraction, r as shown in Diagram 1.2.

Diagram1.2 Diagram1.3

Normal line

r = ………………Angle of incidence, i = 20°

P

i

Qr

The reading of the protractor, r, is shown in Diagram 1.3.

light ray

normal line

P

Q

white paper

glass block

Diagram 1.1

The procedure is repeated with angle of incidence, i = 30°, 40° , 50° and 60°. The corresponding readings of protractor, r, are shown in Diagram 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7 on page 4

Diagram 1.4

Normal line Normal line


Diagram 1.5





bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Normal line Normal line




a) For the experiment described on page 2 and 3, identify; (i) The manipulated variable

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(ii) The responding variable

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark] (iii) The constant variable

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]

(b) Based on diagram 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 on page 3 and 4 (i) Record the angle of refraction, r, in the space provided on page 3 and 4

[2 marks]

(ii) Tabulate your result for all values of r , sin i and sin r for all values of i , in the space below.

[5 marks]

(c) On the graph paper on page 7, plot a graph of sin r against sin i. [5 marks]

d) Based on your graph in 1 (c) , state the relationship between i and r .

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark]



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

2. A student carries out an experiment to determine the electromotive force, E and the internal resistance, r of a dry cell. The student used four resistors with different values of resistance, R and fixed the e.m.f, E of the cell.

The graph of the reciprocal of current, against resistance, R is shown in Figure 2.

Graph against R

1I

1I

0.2

1 2 3 4R/Ω

0.6

1.0

1.4

1.8

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2.0

1I /A-1



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(a) Based on the graph, (i) state the relationship between and R.

..................................................................................................................................................................... [1 mark] (ii) determine the value of , when the R = 0 . Show on the graph, how you determine .

[2 marks] (iii) The value of , when the R = 0 is given by the formula = 0.4r, where r is the internal resistance of the cell.

Calculate r.

[2 marks]

(b) The electromotive force, E, of the cell is given by the formula m = , where m is the gradient of the graph. (i) Calculate the gradient, m, of the graph. Show on the graph how you calculate m.

m = ………………….. [3 marks] (ii) Determine the value of E.

[2 marks]

(c) State two precautions to be taken in this experiment.

.....................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................... [2 mark]

1I

1I

1I

1E



JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Section B

[12 marks]


3. Diagram 3.1 shows an inverted beaker contains an air trapped is converted and immersed in the water. Diagram 3.2 shows the volume of air trapped in the beaker decreased when the beaker is pushed down in the water.

Based on your observation on the volume of air trapped in the beaker;

(a) State one suitable inference, [1 mark]

(b) State one appropriate hypothesis that could be investigated, [1 mark]

Air trapped

Air trappedBeaker

Beaker

Water

Water


(c ) With use of apparatus such as a syringe , thick rubber tube and other apparatus, describe an experiment to investigate the hypothesis stated in 3(b)

In your description, state clearly the following:

(i) The aim of an experiment (ii) The variable in experiment (iii) The list of apparatus and materials (iv) The arrangement of the apparatus (v) The procedure of the experiment. Describes how to control and measure the manipulated variables and how to measure the responding variables.

(vi) The way to tabulate the data (vii) The way to analyze the data [10 marks]



bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Hammer Hammer

Spring Spring

Coil Coil

Switch

Figure 4.1 Figure 4.2

Switch

4. Diagram 4.1 and 4.2 show the electric bell which is connected to the similar batteries.

When the switch is on, the bell in figure 4.2 ring loudly than the bell in figure 4.1 .

Based on your observation

(a) State one suitable inference, [1 mark]

(b) State one appropriate hypothesis that could be investigated, [1 mark]

(c ) With use of apparatus such as a insulated copper wire , small iron pins and other apparatus, describe an experiment to investigate the hypothesis stated in 3(b)

In your description, state clearly the following:

(i) The aim of an experiment (ii) The variable in experiment (iii) The list of apparatus and materials

(iv) The arrangement of the apparatus (v) The procedure of the experiment. Describes how to control and measure the manipulated variables and how to measure the responding variables. (vi) The way to tabulate the data (vii) The way to analyze the data [10 marks]



SKEMA JAWAPANSOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM

2009

Bahasa Malaysia

English

Sejarah

Additional Mathematics

Mathematics

Science

Biology

Prinsip Perakaunan

Perdagangan

Ekonomi Asas

English for Science & Technology

Chemistry

Physics

182186191188206212226237248255262264274

M l i182

CONTENTS

2237248255262264274

182JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


SSSSSSSSSSoooooooooaaaaaaaaaallllllllaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnn UUUUUUUUUUlllllllllaaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnggggggggkkkkkkkkaaaaaaaaajjjjjjjjjiiiiiiii

SPM2009

Kertas 2 [ 1103/2 ]

Bahasa Malaysia

PendahuluanPetikan merumuskan/membincangkan kebaikan/ kepentingan/ kesan positif/implikasi positif/ faedah motivasi dalam pengajaran dan pemelajaran.

Kepentigannya ialah 1. unsur penting yang membolehkan murid melibatkan diri secara aktif 2. menjadikan proses pemelajaran berlaku dalam keadaan yang lebih bermakna dan menyeronokkan. 3. merangsang minat murid dalam setiap pelajaran yang disampaikan/merupakan unsur yang merangsang seseorang untuk bertindak

(suasana pemelajaran, insentif diberikan dalam bentuk markah, gred, penghargaan, tanda bintang, wang, hadiah, ganjaran, pujian dan sebagainya./motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti pemelajarannya.

4. kanak-kanak yang baru memasuki sekolah dapat dirangsang untuk menunjukkan hasil kerja yang baik melalui pujian guru/men-erima ganjaran yang berbentuk ekstrinsik.

5. motif juga bertindak sebagai pemilih jenis kegiatan yang ingin disertai oleh seseorang/dalam pengajaran dan pembelajaran, (sewaktu menyelesaikan sesuatu masalah) susunan gerak balas individu yang dilakukan dipilih mengikut minatnya sendiri.

6. pendekatan, kaedah dan teknik, dan alat bantuan mengajar adalah/ (prosedur pemelajaran) mampu menarik perhatian murid untuk menyertai dan melibatkan diri dalam kegiatan mental.

7. motivasi mempunyai nilai persaingan kerana murid rasa terdorong untuk belajar lebih tekun apabila wujudnya persaingan antara mereka.

8. guru mampu membangkitkan keinginan untuk maju dan mencapai prestasi yang lebih baik melalui pertandingan prestasi atau kebolehan.

9. motivasi merupakan teknik peneguhan yang berkesan/menarik perhatian murid dalam masa pengajaran. 10. pujian dan penghargaan yang diberikan mampu menggalakkan murid belajar dengan lebih tekun 11. guru mampu memberikan berbagai-bagai tahap aspirasi dalam kalangan murid dengan mencapai prestasi sejajar dengan kebolehan

mereka 12. pelajar berjaya mencapai atau menguasai pemelajaran

Isi tersiratcara-cara melaksanakannya di sekolah-sekolah. 1. kaunselor memberi pendedahan kaedah mengajar melalui motivasi kepada guru-guru 2. menyediakan bahan rangsangan/set induksi/bahan p&p yang lebih menarik 3. mengaplikasikan secara berterusan

Kesimpulan, semua pihak perlulah menyokong kaedah pengajaran secara motivasi di sekolah-sekolah agar minat murid-murid untuk belajar lebih terangsang.

2 (a) Petikan Umum

i. Dua perkara penting berkaitan motivasi seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah insentif dan motif penggerak. Insentif merupakan unsur yang merangsang seseorang untuk bertindak dan dalam suasana pemelajaran, insentif manakala motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti pemelajarannya. (max 2 isi)

ii.Ciri-ciri yang perlu ada pada seseorang untuk melayakkan dirinya mejadi pembimbing rakan sebaya. ialah dapat menjadi pendengar yang setia/tidak cepat emosi/boleh menyimpan rahsia/sedia membantu apabila diperlukan * sertakan alasan (max 4 isi)

iii.Maksud pembangkitan minat seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah meningkatkan kecenderungan/ menarik perhatian


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

2 (b) Prosa Moden

i. Persoalan yang bermain dalam fikiran Jo berkenaan kehidupan Daneng ialah sama ada untuk membiarkan Daneng dan keluarganya terus dibelenggu kemiskinan/membiarkan Daneng memulakan keluarganya dalam kehidupan miskin. Membiarkan Daneng terjerumus dalam kitaran kemiskinan. Daneng t idak me nikmati ap a-apa k emodanan dal am h idup. H idup m iskin s eperti b apanya/nenek m oyangnya. (max 3 isi)

ii. Masyarakat orang asli masih ketinggalan sehingga ke hari ini kerana mereka tinggal terlalu jauh di pedalaman/tidak mahu(takut) terima perubahan/tidak mahu kehidupan mereka diganggu/diabaikan oleh pemimpin (max 1 isi)

- sebagai rakyat yang perihatin dapat membantu dalam membangunan minda mereka.dengan cara mendekati masyarakat orang asli. Menyediakan kemudahan/memberi pendedahan sistem komunikasi sep erti internet kepada mereka. Menyediakan peluang pendidikan/pekerjaan yang lebih luas/ke tahap yang lebih tinggi. Memberi biasiswa (max 2 isi) (3 isi) . iii. Satu pengajaran yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah kita mestilah prihatin akan masalah orang lain. Contohnya Cikgu Jo yang prihatin akan masalah kemiskinan keluarga Daneng. Dua pengajaran lain yang terdapat dalam keseluruhan cerpen ialah kita janganlah mengabaikan masyarakat orang asli kerana mereka juga berhak dilayan seperti orang lain. Kita mestilah berusaha untuk mengubah nasib kita sekeluarga seperti Daneng yang meneruskan pelajaran untuk memajukan masyarakatnya. Kita mestilah menghargai alam sekitar. Contohnya Daneng yang amat sayang akan hutan yang terdapat di kampungnya. (max 3 isi)

Soalan 2 (c) Petikan Prosa Tradisional

(i) Maksudkan diperamat-amatnya seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah Hang Jebat bersungguh- sungguh memerhati/ Hang Jebat melihat dengan teliti

(ii) Sekiranya saya Hang Tuah, tindakan yang akan saya lakukan apabila sultan mengarahkan saya mem bunuh Hang Jebat ialah bersemuka dengan Hang Jebat untuk mengetahui punca dia bertindak demikian. Membawa Hang Jebat bersemuka dengan sultan supaya sultan dan Hang Jebat dapat menyelesaikan masalah ini secara berbincang. Menyuruh Hang Jebat melarikan diri sementara ada peluang. Meminta Hang Jebat dibicarakan dan hanya dijatuhkan hukuman sekiranya dia bersalah. (max 3 isi) (iii) Sebaik sahaja melihat Hang Tuah, Hang Jebat berasa was-was dalam hatinya kerana pada pengetahuannya Hang Tuah sudah mati dibunuh oleh Bendahara / sekarang Laksamana sudah tidak ada dalam dunia ini lagi, malah orang yang datang itu kelakuannya seperti Laksamana /siapa yang datang itu seperti Laksamana sikap dan kelakuannya. Hang Jebat ragu-ragu kerana mungkin dia bermimpi / kalau mata Hang Jebat bekas tidur ini gerangan, maka jadi salah pemandangan Hang Jebat. (max 3 isi)

2 (d) Puisi Moden

i Keadaan pemandu apabila berada di jalan raya pada lewat petang ialah mereka berasa tidak sabar dengan keadaan kesesakan jalan raya. Ada sesetengah pemandu yang tunjuk lagak / angkuh / sombong. Ada pemandu yang bosan dengan gelagat pemandu yang sombong/jalan raya yang sesak. (max 3 isi)

ii. Persoalan-persoalan yang terdapat dalam sajak ini ialah sikap sombong pemandu yang menunjuk-nunjuk sewaktu memandu di jalan raya. Jalan raya di kota yang sering dilanda masalah kesesakan lalu lintas. Perasaan tertekan pemandu-pemandu di bandar-bandar besar. (max 3 isi)

iii. Beberapa cara untuk mengelakkan daripada pemandu mengambil kesempatan memandu sesuka hati di jalan raya ialah dengan mengetatkan peraturan lalu lintas/mengenakan denda/hukuman yang lebih keras/tegas. Meminta bantuan polis trafik mengawal lalu lintas pada waktu-waktu tertentu. Mengadakan kempen/ceramah keselamatan jalan raya. Mengstruktur kembali laluan yang kerap kali mengalami kesesakan lalu lintas. (max 3 isi)


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Soalan 3: Pengetahuan dan Kemahiran Bahasa(30 Markah)

(a) i. malapetaka - bencana/kecelakaan/kesengsaraan/kesusahan yang amat sangatii. larut malam – dinihari/ sudah jauh malamiii. tersenyum melirik – senyum sambil menjeling dengan tajam/mengerlingiv. termenung jauh – berfikir panjang/ memikir dalam-dalam/tafakurv. kemuncak kejayaan – berjaya dengan cemerlang/ peringkat kejayaan tertinggi vi. berdebar kencang – jantung berdenyut pantas/cepat/kencang

(b) i. Pada pagi itu Shazwanee berasa tidak sihat (ayat tunggal) ii. “Ibu, hari ini saya rasa pening kepala dan tidak larat ke sekolah”, Shazwanee mengadu sambil memicit-micit kepalanya. (ayat perbualan) iii Tangga dipanjat oleh Shazwanee pelahan-lahan dalam keadaan letih dan mengantuk (ayat pasif)

(c) i. belok - blok ii. pembangunan – bangunan iii. plan - pelan iv. dilulus - diluluskan v. lapuran - laporan vi. merasa - berasa

(d) (i) Mereka telah berbincang cara menanam buah-buahan tempatan.(ii) Aqil memotong dahan pokok itu kerana bimbang kanak-kanak akan terlanggar sewaktu pergi

ke sekolah.(iii) Irfan makan seulas durian untuk merasa isi durian yang amat enak itu/ enak sekali itu

(e)(a) Bagai menarik rambut dalam tepung – Membuat pekerjaan dengan berhati-hati(b) Tiada beban batu digalas – orang yang sengaja mencari masalah yang membebankan diri sendiri.

Soalan 4.(a) 2 penggunaan teknik plot iaitu: (pilih dua teknik plot sahaja)

Terminal Tiga- teknik kejutan, contoh: peristiwa Ruzaini lari dari rumah kerana mengikut seorang pendakwah. Ini adalah kerana watak Ruzaini yang baik dan lembut serta mendakwa dia tidak mungkin terpengaruh dengan pendakwah itu.- teknik saspens, contoh: apabila Rimpa akan berjumpa ayahnya yang sekian lama menghilangkan diri.- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: semasa berada dalam kapal terbang, Rimpa teringatkan Ramaon yang sering bertengkar dengannya.

Perlumbaan Kedua- teknik saspens, contoh: semua penonton suspen melihat aksi Tuk Kura yang melantunkan badannya dari batu ke batu semasa perlumbaan tersebut.- teknik dialog, contoh: perbualan antara Tuk Kura dengan anak buahnya berkenaan latihan untuk berlumba dengan Sang Arnab. - teknik pemeri, contoh: pengarang menggambarkan keadaan tempat berlumba yang berbatu dan di lereng yang berbukit.

Di Hadapan Pulau- teknik kejutan, contoh: Rosiah berubah sikap daripada seorang yang sopan kepada seorang yang sanggup menggadai maruah semata-mata untuk hidup senang.- teknik saspens, contoh: Aziz bercita-cita untuk ke sebuah pulau kecil menyebabkan pembaca tertanya-tanya sama ada hasratnya itu tercapai atau tidak.- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Tuk Marzuki terkenangkan peristiwa sewaktu dia balik ke Melaka, adikya Mustaffa berpindah dari kampung.

Bukit Kepong- teknik saspens, contoh: berlaku pertempuran antara pihak polis dengan komunis di Bukit Kepong, menyebabkan pembaca tertanya-tanya sama ada pasukan polis akan menang atau tumpas.- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Sarjan Jamil terkenangkan anak dan isterinya sebelum pertempuran berlaku yang akhirnya memyebabkan dirinya terkorban.- teknik pemeri, contoh: menggambarkan latar belakang Othman yang berasal dari Kedah dan bekerja sebagai


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

penoreh sebelum menyertai polis.

Konserto Terakhir - teknik kejutan, contoh: Hilmi meninggal dunia sebelum sempat mengetahui dia merupakan anak Datuk Johari - teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya apakah yang akan berlaku terhadap Hilmi apabila dia dimasukkan ke hospital. - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Datuk Johari teringatkan peristiwa dia berkahwin dengan emak Hilmi tetapi meninggalkannya selepas sehari berkahwin.

Seteguh Karang - teknik kejutan, contoh: Anita tiba-tiba melarikan diri kerana berkonflik dengan Kak Maysarah. - teknik suspen, contoh: Kak Maysarah dimasukkan ke hospital kerana cuba membunuh diri. - teknik monolog dalaman, contoh: Awanis merungut dalam hatinya kerana Kak Maysarah selalu bermurung.

Julia - teknik kejutan, contoh: Jun datang ke tanah perkuburan Islam dengan memakai baju melayu. - teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya akan kemampuan Julia mengendalikan syarikat yang banyak masalah milik arwah bapanya. - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Julia teringat akan dirinya yang pernah hidup secara liar satu ketika dahulu.

Putera Gunung Tahan - teknik imbas kembali, contoh: perempuan tua teringatkan kembali peristiwa dia melahirkan anak 30 tahun dahulu - teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya apa akan berlaku kepada penduduk puncak Gunung Tahan apabila dua buah kapal terbang Inggeris muncul secara tiba-tiba. - teknik dialog, contoh: perbualan antara Putera Bongsu dengan perempuan tua agar berhati-hati dengan orang Inggeris.

(b) Persoalan dalam dua buah novel yang anda pelajari Persoalan kesabaran dalam menghadapi dugaan hidup - Bukit Kepong – Osman sabar menghadapi kecacatan apabila kakinya dipotong akibat terkena serpihan bom semasa pertempuran antara pihak polis dengan komunis di Bukit Kepong. - Konserto Terakhir - Hilmi sabar setiap kali dicaci oleh Datin Salmah kerana perbezaan taraf hidup antara mereka. Persoalan taat setia terhadap ibu bapa. - Bukit Kepong – Osman taat terhadap permintaan ibu dan bapanya dan menurut kata-kata mereka apabila Osman disuruh berkahwin dengan Limah gadis pilahan mereka sebelum Osman ditempatkan ke Muar untuk bertugas sebagai anggota polis. - Konserto Terakhir – hayati taat terhadap ibu bapanya agar di berkahwin dengan Mohsin tunangannya walaupun Hayati menyintai Hilmi.

186JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my



Question Answer MarksSection A/1 The President,

Student Council,SMK Perwira,42500 Banting,Selangor.

The Principal,SMK Perwira,42500 Banting,Selangor. 22 January 2009

Dear Sir,Complaint about the School Canteen With reference to the above, I, as the President of the Student Council, would like to complain about our school canteen. The Student Council conducted a survey recently, and we are very unhappy with the condition and service provided by the canteen operator. 2. When the students complaint about the food which was not tasty, we visited the canteen. We bought a plate of fried rice but it was not fresh. We then noticed that the food was not covered. There were flies sitting on the food and flying in the shelves. 3. Next, we would like to bring up the prices. A few of us had bought the same food but the canteen operator charged all of us different prices. We wanted to check the actual price but a price list was not displayed. This means that the canteen operator can charge as she pleases as there was no price list for the students tom compare the price. 4. Thirdly, I would like to complain about the canteen floor. The floor was dirty. It looked like had never been swept..The floor was also slippery with with remnants of food strewn all over and stepped on. Thus the reasons for the constant accidents among students during their recess at the canteen. 5. The next point is about the environment. It was not a hygienic environment with stray cats moving among the students’ legs in the eating area, eating the remnants of food strewn under the tables. Students had also talked about seeing cockroaches and flies in the canteen’s cupboards. 6. Finally, the students were unhappy with the utensils used by the canteen operator. The styrofoam cups, plates and the plastic spoons were not only brittle but also not environmental friendly. 7. During our meeting, the Council has a few suggestions for your consideration in this matter. The food must be fresh, kept warm and covered at all times. She should use plates, cups and spoons that can be washed and reused. The price list should be prominently displayed. The environ-ment should be improved such that students would feel more comfortable having their recesss in the canteen.

We hope you will give your consideration to our suggestions and take appropriate action regarding this matter. Thank you.

Yours faithfully,

______________(Salizah bt. Ahmad)PresidentStudent Council.

35

Section B /1 a) It was a calm evening. I looked across the lake, enjoying the sight of the ripples splashing softly across the surface. Seated on the wooden bench, I sighed loudly as I thought of the worries that were sitting so heavily on my shoulders. “What’s your problems? Do you want to talk about it?”a starnger’s voice which came from my left made me start. I looked at the man sitting on the other end of the bench. I had not even been aware that he had came and sat there. I looked closely at him. The right half of his face was badly disfigured because of burns. He appeared to be about 60 years old and had a thin oval face and calm, wise eyes. His right hand dangled uselessly at his side. His deformity aside, I could see kind-ness and understanding in his expression. I hesitated for a moment and then replied bitterly,”My father hates me.” “Hmm....your father must be scolding you all the time, right?” the stranger said quietly.”He wants you to get better marks in your exam and stop meeting those boys who are school dropouts,”the stranger said, and I looked at him in shock.

50

Paper 1

SPM2009

[ 1119/1 ] [ 1119/2 ]

Bahasa Inggeris


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

“Yeah, he was very angry about my bad grades. I know that I have been a bit naughty, playing truant with those boys in my school. The form teacher called my father and complained to him.My dad was furious. He told me that he was going to deprive me of the motorbike he had given me until i get better grades. He doesn’t love me anymore.” I started crying as I spoke. He was silent for a while and let me cry. After a few minutes, he started talking.”Let me tell you a story. I had a son like you, who was rebellious. I tried to advise him but he thought that I did not love him. One day, he brought his friends to play firecrackers in my house.I told him that it was dangerous but he just refused to listen. I went out for a short while.The whole house caught fire and my son was trapped in it. His friends managed to rush out of the house but he was left inside, screaming for help. I rushed into the house and managed to pulled him out of the burning house. I was glad he was safe,”the stranger said. “What about you? What happened?” I asked curiously. He said,”A heavy beam fell on me and I was trapped there. The neighbours came and managed to put out the fire with pails of water. When they found me, they thought that I was dead. But I loved my son and didn’t want to die until I had seen him through his education and make sure he had a successful future.” “You were ready to sacrifice yourself in the terrible fire for your son ? you must really love your son,” I said to him in wonder. “So does every father in this world,”he replied.”They want their children to achieve excellent re-sults and have a bright future. Your father doesn’t know how to advise you anymore. But don’t ever say that he hates you !” “I think you are right.He has never scolded me before.It was only after I started mixing with those bad hats and getting low grades that he started to scold me. I think that I should thank you for showing me the right path. I’ll go and apologise to him and promise him I’ll be good,” I said. “Go and make your father happy. And remember, I’ll be here every day around this time. Come and talk to me if you have any problems,”the stranger said. “I don’t even know your name,” I exclaimed in embarrassment. “Lokman. Call me Uncle Man, that’s what everyone here calls me,” he answered. And that was how Uncle Man began to play an important part in my life. He was always there, rain or shine on the bench by the lake. He would listen to my problems and advise me. I faced many trials and tribulations in my life but all those became small challenges after I talked to Uncle Man. Today, I am a successful professional, and I have two men to thank for my success – my father and Uncle Man.

b) With the introduction of the internet, the world has become a smaller place. Buying and selling items through the internet can be done in seconds. At the click of the mouse and in the blink of an eye, billions of dollars are exchanged via banks, from country to country. In the face of such excitement, one wonders whether the conventional method of shopping will continue for long. I feel that although internet shopping is slowly becoming popular, it cannot take over the conven-tional method of shopping. Firstly, human beings are complex creatures. It is very difficult to satisfy them. They need to look at products, and feel and try them before they decided to buy. They will go frm one shop to another to compare prices, and ask for opinions before they finally decide on a product to buy. This can-not be done through internet shopping. When the goods are delivered, you have to accept them whether you like them or not. Internet shopping does not allow for easy refunds and repairs. When you look at a product on the internet, you do not know how efficiently it will function. If you discover it does not work when you received it, you will have to go through a tedious process to return it. If you have bought the product from a shop, it would be easier for you to have it repaired or replaced or to get a refund. Furthermore, when you go internet shopping, you do not know how reliable your seller is. You do not know where he works, what he looks like, whether he can be trusted or whether such a company really exists. The conventional method of shopping does not give room for such doubts. The seller is there in person to persuade you to buy a product and to stand guarantee for the quality of the product. Internet shopping also encourage credit card fraud. Since you normally have to pay through credit cards, unscrupulous people can hack into website, get access to your account number and use your credit card. You also run the risk of not getting your product even after paying for it.The traditional method of shopping allows families to get together for an outing and enjoy a meal later on. It encourages family unity and family harmony. Internet shopping, on the other hand, can be a lonely affair. The shopper has to sit in front of a silent tube and wait for the products to flash on the screen. In conclusion, I believe that internet shopping will not replace the traditional method of shopping.

c) An invention that has brought positive changes to our lives is the television. First, it helps us in acquiring knowledge. Many programs are of great educational value. They give lessons on geography, his-tory, science, literature and fine arts in a pleasant and entertaining way. Watching these programs keeps us intellectually occupied. They also impart knowledge to us beyond the classroom. We use our senses of sight as well as hearing when we are watching television. That is why television is widely used in teaching in universities, colleges and schools. Another important point is that it saves money and time. If we had to go to the cinema each day, it would cost us a lot of money. Time is also wasted in getting ready and traveling to the cinema. If we have a television set at home, we can view programs in comfort. We can also choose the programs that we like. Very often, we get live telecasts of important events. Thus, we can update our knowledge and information on world affairs. Watching television is a healthy form of entertainment for all. To our tired parents, it offers easy relaxation. They can forget their worries when they watch a good musical program, drama or a comedy. Af-ter a few hours of serious study, nothing is more relaxing to the student than watching a television program. He would then be less tired and can study much better after that.


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Finally, the television is a social asset. Members of a family sit together to watch a program. This helps to bring them together. When members of the family sit together, exchange views and comments, they are not only learning but also improving family ties. Watching television is less harmful than loitering in the streets or associating with bad company. The advantages of watching television defi-nitely outweigh the disadvantages.

d) Zainal looked up from his work. His head was throbbing and his eyes were beginning to water. Surprised to hear the cry of a baby, he stood up and walked to his window. He could see Siva, his neighbour’s baby in a pram under a tree just outside his house. He thought it was funny the baby being left alone. Just as he was turning away from the window, Zainal saw a strange looking woman grabbing the handle of the pram and slowly pushing the pram away. Zainal’s eyes widened in amazement. He had never seen the woman before. She was stockily built and her face was heavily done up. Refusing to take any chances, Zainal called out to the woman from his window. “Stop....stop..... What do you think you’re doing?” But she paid no attention and continued to push the pram. Zainal was sure she was a kidnapper. He had to save the baby from the clutches of the evil woman. Zainal ran downstairs and dashed out of his front door. He ran after the woman waving his hands wildly, signaling her to stop. The woman turned around and looked at Zainal in fear. She began to push the pram faster. Zainal too increased his speed determinedly. He soon caught up with the ‘kidnapper’ and grabbed her arm to make her stop. The angry and frightened woman tried to push Zainal away and hit him several times with an umbrella. Zainal caught hold of the umbrella and shouted at the woman, “Stop…stop…it…, you kidnapper !” The lady stopped hitting Zainal and asked, “Who you are calling a kidnapper ?” “You….of course….Why have you taken this baby from his home?” accused Zainal. “But this is my baby…., she is mine. I have not kidnapped anyone’s baby,” she insisted. The word ‘liar’ was at the tip of Zainal’s tongue when the baby began to cry loudly. Zainal looked into the pram. Dumbfounded, Zainal stared at the fair roundface baby with two slits for her eyes. She cer-tainly wasn’t Siva. She was a picture of the woman standing in front. There is no mistaking whose baby she was. Zainal then realized how hasty and silly he had acted. He apologized to the woman and tried to explain about the confusion, but the woman glared at him angrily. His face red with embarrassment, he turned away and quickly walked back to his own house.

e) Advertising is a lucrative business. It is public promotion and deals with the publicizing of a new prod-uct, service or idea. The main purpose of advertising is to persuade consumers to purchase a product or service, while providing information about it at the same time. Another purpose is of course, to promote the new product or service in order to boost sales. In short, advertising creates demand for a product. Advertising is mainly carried out through print and electronic media. Print media range from brochures and posters to billboards, magazines and newspapers. Electronic advertising, on the other hand, includes radio, television and the internet. It often employs the use of catchy jingles and tunes to persuade , attract and tempt the consumers. Advertising preys on our vanity. We all desire to be admired and accepted, whether socially, physically, intellectually or professionally. We desire prestige and status, and think we can achieve it simply by using product carrying a renowned brand like Calvin Klein or Versage. Advertisements have the power to influence our thoughts and emotions, and lure us into buying a product or service we may have no need for. They are successful because we, consumers, are gullible and vulnerable to the sales gimmicks and strategies used by marketers. We succumbed easily to irresistable offers like ‘Buy one, get one free’ and ‘Free gifts’. Consequently, we end up purchasing a product or service. Advertisements work because they usually present misleading and untruthly information to create a sense of desire for the product in a consumer. Ultimately, we have the right to choose what we do or do not want. As businesses become increasingly competitive, advertisements will become more aggressive by the day. We, therefore, need to be rational and exercise our rights as consumers and not let marketers take control of our lives through advertising.


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Paper 2

Question Answer Marks16 Intelihealth

10

17 RM 78.95

18 Asian Health Traditions

19 Traditional Chinese Medicine

20 RM 56.95

21 five

22 Body Well-being

23 Asian Health Traditions

24 Chinese Medicine

25 Traditional Chinese Medicine

Questions Answer1 B

2 A

3 B

4 D

5 C

6 D

7 A

8 D

9 A

10 D

11 C

12 A

13 D

14 C

15 A

Answers Section A (15 marks)

Answers section B


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Answer Section C

Question Answer Marks26 a. The blood supply carries oxygen which is helpful in relaxing muscles and relieving cramps and

spasms which are oxygen starved.

b. stop

2

1

27 apparent 1

28 a. To examine the effects of magnets on post polio patients.

b. At least 4 weeks

1

1

29 a. experimental subjects/patients

b. Subjects who had received the treatment had less pain.

1

1

30 a. 94 patients

b. 6 months

1

1

31 Magnetic therapy is a form of treatment used in healing diseases. Magnets increase the blood flow which helps flush lactic acid and other inflammatory agents in the body. This eases pain and inflammation. The blood supply carries oxygen which relaxes muscles and relieves cramps and spasms. Magnets help to loosen muscles in spasms and deliver oxygen necessary to terminate the spasms. People with chronic back pain have found relief by sleeping on magnetic mattresses or magnetic seat cushions. Tendon or ligament problems heal faster when wrapped in magnetic bandages. In some hospitals, powerful electromagnets are used to speed healing of broken bones. Regular use of magnets can even help prevent asthma and relieve headaches. ( 106 words)

15

Question Answer Marks32 a) a wet atmosphere

b) wear pajamas/read poetry/watch mother prepares for bed/wait for father to return..c) their family respected and worship their ancestors

122

33 a) The fact that she had no luxuries and was poor.b) distressed sufferedc) she was self-centred and grumpy/moodyd.i) being married to a poor man ii) her desires to be rich

11111

34 There are many events in ‘The Pearl’ but one important event is the discovery of the pearl itself by Kino. Kino and Juana with their sick child, Coyotito, make many trips to go pearl fishing and this trip is particularly special in the search for the pearl that would make a difference in their financial situa-tion. The pearl they actually found causes the story to take a different turn in their life. This discovery of the pearl affects the lives of kino and Juana as it reflects their hopes, dreams and desires. But it is interesting to note that this same discovery of the pearl affects the thoughts and actions of the greedy doctor, the priest, the pearl buyers and the trackers. Even their neighbours in the village imagine what they would do if they had the pearl. The pearl should have brought financial security for the family and a bright future for Coy-otito but what happens is that greed grips everyone and their personalities change. A happy home is destroyed. The family is threatened by wicked men who would not hesitate to kill and Coyotito was the fatal victim.That is the tragedy that the discovery of the pearl brings.

15

Answer Section D

191

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


SSSSSSSSSSoooooooooaaaaaaaaaallllllllaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnn UUUUUUUUUUllllllllaaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnggggggggkkkkkkkkaaaaaaaaajjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiKertas 1

Questions Answer1 D

2 A

3 D

4 B

5 D

6 B

7 D

8 D

9 C

10 C

11 A

12 A

13 C

14 A

15 A

16 C

17 D

18 A

19 B

20 B

Questions Answer21 D

22 D

23 B

24 C

25 A

26 C

27 C

28 D

29 B

30 C

31 A

32 D

33 A

34 A

35

36 C

37 A

38 A

39 D

40 A

41 C

42 C

43 A

Kertas 2

Soalan Butiran Markah1(a) F1- Mohenjo Daro

F2- Harappa Maks

112M

(b) F1- Bandar dikelilingi oleh tembokF2- Terbahagi kepada dua bahagianF3- Bahagian utama – pusat pentadbiran/keagamaan/tempat mandi awam / tempat penyimpanan hasil pertanian F4- Bahagian kedua – kawasan perumahan F5- Disusun berasaskan blok-blok berbentuk segi empatF6- Dipisahkan oleh satu rangkaian jalan raya yang lurus dan bersambung antara satu sama lainF7- Setiap bandar mempunyai sistem kumbahan yang terancangF8- Bandar- bandar ini juga dihubungi dengan sungai yang berfungsi sebagai jalan perhubunganF9- Menggunakan batu bata daripada tanah liat yang melalui proses pembakaran dengan suhu yang tinggi untuk membina rumah Maks

11

111111

13M

(c) F1- Kepandaian penduduk menyesuaikan diri dengan alam sekitarF2- Peningkatan penghasilan pertanian F3- Pertambahan jumlah penduduk Maks

1111M

(d) F1- Pengetahuan tinggi dalam ilmu geometriF2- MatematikF3- Kesenian F4- Teknologi pembakaran batu bataF5- Pengetahuan yang diperoleh hasil hubungan antara tamadun Indus dengan tamadun Mesopotamia dan Mesir Maks

1111

12M

SPM2009

[ 1249/1 ] [ 1249/2 ]

Sejarah


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(e) F1- Hubungan dengan tamadun lain membolehkan kedua-dua pihak memperoleh manfaatF2- Berlaku pertukaran teknologi F3- Menerima pengaruh dari luar yang disesuaikan dengan keadaan dan suasana tempatanF4- Peningkatan kemahiranF5- Peningkatan dalam aspek seni binaF6- Keamanan dan kedamaian merupakan tunjang kekuatan sesebuah bangsa untuk mencapai kemajuan dan kecemerlanganF7- Sesebuah masyarakat tidak akan mencapai kemajuan tanpa membuat hubungan dengan negara/ pihak luarF8- Sesebuah masyarakat tidak akan mencapai kemajuan tanpa bertukar pandangan dengan pihak luar Maks

11111

1

112M

2 (a) (i) Tahap Pertama F1- Damsyik

(ii) Tahap Kedua F2- Cordova

1

12M

(b) F1- Muawiyah bin Abu Sufyan 11M

(c) F1 - sistem khalifahF2 - sistem hijabahF3 - sistem wazarahF4 - sistem urus setiaF5 - penubuhan empat buah jabatan

111112M

(d) F1 - kharaj / cukai tanahF2- jizyah / cukai perlindunganF3- zakatF4- usyur / cukai 1/10 hasil pertanianF5- ghanimah /harta rampasan perang

111112M

(e) F1- kebijaksanaan pemerintah menubuhkan banyak universiti/IPTA/IPTSF2 - membina banyak sekolah rendah/menengah/sekolah bestariF3 - melaksanakan pembaharuan pendidikan/bidang IT/ICTF4 - berpandangan jauh/wawasan/Falsafah Pendidikan KebangsaanF5 - pendidikan percumaF6 - pemberian skim pinjaman buku teksF7 - memberi biasiswa untuk melanjutkan pelajaran/PTPNF8 - mewajibkan pendidikanF9 - memperkenalkan subjek baru/teknikal/vokasional/pertanian/KHBF10 -pencapaian semakin meningkat pada setiap tahun [mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah]

11111111113M

3(a) F1 - Kuasa pemerintahan dibahagi kepada tiga cabang F2 - Badan perundangan, badan pelaksana dan badan kehakiman F3 - Ketiga-tiga badan harus dipegang oleh pihak berasingan F4 - Mengelakkan pembolotan kuasa

111112M

(b) F1- berumur sekurang-kurangnya 30 tahun F2 - mewakili setiap negeri F3 - memegang jawatan bagi tempoh tiga tahun F4 - individu yang telah memberi sumbangan cemerlang dalam bidang-bidang tertentu dan mewakili orang asli

11112M

(c) F1 - menggubal dasar-dasar kerajaan F2 - merancang program pembangunan ekonomi dan sosial F3 - menyelaras program pembangunan ekonom dan sosial

1112M

(d) F1 - kuasa mendengar serta menentukan perkara sivil dan jenayah F2 - menentukan kesahihan undang-undang yang dibuat oleh badan perundangan dan pihak badan pelaksana F3 - mentafsir perlembagaan persekutuan dan perlembagaan negeri F4 - mentafsir undang-undang F5 - mengisytiharkan undang-undang bertulis Kerajaan Persekutuan atau Kerajaan Negeri F6 - mengisytiharkan sesuatu tindakan kerajaan tidak sah di sisi undang-undang

1

111112M

(e) F1 - membuat keputusan dengan adil/saksama F2 - melicinkan perjalanan undang-undang/dilindungi daripada pengaruh politik F3 – menjamin perbicaraan yang adil/telusF4 – membuat keputusan tanpa tekanan pihak tertentu/parti politik yang dianggotai

1112M


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

4(a) F1- Komanwel Negara bekas jajahan yang merdeka F2- terdiri daripada 54 buah negara maju dan sedang membangun

111M

(b) F1 - Untuk membina semangat setia kawan F2 - Mewujudkan kerjasama dalam semua bidang F3 - Memelihara keamanan dan kedaulatan sesebuah negara

1112M

(c) F1- Kerjasama pertahanan di kalangan Negara-negara komanwel F2- Dapat membincangkan hal-hal kepentingan bersama F3- Mesyuarat CHOGM di Malaysia telah mengisytiharkan Deklarasi Langkawi F4- Dapat bersuara menentang dasar apartheid di Afrika Selatan F5- Eksport Malaysia ke Britian dikenakan cukai yang rendah F6- Rancangan Colombo menyediakan bantuan teknikal dan biasiswa dalam bidang pendidikan F7- Malaysia berjaya menganjurkan Sukan Komanwel 1998

11111113M

(d) F1 - membantu pelihara keamanan F2 - menyekat perjuangan Parti Komunis MalayaF3 - berjanji membantu jika diserang musuh semasa berkonfrontasi dengan IndonesiaF4 - eksport Malaysia ke negara-negara Komanwel dikenakan cukai yang rendahF5 - bantuan teknikal dan biasiswa melalui Rancangan ColomboF6 - menjadi tuan rumah Sukan Komanwel

1111112M

(e) F1 - berbaik-baik dengan semua negaraF2 - menjamin keselamatan rakyat dan negaraF3 - memelihara kepentingan nasionalF4 - mengekalkan kedaulatan negaraF5 - menggalakkan pembangunan ekonomiF6 - keamanan sejagat melalui kerjasama antarabangsaF7 - menjadi warga global yang bertnggungjwabF8 - memupuk kesejahteraan dunia [mana-mana jawapan yang relevan]

111111112M

5(a) Faktor penyebaran agama Islam di Asia Tenggara F1- PerdaganganH1a- dijalankan oleh pedagang ArabH1b- pusat tumpuan pedagang IslamH1c- perkampungan pedagang IslamH1d- aktiviti dakwah IslamiahH1e- bersifat terbukaH1e- Sifat mahmudahH1f- hubungan baik dengan pemerintah tempatanH1g- peranan syahbandar

F2- PerkahwinanH2a- perkahwinan siasahH2b- perkahwinan politikH2c- perkahwinan biasa

F3- Pengislaman raja dan golongan bangsawanH3a- golongan berpengaruhH3b- Melaka – Megat Iskandar SyahH3c- Pasai – Raja Malik Al-Zahir

F4 – Kelahiran kerajaan IslamH4a- Peluasan jajahan taklukH4b- Peranan Tun PerakH4c- Kerajaan Johor-RiauH4d- Pulau JawaH4e- Peranan AchehH4f- PattaniH4g- BruneiH4h- Champa

F5 – Peranan pusat kebudayaanH5a- Perlak/Samudera Pasai/Melaka/Acheh/RiauH5b- Kitab al-dur ManzumH5c- Gaya tulisan ArabH5d- Karya Muhammad Ali Hanafiah/Hikayat Amir Hamzah/Hikayat Nabi BercukurH5e- Ulama Acheh Hamzah Fansuri/Syeikh Nuruddin Al-Raniri/Syeikh Samsuddin Al-Sumaterani/ Abdul Rauf SingkelH5e- Karya Tuhfat al-Nafis/Peringatan Sejarah Johor

111111111

1111

1111

111111111

11111111


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

F6 – Peranan mubalighH6a- Mubaligh Melaka/Pasai/Acheh/JawaH6b- Peranan Wali Songo

F7– Keistimewaan IslamH7a- mencakupi semua bidang kehidupanH7b- menyanjung keadilan/akhlak/kebahagian dunia akhiratH7c- berfikir secara rasional

111

11118M

(b) Kesan pengaruh Islam di Asia TenggaraF1- Institusi pemerintahan beraja diganti oleh institusi kesultanan F2- Diwarisi daripada sistem pemerintahan Islam Kerajaan Abbasiyah danF3- Kerajaan Turki UthmaniyahF4- Institusi kesultanan diperkenalkanF5- Sultan sebagai ketua negara dan mufti sebagai penasihat sultan dalam hal ehwal negara dan pentadbiran negara.F6 - Wujud pegawai dan petugas C6a- Kadi, khatib, pemungut zakat, C6b- Penyelia baitulmal dan penjaga harta wakaf.F7- Gelaran sultan digunakan untuk mengukuhkan kedudukan kerajaan Islam di Alam MelayuF8- Menjamin kewibawaan rajaF9- Memupuk semangat persaudaraan di kalangan umat Islam.F10- Dalam Hukum Kanun Melaka, raja Melaka digelar Khalifatul Mukminin F11- Pemimpin orang mukmin dan zillulah fil’ alam bermaksud bayangan allah di alam ini.F12- Islam menjadi agama rasmi di Melaka, Acheh dan Brunei.F13- Dalam kerajaan Islam, sultan dalah khalifah allah/wakil allah di bumi F14 - Mereka hendaklah memerintah dengan adil. F 15 - Nama negeri berasaskan IslamC15 a – Cth: Acheh Darus Salam.F16- Nama raja menggunakan nama IslamF17- Undang-undang syariah dilaksanakan.

F2- Sistem pendidikanH2a- Mementingkan ilmuH2b- Perlak/Acheh/Pasai/Pattani/Sem. Tanah MelayuH2c- Pusat penterjemahan karya agamaH2d- Pendidikan di AchehH2e- Acheh digelar Serambi MakkahH2f- Perkembangan di di rantau Asia Tenggara

F1- Islam menekan kepentingan ilmu untuk masyarakatC1a- Institusi pendidikan formal di Asia Tenggara C1b- Istana/pondok/madrasah/surau di wujudkan..C1c - Dayah Bukit Ce Breek pada abad ke-9M.F2- Munculnya pusat terjemahan karya agama menjadi rujukan kerajaan Islam C2a- Melaka muncul sebagai pusat terjemahan terkemuka di rantau Asia Tenggara.F3- Wujudnya sistem pendidikan pondok secara meluas di Asia Tenggara.C3a- Pendidikan pondok berkembang di Pattani, Acheh dan Jawa dan di Melaka C3b- Ilmu dipelajari di rumah ulama, masjid dan surau dan istana C3c- pusat pendidikan formal untuk golongan bangsawan.F4- Menjadi tumpuan pelajar dari luar C4a- Pada abad ke 16 hingga 17 Acheh menjadi tumpuan orang islam hingga digelar serambi Makkah.F5- Peluang pendidikan yang sama kepada golongan wanitaC5a- Wanita digalakkan belajar di dayah dan berpeluang memegang jawatan pentadbiran.

F3– Bahasa dan kesusasteraanH3a- Mutu bahasa dan kesusasteraan Melayu ditingkatkanH3b- Penulisan jawiH3c- Penggunaan banyak perkataan ArabH3d- Bahasa Melayu sebagai lingua francaH3e- Melahirkan sasterawan tempatan Tun Seri Lanang/Shamsudin Al Sumaterani dan Abdul Raof SingkelH3f- Aktiviti penterjemahan Hikayat Perang Badar/Hikayat Nur Muhammad/Hikayat Bulan terbelah/ Hikayat Nabi WafatH3g- Cerita Panji dalam bahasa Melayu

F4– Cara hidupH4a- asimilsasiH4b- Cara hidup IslamH4c- Nilai-nilai akhlak IslamH4d- Sifat tolong menolong/hormat menghormati/bekerjasamaH4e- Amalan gotong royong

F5– KesenianH5a- Seni khat/seni bina/seni ukir/dipengaruhi oleh kesenian Islam

11111111111111111111

1111111

111

1111111111

111111

111111

11


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

H5b- Seni khat pada batu nesanH5c- Tulisan abjad Arab dan Jawi mengandungi ayat al-QuranH5d- Cth: batu nisan Malik Ibrahim/naina Hisham al-DinH5e- Merakamkan ayat-ayat suci al-Quran/hadis/catatanH5f- Pengaruh seni khat pada batu bersurat dan bilah mata kerisH5g- Ukiran kayuH5h- Pengaruh pada seni bina/bangunan masjid/kubah/mimbar/mihrab/menara azan F1- Institusi Baitul Mal diperkenalkan.H1a- Baitul Mal berfungsi sebagai perbendaharaan negaraH1b- Sumber diperoleh dari zakat dan sedekah.F2- Islam menggalakkan umatnya rajin bekerja H2a- Mencari rezeki yang halal/berjimat cermat.F3- Amalan riba/penindasan dan penipuan dilarang.F4- Budaya berjimat cermat disarankan oleh Islam F5- Usaha yang bersungguh-sungguh tanpa mengenal putus asa.

1111111

1111116M

(c) Pengajaran perjuangan jihadF1- berani menentang penjajahanC1a- penentangan di AchehF2- mempertahankan agama merupakan kewajipan umat IslamC2a- ulama di AchehF3– memberi semangat kepada rakyat untuk menentang penjajahan tanpa rasa takutC3a- penentangan di JawaF4- menentang kemiskinan juga suatu jihadF5– berusaha untuk mendapatkan kehidupan yang lebih baikF6– berkorban untuk agama/bangsa/negara ( terima mana-mana yang munasabah)

1111111116M

6(a) F1- Kepesatan pembangunan sektor pertanian dan perlombonganF2- Kekurangan tenaga buruh tempatan F3- Galakan kerajaan BritishF4- Faktor yang terdapat di negara asal F5- Penghijrahan mereka tidak ditentang oleh orang MelayuF6- Wujud hubungan tradisi antara India dengan Tanah MelayuF7- Kemakmuran di Tanah MelayuF8- Kestabilan politik di Tanah Melayu

111111118M

(b) Kemasukan Buruh CinaF1- Melalui sistem Tiket KreditH1a- Bakal imigran dikumpulkan oleh Kheh-tau (ketua)H1b- Imigran (Sin Kheh) ini diletakkan bawah pengawasan nakhoda kapal atau agensi buruh yang dibayar oleh majikanH1c- Golongan Sin Kheh perlu membuat perjanjian untuk menjelaskan hutang secara bekerja dengan majikan untuk tempoh tertentuH1d-Mereka dibekalkan dengan tiket ke pelabuhan yang ditujuH1e- Tiba di pelabuhan, mereka diambil oleh pemborong buruh yang akan mendapatkan majikan untuk mereka

F2- Melalui sistem Pengambilan KakitanganH2a- Majikan menghantar pegawainya ke China untuk mendapatkan buruhH2b- Segala perbelanjaan dan tambang dibiayai oleh majikanH2c- Pegawai yang dihantar mengiringi buruh tersebut hingga mereka sampai ke tempat majikan.

F3- Melalui sistem Pengambilan Rumah KongsiH3a- Pengambilan buruh dilakukan oleh pegawai di Negara China yang dilantik oleh sesebuah rumah kongsiH3b- Pegawai tersebut membiayai perbelanjaan buruh sehingga mereka sampai di rumah kongsi

Kemasukan Buruh IndiaF4- Melalui sistem Buruh BebasH4a-Buruh India datang sendiri ke Tanah Melayu dengan biayaan masing-masing

F5- Melalui sistem KontrakH5a- Majikan akan membiayai tambang mereka ke Tanah MelayuH5b-Buruh akan bekerja dengan majikan untuk jangka masa tertentu dengan bayaran minimum.

F6- Melalui sistem KanganiH6a- Seseorang kangani / tandil / ketua / mandur diberi lesen dan dihantar pulang ke India untuk mencari tenaga buruhH6b-Kangani diberi wang untuk perbelanjaan buruh ke Tanah Melayu Maks

11

1

11

1111

111

11

111

11

16M


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(c) Cara generasi pada hari ini mengekalkan kedaulatan negaraF1– memiliki ilmu pengetahuanF2– memiliki kemahiran/kepakaran dalam bidang teknologiF3– mempunyai perasaan cinta akan tanah airF4– sedia berkorban untuk negaraF5– sedia mempertahankan tanah airF6– memupuk perpaduan kaumF7– sentiasa berusaha untuk untuk mencapai kemajuanF – Memajukan ekonomi negara[ Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah]

1111111

6M

7(a) F1- Kedudukan Asia Tenggara yang strategik terletak antara China dan IndiaF2- Kedudukan ini menarik minat barat kerana penguasaan tersebut dapat menjamin pasaran yang luasF3- Asia Tenggara juga kaya dengan bahan mentahF4- Perindustrian di Eropah menyebabkan mereka memerlukanBahan mentahF5- Mereka memerlukan pasaran yang baruF6- penggunaan kapal wap membolehkan membolehkan muatan yang lebih banyak dan cepatF7- pembukaan terusan Suez memendekkan perjalanan, selamat dan menjimatkan masaF8- Penciptaan telegraf memudahkan perhubungan antara pegawai dengan tanah jajahan dengan lebih cepat dan berkesanF9- Persaingan antara kuasa kuasa barat menjadikan Asia Tenggga sasaran merekaF10- Semakin luas jajahan mereka semakin tinggi sanjungan dan melambangkan kekuatan dan kekayaanF11- Slogan beban orang putih yang digunakan oleh British dan Belanda mendakwa mereka lebih maju dan bertamadunF12-Bagi Perancis mereka bertanggungjawab untuk menyebar dan mentamadunkan orang timurF13-Mubaligh Kristian berpendapat mereka bertanggungjawab menyebarkan agama Kristian Kepada penduduk tanah jajahan

1111111

111

11118M

(b) Kesan kedatanan kuasa imperialisF1- Penubuhan kerajaan pusat hasil penyatuan wilayah- wilayah di tanah jajahanF2- Perlantikan Gabenor Jeneral sebagai ketua pentadbir di tanah jajahanF3- Pelaksanaaan pentadbiran melalui biro ( jabatan ) C3a-seperti jabatan kesihatan, perhutanan dan pelajaranF4- Perlantikan pegawai barat sebagai ketua biroF5- Pengenalan undang –undang barat dan sistem kehakiman baratF6- Sistem pemerintahan tradisional merosot F7- Institusi raja tersingkir dan jawatan pembesar tradisional peringkat pusat terhapusF8- Pengaruh golongan agama merosotF9- Fungsi raja sebagai penaung sami Buddha telah diambil alih oleh undang F10- Memperkenalkan sistem pungutan cukaiF11- Pembahagian pentadbiran kepada pusatF12- Muncul golongan baru F13- Terdiri daripada pentadbir yang empunyai kedudukan dalam birokrasi moden F14- Berdasarkan tahap pendidikan merekaF15- Pengenalan sistem Residen F16- Penasihat yang diletakkan di bawah pengawasan Gabenor Negeri – Negeri Selat

111111111111111116M

(c) F1- Semangat setia negaraF2- Sanggup berkorban untuk bangsaF3- Sifat bekerjasama F4- Sikap tolong menolong antara pemimpin dengan pengikutF5- Sifat berdisiplin F6- Gigih berusahaF7- Melengkapkan diri dengan ilmu pengetahuan yang baikF8- Kekurangan ilmu menyebabkan perjuangan gagalF9- Penggunaan senjata moden penting dalam Perjuangan (Mana-mana isi yang munasabah) Maks

1111111116M

8(a) Persamaan Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor (1895) dengan Undang-undang Tubuh Negeri Terengganu (1911).

Undang – undang Tubuh Kerajaan JohorF1- Menjadi negeri Melayu pertama yang mempunyai perlembagaan bertulis.F2- Johor mempunyai perlembagaan bertulis yang dikenali sebagai Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor.F3- Berunsur demokrasi dan pemerintahan Raja berpelembagaan.F4- Mengiktiraf orang Melayu sebagai rakyatnya.F5- Agama Islam sebagai agama rasmiF6- Mengukuhkan keturunan Sultan sebagai pewaris takhtaF7- Berbangsa Melayu, lelaki, beragama IslamF8 - Raja berhak memilih Menteri BesarF9 - Naib Menteri Besar ditentukan oleh Jemaah Menteri dengan perkenan SultanF10- Memperuntukkan dua badan pemerintah iaitu Majlis Mesyuarat Negeri dan Jemaah menteriF11- Pentadbiran negeri dilarang sama sekali drp diserahkan kepada orang lain.F12- Pegawai-pegawai yang dilantik mestilah taat setia kepada raja dan kerajaan Johor

Undang undang Tubuh Kerajaan Trengganu

1111111111118M


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

F13- Kedudukan yang istimewa kepada agama IslamF14- Pemerintahan bercorak Raja BeperlembagaanF15- Pemerintah mestilah beragama Islam, bangsa Melayu dan waris sultanF16- Sultan dibantu oleh Majlis Mesyuarat KerajaanF17- Menteri yang menganggotai Mesyuarat Kerajaan mestilah beragama Islam, Melayu dan rakyat negeriF18- Mengakui taat setia kepada sultan dan kerajaanF19- Majlis Mesyuarat Kerajaan yang diketuai oleh Menteri Besar dilantik oleh SultanF20- Jemaah Menteri berhak melantik Naib Menteri BesarF21- Waris Sultan dan Menteri dilarang menyerahkan negara kepada kuasa lain

1111111118M

(b) Bidang kuasa Yang DiPertuan Besar, Undang, Lembaga dan Buapak dalam sistem pemerintahan di Negeri Sembilan.F- Yamtuan Besar ialah pemerintah tertinggi tetapi tidak berhak melantik pembesarF2- Undang ialah ketua pentadbiran peringkat ”Luak” (daerah)F3- Terdapat 4 Undang Luak iaitu Sg. Ujong, Rembau, Jelebu dan JoholF4- Berhak memutuskan pelantikan Yang DiPertuan Besar/ Yamtuan BesarF5- Lembaga ialah ketua suku anggota masyarakatF6- bertanggungjawab terhadap suku masing-masingF7- Berkuasa memilih individu untuk jawatan UndangF8- Buapak ialah ketua Perut (setiap Perut dianggotai oleh Anak Buah)F9- Menjadi tempat rujukan bagi setiap masalah khususnya mengenai adat

1111111116M

(c) F1 – Melicinkan pentadbiranF2 – Rakyat memilih pemimpinF3 – Mewujudkan keamanan/aman makmurF4 – Menjamin kerajaan yang adilF5 – Mewujudkan perpaduan kaumF6 – Meningkatkan ekonomi negaraF7 – Mengamalkan kebebasan memilih kerajaan yang bertanungjawabF8 – Rakyat bebas bersuara[ Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah ]

111111115M

9 (a) Usaha memartabatkan bahasa kebangsaanF1- Termaktub dalam Perkara 152 Perlembagaan Persekutuan Tanah Melayu 1957F2- Bahasa Melayu sebagai bahasa kebangsaanH2a-Memartabatkan bahasa kebangsaanH2b-Untuk menjamin perpaduan rakyat di Tanah MelayuF3- Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka (DBP) ditubuhkan pada 1956H3a-Usaha memajukan bahasa MelayuF4- Pelancaran ‘Minggu Bahasa’ dan ‘Bulan Bahasa’ menggalakkan penggunaan bahasa Melayu.H4a-Slogan ‘Bahasa Jiwa Bangsa’F5- Penubuhan sekolah menengah Melayu sebagai bahasa pengantarC5a-Sekolah Alam Shah, Sekoalh Sri Puteri dan Sekolah Sultan Abdul HalimF6- Akta Bahasa Kebangsaan diluluskan pada 1967F7- Tahun 1970, bahasa pengantar di sekolah rendah Inggeris telah ditukarkan kepada bahasa kebangsaan secara berperingkat-peringkatF8- Penubuhan Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia, 1977 membuktikan bahasa Melayu mampu menjadi bahasa ilmuF9- Tahun 1982, bahasa Melayu menjadi bahasa pengantar di semua sekolah menggantikan bahasa Inggeris.F10- Tahun 1990, bahasa Melayu digunakan di mahkamah

11111111111

11118M

(b) F1- Lahir daripada gagasan Kongres Kebudayaan KebangsaanF2- Menjadi panduan dalam membentuk dan mengekalkan identiti negara MalaysiaF3- Bertujuan memperkukuh perpaduan melalui kebudayaanF4- Memupuk dan memelihara keperibadian kebangsaanF5- Memperkaya dan mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan dari aspek kemanusiaanF6- Memperkaya dan mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan dari aspek kerohanianF7- Mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan seimbang dengan pembangunan sosioekonomiF8- Tiga prinsip utama Dasar Kebudayaan KebangsaanH8a-Kebudayaan rakyat asal rantau Melayu sebagai tunjangH8b-Unsur-unsur kebudayaan lain yang wajar dan sesuai boleh diterimaH8c- Islam sebagai unsur yang terpenting

111111111116M

(c) F1- Penyertaan dalam sukan tanpa mengira ideologiF2- Dapat menyemarakkan semangat patriotik dalam kalangan rakyatF3- Tidak menghadkan penyertaan kepada sesuatu kaumF4- Memberi peluang seluas-luasnya bagi mereka yang berminatF5- Di sekolah, sukan merupakan aktiviti sekolah yang sangat digalakkanF6- Penubuhan Majlis Sukan Sekolah-Sekolah Malaysia (MSSM)F7- MSSM ditubuhkan di peringkat daerah, negeri dan kebangsaanF8- Temasya Sukan Malaysia (SUKMA) diadakan dua tahun sekaliF9- SUKMA dapat mengeratkan perpaduan antara kaumF10- SUKMA dapat mengeratkan hubungan antara negeriF11-Dapat memupuk perpaduan dalam kalangan pemain, penonton dan penggiat sukan (Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah diterima)

111111111116M

198JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my



SPM2009

[ 3472/1 ] [ 3472/2 ]

Additional Mathematic

NO SOLUTION B mark NO SOLUTION B mark

1 (a) Many-to-one

(b){1, 3, 5, 7 }

1

1

(2)

2x =

g(y) = 6 - 1

g(x) = 3x - 10

1

2

3(3)

3 (a) h = 0

(b) f ’ (x) =

k = 2

1

1

2

(3)

4

- = -1

OR = -6

h = 7 or k = -9h = 7 and k = -9

1

2

3(3)

5 (a) f(x) = 4 - (x - 1)²

(b) (i) p = -1 q = 3

(ii) r = 3

1

11

1(4)

6 15x² + 26x - 80 ≥ 0 or (4x+1+9-x)(4x+1-9-x) ≥ 0

(3x+10)(5x-8) ≥ 0 or graph

x ≤ - 10 , x ≥ 8 3 5

1

2

3(3)

7 (2x8)2x+1 = 4

or 2 2x+1 =

4x + 2 = 1 or 2x-1 = -6x-1 x = - 1 4

1

2

3(3)

8 log2 y = 3 log2 x log2 8 or log2 8 = 3

log2 = 1

y = 2x

1

2

3(3)

9 log5 = 875 or log5 = 35 100 4log5 35 - log5 4log5 7 + log5 5 - 2 log5 2n + 1 - 2m

1

234

(4)

10 (a) PQ : y = -x + 6 Q (5,1)

(B) (10)(5)

25 unit²

12

1

2(4)

11 PA = 2 PB √(x - 3)² + (y-6)²= 2 √ (x - 1)² + (y + 2)²3x² + 3y² - 2x + 28y - 25 = 0

1

23

(4)

12 1 = q + 1 1y p p x

1 = 1 or q = -2 p 2 p

1 = 1 and q = -2 p 2 p p = 2 , q = - 4

1

2

3

4

13 (4+6d) - (4+d) = 10

d = 2

1

2

(2)

14 (a) x = ¼ 4 x x = -1

(2) S∞ = 4 1 + ¼ = 16 5

1

2

1

2(4)

15 (a) p + q = 5i - j = -5

(b) |p + q| = 26 0.980i - 0.1961j

12

12

(4)

16 Sin 2x = 0.5 2x = 30° , 150° x = 15° , 75°

123

(3)

( )

( )

y - 3 2

y - 3 2

2²23 (2x+1)

1x - 2

yx

12

(h - 4) 3

2k 3


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

( )

17 (a) -12 (2x - 3)ˉ³ or 12 - (2x - 3)³

(b) δ y = - 12 or δ x δ = - 0.02 = 0.24

1

1

2(4)

18 (a) 2 (-3) + k = 0 k = 6

(b) (0,-4) or gradient = 6

y = 6x - 4

1

2

1

2(4)

19 1 (10)(10) cos 60° or21 (10)(10) π2 325 or 52.3599 52.3599 - 25 54.72

1

234

(4)

20 6 - 4

2 unit²

1

2

(2)

21 kx² + 2x 2 4k + 4 - k - 2 = 5 2 2 - 2 3

1

2

3

(3)

22 (a) 3

(b) 1, 3, 6, 6, 7 1 + 9 + 36 + 36 + 49 5 = 5.04

1

12

3(4)

23 (a) 1 8(b) 1 8

1

1(2)

24 (a) 720

(b) 5 x 2 x 4! or 48 x 5 240

1

12

(3)

25 0.0477

1.668

1

2(2)

TOTAL 80 MARKS

( )[ ] ²

-1

( ) - 23 ² 5


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

No SOLUTIONS Marks Sub marks

Total Marks

1 x = 2 - 2y or y = 2 - x 2 1 + 2 = 5 or 1 + 2 = 5(2 - 2y) y x 2 - x 2

(2y - 1)(5y - 4) = 0 or (x - 1)(5x - 2)

y = 1 , 4 or x = 1 , 2 2 5 5

x = 1 , 2 or 5

1

1

1

1

1

5

2 (a) (x - t)² - t² + 4t - t² + 4t = 3 (t - 3)(t - 1) = 0 t = 3, t = 1

1111 4

6

(b) f(x) = x² - 6x + 12 or f(x) = (x - 3)² + 3

y

12

x Shape (3,3) 0 x Points

1

1 2

3 (a) 64 (0.5)6 or 70 (0.5)6

The three sides are : 1, 1, 35 32

11 2

6

(b) The first three perimeters : 198, 99, 49.5

r = 198 = 49.5 = 0.5 99 99

1

1 2

(c) S∞ = 198 1 - 0.5 = 396 unit²

1

12

4 (a) 2 sin x cos x 2 cos² x - 1 + 1

sin x = tan x cos x

1

12

8

(b) y Shape 2 cycles 3 reflection

x Equation 0 π 2π Straight

sin 2x = 3x or y = 3x cos 2x + 1 π π

Number of solution = 4

111

11

1

1

6

Additional Mathematics Paper 2

( )

y = 1 , 4 2 5


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

5 (a) 25 . 5 1 1

8

(b)

Class boundry Frequency Cummulative frequency

0.5 - 10.5 4 4

10. 5 – 20.5 10 14

20.5 – 30.5 13 27

30.5 - 40.5 10 37

40.5 – 50.5 3 40

m = 20.5 + 20 -14 10 13 = 25.12

21 3

(c)

Class boundry x f fx fx²

0.5 - 10.5 5.5 4 22 112

10. 5 – 20.5 15.5 10 155 2402.5

20.5 – 30.5 25.5 13 331.5 8453.25

30.5 - 40.5 35.5 10 355 12602.5

40.5 – 50.5 45.5 3 136.5 6210.75

40 1000 29781

mean = 1000 40

Variance = 29781 - 1000 ² 40 40 = 119.53

1

1,1

1 4

6 (a) i) OR = OP + PR = 5x + m OQ = 5x + 10my

ii) OR = 1 OS n = 1 (OP + PS) , PS = 2 PQ n 5 = 2/5 (-5x + 10y) = 4y - 2x

= 1 (5x + 4y - 2x) n = 1 (3x + 4y) n = 3 x + 4 y n n

1

1

1

1

4

7

(b) Comparing the coefficient : 3 = 5 , 4 = 10m n n n = 3 5

m = 2 3

1

1

1

3

[ ]

[ ]

~ ~~

~ ~

~

~

~

~

~

~


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

7 (a) A (3,3) m Tangent = dy = 2x dx

At A (3,3) m Tangent = 6, :• m Normal = - 1 6Equation of normal : y - 3 = -1 (x-3) 6 x + 6y = 21

1

1

1

1

4

10

(b) Area of the triangle = ½ (3)(3) or x dx

OR area under the curve : x² - 2x dx = x³ - x²

Area of the shaded region = 9 - 4 2 3 = 19 unit² 6

1

11

3

(c) Volume = π (x² - 2x)² dx

= π x4 - 4x³ + 4x²dx

= π x5 - x4 + 4x³ 5 3 = 16 π unit³ 15

1

1

1

3

8 (a)

x² 0.01 0.04 0.09 0.16 0.25 0.36

1y

0.50 0.46 0.4 0.30 0.19 0.35

(b) i) 1 = 1 x² + r y p p 1 = gradient = -1.347 p p = -0.7424

ii) r = c = 0.52 p r = -0.386

1

1

Correct axes

6 points correctly plotted

Line of best fit

1

11

1

1

1

1

1

10

3

3

2

33

2

2

0

2

0

2

0

0

[ ]

[ ]

1y

0.50

0.45

0.40

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

00.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 x²


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

9 (a) cos ө = 9 10 APC = 0.451 rad

APB = 0.902 radian

1

1

2

10

(b) i) AOC = 1.804 radian

Lenght of arc ADC , S1 = 10 x 1.804OR Lenght of arc ABC , S2 = 18 x 0.902

Perimeter = S1 +S2

Perimeter = 34.28

ii) POA = 2.24 radian Area of the circle, A1 = 3.142 x 10²OR Area of sector APC, A2 = ½ (18)² (0.902)OR Area of sector AOP, A3 = ½ (10)² (2.24)OR Area of triangle AOP, A4 = ½ (10)(10) sin 2.24 rad

Area of the shaded region : A1 - A2 - 2(A3 - A4) = 22.508 cm²

1

1

11

1

1

11

8

10 (a) m FH = ½ , m EG = -2

Equation of EG; y - 3 = -2(x-3) y = -2x + 9

1

11

3

10

(b) -2x + 9 = -1

G = (5,-1)

1

12

(c) Area = 1 |(0 + 10 + 18) - (-5 + -6 + 6)| 2 = 23 unit² 2

1

12

(d) RE = RF

RE = √(x - 3)² + (y - 3)² or RF = √x² + (y + 1)²

6x - 8y + 17 = 0

1

1

1

3

11 (a) i) p = 1 , q = 6 7 7 1 - 5C0 1 ° 6 - 5C1 1 ¹ 6 7 7 7 7 = 0.1517

ii) variance = 2490 1 6 7 7 variance = 3304.90

1

1

1

1

1

5

10(b) i) 155 - 160 or 175 - 160 √225 √225 p(-0.2 < z < 1) 1 - 0.4207 - 0.1587 or equivalent 0.4206

ii) p (X > m) = 0.12 m - 160 = 1.175 √225 m = 142.38

1

11

1

1

5

12 (a) (3t+1)(t-3) = 0 t = 3 s

11

2

9 cm

ө10 cm

( ) ( ) ( )

( )

( )

( )

50 4


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(b) v

3

t 0 3

-32

Shape1

All points

1

2

10

(c) 3 + 8t - 3t²dt + 3 + 8t - 3t²dt

= 3t + 8t² - 3t³ + 3t + 8t² - 3t³ 2 3 2 3

= 46 msˉ¹

1

1

1

3

(d) v is maximum when dv = 0 , 8 - 6t = 0 dt t = 4 s 3 v = (6t-6)dt = 6t² - 6t + c 2 t = 0 , v = -7 , c = -7

when t = 4 , v = 3 4 - 6 4 - 7 3 3 3 = - 29 ms ˉ¹ 3

1

1

1

3

13 (a) x = 1.00 x 100 or y x 100 = 150 or 0.40 x 100 = z 0.8 0.40 80

x = 125, y = 0.6, z = 0.5

11

11

4

10

(b) i) 125(4) + 140m + 150(5) + 80(3) = 129.45 18 m = 6

ii) P2007 x 100 = 129.45

2306 P2007 = 2985.12

1

1

1

1

4

(c) 129.45 x 140 x 100 100 100 = 181.23

1

12

14 (a) i) AC = 10 Sin 110° Sin35° AC = 16.38 cm

ii) AD² = 18² + 16.38² - 2(18)(16.38) Cos 40° AD = 11.86 cm

1

1

11

4

10

(b) i) E DEC is obtuse

D C

ii) Sin DEC = Sin 40° 18 11.86 DEC = 102.69°, DEC = 37.31° Area of triangle EDC = ½ (18)(11.86) sin 37.31° = 64.70 cm²

1

1

1111

6

3

3

Q

P

5

0

0 3

3

[ ] [ ]| |

( ) ( )

| |


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

15 (a) y ≤ 2x

x + y ≤ 900

25x + 50y ≥ 20000

1

1

1

3

10

(b)

Any line correct

1

All line 3 correct

1

correct region

13

(c) i) 480 (ie at (160,320)).

ii) (300,600) 25(300)+50(600) = RM 37500

1

111

4

y

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 x

206JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


SSSSSSSSSSoooooooooaaaaaaaaaallllllllaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnn UUUUUUUUUUlllllllllaaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnggggggggkkkkkkkkaaaaaaaaajjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiQUESTION ANSWER QUESTION ANSWER

1 B 21 D

2 D 22 D

3 C 23 B

4 C 24 B

5 B 25 B

6 D 26 C

7 B 27 B

8 B 28 C

9 D 29 A

10 B 30 C

11 C 31 C

12 D 32 A

13 C 33 C

14 B 34 B

15 C 35 C

16 D 36 B

17 B 37 A

18 B 38 D

19 A 39 C

20 C 40 D

Paper 1

Paper 2

No Marking Scheme Marks

1 i) ii) (i) 1 M

(ii) 2 M

3

2 2x²-x-21=0(2x-7) (x+3)=0

x= , or -3

1 M1 M

1 M 1M

4

3 2m – 4n = 8

–n = 1

n = –1m = 2

1 M

1 M

1 M

1 M

4

Section A

A AB B

C C

72

n= m-212

12 m=1

m=2n=-1

( ) ( )=( )2 -3

-112

mn

72

( )=-2 ( ) ( )m

n

-1 3

212- 2

7

m= 2

n=-1

SPM2009

[ 1449/1 ] [ 1449/2 ]

Mathematic


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

4. HAC

tan <HAC = HAC = 18° 26’

1 M

2 M

1 M

4

5. a) True

b) KLMN has not two parallel sides

c) 2n² + 5, n = 1, 2, 3, 4

1 M

1 M

2 M

5

6. x 4 x 7 x 7

x 7 x 7 x 6

x 4 x 7 x 7 + x 7 x 7 x 6 196

1 M

1 M

1 M

1 M

4

7. a) mQR = mPS = –2

= -2 or -11 = -2(2)+ c

y = -2x - 7

b) 0 = -2x - 7 x = -

1 M

1 M

1 M

1 M1 M

5

8.

a) P = ( )

= ( )

b) ( ) ( )= ( )

( )= ( ) ( ) x = y = -1

( )=( ) Note: accept for 1 M

1 M

1 M

1 M

1 M

1 M

1 M

6

10. a) 16

b)

= -

c) (u+16) + (u+25) x 6=303 u=12

1 M

1 M

1 M

2 M1 M

6

11 a) x

=

b) ( x )+ ( x ) =

1 M

1 M

2 M

1 M

6

515

121312

13

y+11x-2

72

12 x 1 - (-3)x4

12-4

3

114

12-4

3

24

-31

xy

65

xy

114

12-4

3 65

32

xy

32-1

25-022-30

258

12

413

815

32195

916

815

716

615

1940


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

12 a) k = 11 m = 9.11

b) Uniform scales -3 ≤x≤3 and -4≤y≤30 All 9 points plotted correctly . Smooth curve and passed all 9 correct points .

Refer to the graph.

c) x = 8.1 ± 0.1 y = -2.8 ± 0.5

d) y = 2x + 8 Straight line y = 2x + 8 drawn x = -2.5 ± 0.1 , 0.1 ± 0.1 , 2.4 ± 0.5

1 M1 M

1 M2 M1 M

1 M1 M

1 M1 M2 M

12

13 a) (i) (1 , 9) (ii) (9 , 1)

b) (i) K : rotation 90°clockwise by the centre (6, 1)) (ii) J : enlargement at centre P or (7,3) and scale factor 2

c) A+87 = 2² x A = 29cm²

1 M2 M

3 M3 M

2 M1 M

12

14 a)

(i) all class interval correct(ii) all frequencies correct(iii)all midpoints correct

b) (i) 55 – 59 (ii)

53.75

c)• Uniform scale on the x-axis and on the y – axis• Mid – points, class interval or lower/upper boundary on horizontal axis • 8 bars drawn corecctly• histogram completely drawn correctly

histogram – refer to the graph.

1 M1 M1 M

1 M

2 M

1 M

1 M1 M

2 M1 M

12

15

Correct shape with hexagon AEHILD.Correct mesurement ± 0.2.

1 M2 M

12

Time(minutes)(i)

Frequency(ii)

Midpoints(iii)

35 – 39 3 37

40 – 44 6 42

45 – 49 4 47

50 – 54 7 52

55 – 59 9 57

60 – 64 5 62

65 – 69 4 67

70 - 74 2 72

3(37)+6(42)+4(47)+7(52)+9(57)+5(62)+4(67)+2(72)3+6+4+7+9+5+4+2

L/K

H/G

I/J

5cm

7cm

A/B6cm

6cm

D/C


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

b)

Correct shape with rectangle ABCD and semicircle CD.Straight line GH and semicircle CD by using compasses.Correct mesurement 0.2.

c)

Coreect shape with 3 rectangles.Dotted line JH.The length of the sides must be in correct proportionCorrect mesurement ± 0.2

P1P1Q2

1 M1 M1 M2 M

16 a)

(b) (67°N , 115°E)

(c) (90 - 67) x 2 (90 - 67) x 2 x 60 2760 n.m.

(d)(i) cos 67o 180 60 cos 67° 4219.9*

(e)

8.17 hours or 8 hr 10 min

1M1M

2 M

1 M1 M1 M 1 M1 M1 M 1 M

1 M

12

K/C

L/D

G/J F/B

E/AH/I

2cm4cm

5cm

C/B J

HD/A

K1 G/F

H/EL

5cm

4cm2cm

P

R

Q

4219.9+67x2x601500

9 a)

=

b)

=


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Graph for Question 12

5

10

15

20

25

30

-1-2-3 1 2 3


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Graph for Question 14

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

34.5 39.5 44.5 49.5 54.5 59.5 64.5 69.5 74.5

212JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


SSSSSSSSSSoooooooooaaaaaaaaaallllllllaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnn UUUUUUUUUUlllllllllaaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnggggggggkkkkkkkkaaaaaaaaajjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiPAPER 1

PAPER 2

Question Answer Marks ∑Marks

1(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

SECTION A

Able to write the observation correctlySample answer 1. The number of bubbles in test tube Y is more than test tube X 2. The number of bubbles in test tube X is less than test tube Y

Able to write the inference for the observation correctlySample answer

1. Metal Y is more reactive than metal X2. Metal X is less reactive than metal Y

Able to predict the position of copper correctlySample answer

1. Lower than the position of zinc

Able to state the responding variable correctlySample answer

1. Reactivity of metal with the acid2. The number of bubbles given out

Able to give the operational definition of reactivity of metal correctlySample answer

1. Reactivity of metal is the number of bubbles given out (by the metal when it reacts with the acid.)2. Reactivity of metal is shown by the number of bubbles released when the metal reacts with acid.

1

1

1

1

1

Total

1

1

1

1

1

5

1 D 11 D 2 1A 3 1B 4 1B2 B 1 2A 2 2B 3 2B 4 2B3 C 13 A 23 C 33 A 43 A4 B 1 4D 2 4A 3 4D 4 4D5 B 15 A 25 C 35 C 45 A6 C 1 6D 2 6D 3 6C 4 6B7 B 1 7D 2 7C 3 7C 4 7A8 D 1 8B 2 8D 3 8D 4 8B9 A 1 9C 2 9D 3 9D 4 9A10 C 20 B 30 A 40 C 50 C

SPM2009

[ 1511/1 ] [ 1511/2 ]

Science


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


2 (a)

(b)(i)

(b)(ii)

(c)

Able to write the inference for the observation correctlySample answer

1. Soap/alkali is not suitable for bacterial growth2. Lime juice/acid is slightly suitable for bacterial growth3. Distilled water is most suitable for bacterial growth

Able to state the manipulated variable correctlySample answer

1. pH value of the solution2. The condition of the solution3. Properties of the solution

Able to state the constant variable correctlySample answer

1. Type of bacteria2. Volume of nutrient broth3. Temperature (of incubation)4. Time (of incubation)

Able to tick (√ )the correct properties of solutions correctly

(i) All 3 correct tick (_/), two marks(ii) 2 correct tick (_/), one mark.

1

1

1

2

Total

1

1

1

2

5

Properties of solution (Sifat larutan)

Test tube(Tabung uji)

Acidic(Asid)

Alkaline(alkali)

Neutral(neutral)

X √

Y √

Z √


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


3(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Able to draw the graph of velocity against time correctly

Notes: 1. Transfer of all points correct - 1 mark 2. Smooth curve - 1 mark

Able to give the relationship of time and velocity correctlySample answer

1. When the time increases the velocity also increases.2. The time is directly proportional to velocity

Able to state the velocity of the toy car at 2.5 s accurately

Answer

7 (ms-1)

Able to show the relationship between manipulated variable and the responding variable correctly.Sample answer

1. When the time increases the velocity increases2. The velocity increases with the time

2

1

1

1

Total

2

1

1

1

5


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


4(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)(i)

(d)(ii)

Able to measure the height of precipitation correctlySample answer

P: 0.4 Q: 0.8 (All measurement must be correct)R: 1.2

Able to locate the most polluted area correctlySample answer

1. R 2. Where the sample had the highest precipitate

Able to state the operational definition of water pollution cor-rectly Sample answer

1. Water pollution is the presence of precipitation in the water2. Water pollution is the presence of solid particles in the water

Able to state the manipulated variable in the investigation cor-rectly.Sample answer

1. Area2. Place where water sample was taken.

Able to state responding variable in the investigation correctlySample answer

1. Height of precipitation

1

1

1

1

1

Total

1

1

1

1

1

5


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


5(a)

(b)(i)

(b)(ii)

(c)(i)

(c)(ii)

SECTION B

Able to label parts Y and Z in Diagram 4 accurately Answer

Y : DiaphragmZ: Film

Able to name the part in the eye which have the same function with Z accuratelyAnswer

Retina

Able to state the function of part Y correctlySample answer

1. To control the size of aperture in the camera

Able to state one characteristic of image formed by the camera correctlySample answer

1. Real2. Inverted3. Smaller then the object

Able to state one optical instrument that forms the same image characteristics with the camera correctlySample answer

1. Telescope2. Binocular

2

1

1

1

1

Total

2

1

1

1

1

6


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


6(a)(i)

(a)(ii)

(b)(i)

(b)(ii)

(c)(i)

(c)(ii)

Able to name process P accurately Answer

Fertilisation

Able to state the number of chromosomes in R correctlySample answer

1. 462. 23 pairs

Able to name process Q accuratelyAnswer

Mitosis

Able to state one importance of process Q correctlySample answer

1. To make new cells2. To repair damage cells3. To replace dead / worn out cells

Able to recognise the type of twins shown in Diagram 5 accu-ratelyAnswer

Non identical twins

Able to explain how the identical twins formed correctlySample answer

1. Formed when two ovum were fertilised by two sperm2. Fertilisation of two ovum by two sperm at the same time

1

1

1

1

1

1

Total

2

2

2

6


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


7(a)

(b)

(c)(i)

(c)(ii)

(d)

Able to state the reasons why human beings need calories cor-rectlySample answer

1. To do work2. To carry out all the process of life

Able to state two factors which affect the calorie requirement correctlySample answer

1. Type of work2. Gander3. Body size4. State of health5. Age group6. Physical activities7. The surrounding temperature [Any two]

Able to identify the individual that need the highest calorie re-quirement accuratelyAnswer

Labourer

Able to explain why the individual need highest calorie require-ment correctlySample answer

1. Because their type of work require 2. Because they need a lot of energy when they do their work

Able to give reason why teenager need more calorie than the old man correctlySample answer

1. A teenager is more active than old man2. A teenager do more work than old man3. A teenager burn more calorie than old man

1

2

1

1

1

Total

1

2

2

1

6


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


8(a)

(b)(i)

(b)(ii)

(c)(i)

(c)(ii)

(d)

Able to state why the food need to be processed correctlySample answer

1. To prevent from decay2. To prevent from spoilt3. To make the food last longer

Able to name the method used to process the food accuratelyAnswer

Canning

Able to explain the method for preparation of food correctlySample answer

1. Food is placed in can and heated to a high temperature2. Food is placed in can and heated to 120 oC

Able to name the method used to process the food accuratelyAnswer Pasteurization

Able to explain the method for preparation of food correctlySample answer

1. The food is heated at 65 oC for 30 min than cools immediately2. The food is heated at 72 oC for 15 sec than cools immediately

Able to locate where the information is obtained correctlySample answer

At the label of the can

1

1

1

1

1

1

Total

1

1

1

1

1

1

6


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


9(a)

(b)

(c)(i)

(c)(ii)

(d)

Able to choose the terms accuratelyAnswer

Able to state one characteristic of the wave correctlySample answer

1. Have specific amplitude2. Have specific wave length3. Have specific frequency

Able to locate the radio wave accurately Answer

R

Able to locate the x-ray accuratelyAnswer

P

Able to give reason why radio wave is suitable for communica-tion correctly Sample answer1. Can travel very fast / at the speed of light2. Can travel through vacuum3. Can be modulated with sound wave4. Can broadcast music/picture

2

1

1

1

1

Total

2

1

2

1

6

Amplitude

Wave length


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


10(a)

(b)(i)

(b)(ii)

(b)(iii)

SECTION C

Able to show the relationship between manipulated variable and the responding variable correctlySample answer

1. Vulcanised rubber is more elastic than non vulcanised rubber2. Vulcanised rubber is less elastic than non vulcanised rubber

Able to write the aim of the experiment correctlySample answer

1. To investigate the elasticity of vulcanised and non vulcanised rub-ber.2. To study the elasticity of vulcanised and non vulcanised rubber Able to identify the variables correctlySample answer


1. type of rubber2. vulcanised rubber and non vulcanised rubber

Responding variable

1. The elasticity of the rubber2. Ability to return to its former length after stretching3. The length of the rubber after hanging with the weight

Constant variable

1. Length of the rubber before stretching2. The mass of the weight / 200g weight3. Time [Any two variable]

Able to list the functional apparatus and materials to be used in the experiment correctlySample answer

Vulcanised rubber, non-vulcanised rubber, weight with a mass of 200g, 2 clips, a stop watch, a retort stand and meter ruler

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

1


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


(b)(iv)

(b)(v)

Able to write the procedure for the experiment correctlySample answer

1. Clip both end of the vulcanised rubber // Diagram2. One clip is used to hang the vulcanised to a retort stand and at another end place 200 g weight3. After 30 minutes take out both clip4. Measure the length of the vulcanised rubber // record the length of the vulcanised rubber5. Repeat procedure 1 to 4 for non vulcanised rubber

[Any four procedure]

Able to draw the table correctly Sample answer

4

1

Total

4

1

10

Type of rubber The elasticity of the rubber // The length of the rubber after hanging

Vulcanised rubberNon vulcanised rubber


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


11(a)

(b)

Able to state four differences between nervous coordination and hormonal coordination correctlySample answer

[Any four]

Able to identify the information from Diagram 11 correctlySample answer

1. The thyroid gland, the pancreas and the ovaries are the example of endocrine glands

Able to identify the common characteristics of the organ in Dia-gram 11 correctlySample answer

1. The glands has no duct // ductless glands2. The glands secrete hormone3. The hormone secreted into blood stream [Any two]

Able to state other example of endocrine glands and reason cor-rectlySample answer

1. Pituitary 2. Adrenal3. Testes

Reason: because has no duct and secrete hormone into the blood

4

1

2

1

4

1

2

1

Nervous Coordination Hormonal Coordination

1 Information in form of im-pulse

Information in the form of hor-mone

2 Information is carried through neurone

Information is carried the flow of blood

3 Speed of information is faster // Speed of response is faster

Speed of information is slow // Speed of response is slow

4 The effect will last for a short period of time

The effect will last for a long period of time

5 The target organ is one part of the body // certain muscles

/ glands

The target organs are many parts of the body


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


(b)(iv)

(b)(v)

12(a)

(b)

Able to state non example of endocrine glands and reasons cor-rectlySample answer

1. Sweat gland2. Saliva gland

Reason: The gland has duct and do no secrete hormone

Able to state the actual concept of endocrine glands correctlySample answer

1. Endocrine glands are glands which has no duct which secrete hormone into blood stream.2. Endocrine glands are ductless glands that produce hormone3. Endocrine glands are ductless glands that secrete hormone

Able to state four differences between metal and non metal correctlySample answer

Any four

Able to identify the problem correctlySample answer

1. Water from the pipe is cloudy and yellowish2. Pipe water is cloudy and yellowish after rain

Able to make clarification of the problem correctlySample answer

1. The water was contaminated with solid particles, sand and soil

1

1

Total

4

1

1

1

1

10

4

Metal Non metal

1 Malleable Non malleable

2 Shiny surface Dull surface

3 Ductile Brittle

4 Good electrical conductors Bad electrical conductors

5 Good thermal conductors Bad thermal conductors


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


Able to suggest the method of solving the problem correctlySample answer

Filtration

1. Used process of filtration 2. Using any type of filter3. The filtered / clean water will pass through the filter4. Suspended particles / solid particles, sand and soil will be block by the filter. [Any three]

Precipitation

1. Collect the water into a container2. Let the suspended solid particles, sand and soil in the water pre-cipitate to the bottom of the container3. Collect clean water on the top of the container

Able to evaluate the method used to solve the problem correctlySample answer

1. By using the suggested method Nora will get clean water for her consumption2. Nora will get clean water if she filter the water3. Nora will get clean water if she let the suspended particles to precipitate

3

1

Total

6

10

226JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my



SPM2009

[ 4551/1 ] [ 4551/2 ] [ 4551/3 ]

Biology

No Answer No Answer

1 D 26 D

2 C 27 C

3 A 28 C

4 B 29 D

5 C 30 B

6 B 31 A

7 B 32 C

8 A 33 D

9 A 34 B

10 C 35 B

11 D 36 C

12 D 37 C

13 A 38 C

14 A 39 B

15 C 40 D

16 C 41 B

17 A 42 B

18 A 43 C

19 C 44 B

20 C 45 B

21 D 46 A

22 C 47 D

23 C 48 C

24 C 49 B

25 C 50 C

Paper 1

Paper 2Section A

No. Marking criteria Marks

1a)

b)

c)

d)(i)

ii)

-Plant cell -Because it has a fixed shape/ large vacuole

A- Chloroplast , B – Plasma membrane , C – Cytoplasm, F – Vacuole

D – Controls the activities of the cellE – Generates energy in form of ATP for the cellular activities.G – Supports and protects the cell. It also gives the fixed shape.

-Mesophyll palisade -Absorbs sunlight for photosynthesis/to make food

-No chloroplast/chlorophyll to absorb sunlight- to make food through photosynthesis

11

4

111

11

11

2

4

3

2

2

Total 13


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

2a)

b)(i)

(ii)

c)

A - Pore protein B - Carrier protein Y - Phospholipid

-Molecules which are very minute such as small molecules and ions

-Small molecules and ions move across the pore between the protein-by simple diffusion-The molecules are at higher concentration outside the cell-cause the molecules to be pushed into the cells through the pore

-The root hairs of a plant contain cell sap which usually has a higher osmotic pressure compared to soil water. -As a result, water from the soil will move into the vacuole of the root hair through the plasma membrane by osmosis.

111

1

1111

1

1

3

1

Any 3

2

Total 9

3a)(i)

(ii)

b)

c)

d)

e)

A : MeiosisB : Mitosis

A : Meiosis is important in producing gametesB : Mitosis is important in replacing dead/damaged cells//asexual reproduction//increasing the number of cells (growth)

or

or

Note : The number of chromosomes, n = 2 The type (colour) of chromosomes

Note : The number of chromosomes, 2n = 4 The type (colour) of chromosomes

-Structure S is a spindle fibre-If structure S fails to be formed, the chromosomes cannot be pulled to the opposite poles-This causes the reproductive cells to have either extra/less number of chromosomes.

-Cloning-Problem : • Costly // expensive • All clones have same resistant towards diseases / environmental factors

11

11

1

11

11

1

11

1

Any 1

2

2

1

4

3

2

Total 14

W

Interphase

oooooooooooooooooo ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooor

Cell A

Cell B


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

4a)

b)

c)

d)

W : UltrafiltrationX : ReabsorptionY : Secretion

Red blood cellsPlasma proteins

From W to X whereF1-Glomerular filtrate become more concentratedE1-Reabsorption of water into the blood capillaries by osmosisF2-Glomerular filtrate does not contain glucose and amino acidsE2-because all of them are reabsorbed by active transport into the blood capillaries

From X to Y,F3-Glomerular filtrate has a higher concentration of ureaE3-Urea not reabsorbed from filtrate but water is reabsorbed from filtrateF4-Glomerular filtrate low in saltE4-Reabsorption of sodium and chloride ions into blood capillaries F1-Conc. of urea in blood plasma is 0.3g/dm3 which is same as in glomerular filtrateE1-Ultrafiltration in Bowman’s capsuleE2-High pressure of blood forces out fluid from blood plasma which contains urea and other solute into the Bowman’s capsuleF2-Conc. of urea in urine is 18g/dm3 which is much higher than in the glomerular filtrateE3-Active secretion of urea from the blood into glomerular filtrate at distal convolated tubule and collecting duct

111

11

1111

Any1F & 1E

1111

Any1F & 1E

1

11

1

1Any

2F & 2E

3

2

2

2

4

Total 13

5a(i)

(ii)

(b)

c (i)

(ii)

(iii)

-Monthly reproductive cycle controlled by hormones-Consists of follicle development, ovulation, thickening of endometrium and menstruation.

-Follicle Stimulating Hormone/FSH-To stimulate the formation of follicles in the ovary

F1-Undersecretion of hormone P inhibits B from the pituitary glandF2-Ovulation is delayed/does not occurF3-Oversecretion of hormone P stimulates secretion of hormone BF4-Ovulation occur earlier

-Able to draw a degenerated corpus luteum/H

- Structure H has shrunken /become smaller in size

Hormone Q : ProgesteroneStructure H : Corpus luteum

• 16th - 22nd day : H is formed, hormone Q is secreted, endometrium thickens• 23rd - 28th day : H degenerated, the level of hormone Q declines resulting in menstruation

11

11

F1 & F2OrF3 & F4

1

11

11

2

2

2

1

2

2

Total 11


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Paper 2 Section B

Cockroach Fish Human Marks

1. Exchange of gases occur at the tracheole directly with the body cells

1. Exchange of gases occur at the gill filaments

1. Exchange of gases occur at the alveolus

2

2.The respiratory organ is the tracheole system which branches out to increase the total surface area for diffusion

2. The respiratory organ is the gill which consists of many gill filaments to increase the total surface area for diffusion

2. The respiratory organ is the lungs which of many alveoli to increase the total surface area for diffusion

2

3. Does not require blood capillary to transport the oxygen to the body cells

3. Require blood capillary to transport the oxygen from the gill filaments to the body cells

3. Require blood capillary to transport the oxygen from the alveolus to the body cells

2

4. Breathing mechanism involves the contraction and relaxation of muscles in the body wall to enable the air to flow in and out of the tracheal system

4. Breathing mechanism involves the flow of water through the mouth, over the gills and out through the operculum

4. Breathing mechanism involves the flow of air in and out of the lungs through action of the intercostals muscles and the diaphragm muscles

2

5. Air enters and leaves the tracheal system through the spiracles

5. Water containing dissolved oxygen enters into the buccal cavity and leaves through the operculum

5. Air enters and leaves the respiratory system through the nasal cavity

2

No. Marking criteria Marks

6(a)

(b)

(c)

Adaptive features of structure M : -Has thin epithelial wall of gill filaments to facilitate diffusion of gases. -Many plate like projections (lamella) at gill filaments to increase the total surface area for diffusion-A network of blood capillaries in the gill filaments to facilitate diffusion and transportation of the gases. Adaptive features of structure N :-thin alveolar wall which helps in the diffusion of gases, -the wall of the alveolus is moist whereby respiratory gases can dissolve in it, -the alveolus is well supplied by blood capillaries to facilitate diffusion and transportation of the gases. -many alveoli to increase total surface area for diffusion Differences between respiratory systems

-The athlete wears a track suit so that there is no sudden decrease in temperature in his muscles-A sudden decrease in temperature will cause the accumulation of lactic acid and muscles pain/cramp-He draws a deep breath several times to oxidize lactic acid that has been accumulated -and pays back the oxygen debt -He walks freely so that the muscles takes time to oxidize 1/6 of lactic acid to carbon dioxide, water and energy -and 5/6 of the lactic acid is converted back to glucose.

Any 2

Any 2

11111

1

4

10

6

Total 20


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

7(a)

b)(i)

(ii)

(c)

The ability of the body to resist an infection of pathogen/disease- by producing a specific antibody

-Is obtained after a person recovers from an infection such as chicken pox-When a person is exposed to a pathogen , the antigens of the pathogen stimulate an immune response -The immune system produces antibodies in response to the antigens.-After the person recovers from infection, the person is immune to the pathogen because the lymphocytes remain in the body.

-Is obtained through immunization or vaccination -Vaccine contains weakened, dead or non-virulent forms of pathogen that is not harmful to the person receiving it. -The vaccine is injected before the person gets infected. -Once the vaccine is injection into a person it stimulates the body to produce antibodies capable of binding to the antigen. -Therefore , if a live pathogen invades the body, it is able to eliminate the pathogen immediately because already has the antibodies against the pathogen. - So, the body has acquired immunity through vaccination.

-Our blood has clotting agent to help the wound to recover. -When there is a wound, the platelets in the blood will stick rapidly to the collagen fibres in the tissues -and releases clotting factors to make the platelet sticky. -The sticky platelet can temporarily stop the blood loss. -The clumped platelets, the damaged cells and clotting factors in the plasma forms activator -called as thromboplastins, -together with calcium ions and vitamin K convert prothrombin to thrombin -Later thrombin catalysts the conversion of the soluble protein fibrinogen in blood plasma - into insoluble fibrin. -The fibrin is a fibrous protein which aggregates to form a mesh of long threads over the wound, -trapping red blood cells and sealing the wound. -The resulting blood clot hardens when exposed to air to form a scab.

11

11

11

11

11

1

1Any 4

11111111111

Any 10

2

4

4

10

Total 20

8 (a)

(b)

The food will be digested after five hours. -The process starts in the mouth where the rice which contains carbohydrate will be digested to form maltose by the enzyme amylase. -Then, with the help of the tongue and saliva the food forms bolus which will move along the oesophagus through peristalsis. -Then the chicken will be digested in the stomach where the enzyme pepsin will be secreted by the gastric glands. -Pepsin will digest the protein in the chicken into peptone and polypeptide-Then the food will remain in the stomach for three to four hours and forms a semi-solid food called chyme. -Then chyme moves from the stomach into the duodenum where the fats from the fried chicken will be digested . -The pancreatic juice containing enzyme lipase will hydrolyse the fats into glycerol and fatty acids. -Further digestion of the starch from the rice will be done by enzyme amlyase. -Enzyme trypsin will hydrolyse peptone and polypeptide into peptides. -Finally, the food will move to the small intestine where enzyme maltase will hydrolyse the maltose into glucose. -Enzyme erepsin / peptidase will hydrolyse peptide into amino acids-and enzyme lipase hydrolyses fats into glycerol and fatty acids.

-Zarina e ats r egularly, g astric j uice w ill b e s ecreted at fi xed t imes t o c arry o ut d igestion p erfectly. -while for Kavitha, there is excess of gastric juice produced in the empty stomach- The hydrochloric acid in the gastric juice will act on the stomach wall and corrode the wall of the stomach - causing gastritis. - Z arina’s sy stem r eceives t he o ptimum amo unt o f w ater w hile K avitha i s s hort o n h er i ntake o f w ater. - In Zarina’s system, the biochemical processes are occuring at an optimal level while for Kavitha, there is an imbalance of water which affect the biochemical reactions. - The osmotic blood pressure increases - and can cause crenation of the erythrocytes. - This will affect the transportation of oxygen to the body cells. - Zarina is in a healthy state while Kavitha has a high risk of getting cardiovascular diseases such as atherosclerosis, high blood pressure and heart diseases - because of excess cholesterol and saturated fats in the fast food which will deposited on the wall of the arteries and blocked the blood vessels. - Fast food contain less vitamin C which can cause scurvy. - Fast food has less calcium and phosphorus which can cause osteoporosis and rickets. - High content of salt in the junk food can cause high blood pressure. - Excess carbohydrates and fats in the fast food can lead to obesity

11

1

1

11

1

111

11Max 10111

11

1111

1

11111Max 10

10

10

Total 20


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

9(a)

(b)

Characteristics

Keys : C : Curly hair c : Straight hair

Parent Male X Female

Gamete

1st Generation

All Curly hair

Parent Male X Female

2nd Generation

Curly hair (CC & Cc) : Straight hair(cc) 3 : 1

-From the above cross, the hair characteristic is determined by a pair of allele, C which represents the dominant trait, curly hair and c which represent the recessive trait, straight hair. -In the formation of gamete, the pair of allele, will segregate during me iosis I -and only one o f each pair o f al leles can be present in a s ingle gamete. -Mendel’s First Law explains the Law of Segregation, that is one gene characteristics is carried by one allele in every gamete -and forms a monohybrid in the genotype ratio of 3:1 in the second generation.

-Haemophilia i s a s ex-linked di sease t hat c an b e t ransmitted f rom p arent t o o ffspring -This characteristic is carried by a r ecessive al lele located on the X chromosome -The patient lacks blood clotting factors, resulting in excessive blood loss. -The allele for haemophilia is written as Xh -and the allele for normal blood clotting is written as XH. -Haemophilia can occur in men because men only need one recessive gene on X chromosome (XHY) to cause haemophilia. -The Y chromosome carries no allele. -A woman who has a family pedigree of haemophilia does not necessarily has it because she can still exist in the heterozygous form(XH Xh ) -She is a carrier for the next generation. -Two recessive genes are needed to show the haemophilic characteristic. -She wi ll o nly b e h aemophiliac i f h er ge notype i s h omozygous r ecessive. ( Xh X h ) . -The inheritance of haemophilia can be avoided by making sure that every marriage of the grandchildren (third generation) does not involve carriers or haemophilic individuals -Eventually after generations by elimination, the recessive genes will disappear.

1

3

3

1

1

111

Max 10

111111

1

1

11111

Max 10

10

10

Total 20

Father (CC)

Mother (cc) Child (Cc)

Curly hair Straight hair Curly hair

CC

C C

cc

c c

Cc Cc Cc Cc

Cc

C c

Cc

C c

CC Cc Cc cc


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Paper 3

No. Mark Scheme Score

1 (a)(i) Able to state two different observations correctly.Sample answers1. The time taken for water sample Z to decolourise is the longest, that is 57 minutes. 2. The time taken for water sample W to decolourise is the shortest, that is 10 minutes.

3

Able to state one observations correctly and one – two inaccurate observations Sample answers1. The time taken for water sample Z to decolourise is the longest. 2. The time taken for water sample W to decolourise is the shortest

2

Able to state one observations correctly and one – two observations at idea levelSample answer1. The time taken for water samples to decolourise changes

1

No response or incorrect response 0


1 (a)(ii)

Able to make two inferences correctly.Sample answers1. Water sample Z has the highest concentration of dissolved oxygen. 2. Water sample W has the lowest concentration of dissolved oxygen

3

Able to make one inferences correctly and one – two inaccurate inferences Sample answers1. Water sample Z has more dissolved oxygen.2. Water sample W has less dissolved oxygen.

2

Able to state one inferences correctly and one – two inferences at idea levelSample answer1. Water samples have dissolved oxygen

1



1(b) Able to record all 4 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctlySample answers

3

Able to record 3 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctly 2

Able to record 2-1 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctly 1


Sample water Time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise (minutes)

WXYZ

10234257


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


1 (c) Able to state all 3 variables and the 3 methods to handle the variable Sample answers

3

Able to state 2 of any variables and methods to handle the variable 2

Able to state 1of any variables and methods to handle the variable 1


Variable Method to handle the variable


Source of water sample Collect water samples from different sources

Responding variable

Time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise

Record the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise using a stopwatch

Constant variable

Volume of water sample // Volume / concentration of methylene blue solution

Fix the volume of water samples //Fix the volume /concentration of methylene blue solution


1 (d) Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable correctly. Sample answer

The shortest time taken for the decolourisation of the methylene blue solution indicates that the water sample is most polluted

3

Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable incorrectly. Sample answer The source of water sample influence the time taken for the decolourisation of the methylene blue solution

2

Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable at idea level. Sample answer

The time taken for the decolourisation of the water samples changes

1



1 (e)(i) Able to construct a table correctly according with following aspect. 1. Able to state the 2 titles – 1 mark2. Able to record all the data correctly – 2 marksSample answer

3

Any two correct. 2

Any one correct 1


Water sample Time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise(minutes)

WXYZ

10234257


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


1 (e)(ii)

Able to interpret data and explain with the following aspect : 1. Able to state the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise 2. Able to state the content of dissolved oxygen 3. Able to state the relationship between the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the content of dissolved oxygen Sample answer

The time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise will be short if the water sample has a low content of dissolved oxygen

3

Able to interpret data and with 2 aspects. 2

Able to interpret data and with 1 aspect. 1



1 (f)(i) Able to predict the outcome of the experiment correctly. 1. Correct prediction 2. Reason 3. Effect Sample answer

The time taken will be long, probably more than 57 minutes because the river is less contaminated with sewage or agriculture runoff

3

Able to interpret data and with 2 aspects 2




1 (f)(ii) Able to interpret data and explain with the following aspect : 1. Able to state the relationship between the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the content of dissolved oxygen 2. Able to state the relationship between the content of dissolved oxygen with the level of water pollution3. Able to state the relationship between the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the level of water pollution

Sample answer

The higher the level of water pollution, the lower the content of dissolved oxygen in the water, so the shorter the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise

3





1 (g) Able to define operationally biochemical oxygen demand of the water sample based on the result of the experi-ment. 1. The time needed 2. To decolourise 1 ml of 0.1% methylene blue solution 3. In each water sample Sample answerBiochemical oxygen demand in the water sample is the time needed to decolourise 1 ml of 0.1% methylene blue solution in each water sample

3





JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


1 (h) Able to arrange orderly the level of pollution for the water samples. Sample answer

3

Able to arrange with 3 correctly 2

Able to arrange with 2 correctly 1


Construct Sample answers Note on scoring

Objective To study the effect of changes in air movement on the rate of transpiration of a plant.Tick

Problem statement

Able to relate P1, P2 and H in a question form

What are the effects of the movement of air on the rate of transpiration of a plant?

How does the movement of air affect the rate of transpiration of a plant?

P1= manipulated variableP2= Responding variableH= Question

3

What are the effects of the movement of air on a plant?

How does the movement of air affect the plant? 2

The movement of air affects the plant 1Tick

Hypoth-esis

The faster the movement of air, the greater/higher the rate of transpiration of a plant. P1= manipulated variableP2= Responding variableH= Relationship 3

The movement of air influences the rate of transpiration of a plant. 2

The rate of transpiration depends on the environment factors. 1Tick

Variables Manipulated : Air movement All three variables correct

Tick

Responding : The distance traveled by air bubble in 5 minutes/rate of transpiration

Constant : Surrounding temperature / light intensity/ relative humidity/ type and size of plant used/ time

Apparatus and materials

Apparatus (A)Potometer, beakers, knife, basin, stopwatch

Materials (M)Leafy shoot, colour water, vaseline

Leafy shoot should be in the material list.

3/more A+ 3M= 3m2A + 3 M =2m3A + 2 M=2m

1/2A + 1/2M = 1m

If leafy shoot is miss-ing, A&M =0m

Tick

Technique Able to state the operating responding variable correctly, using suitable apparatus.

Measure and record the distance traveled by the air bubble in potometer in 5 minutes using a ruler// Calculate the rate of transpiration using the formula : Distance traveled by air bubble÷time (cm/min)

B1 = 1m

Tick

Level of water pollution Water sample

Most polluted

Least polluted

WXYZ

Question 2

01

05

02


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Procedure K1 : Preparation of material and apparatus (any 3)1. Setup as shown in diagram with any 3 labels in diagram 2. Leafy shoot chose and cut the shoot end in water 3. Insert cut stem in potometer 4. Adjust and mark the initial position of the air bubble

All 5 K = 3m3 to 4 K = 2m2K = 1m1K = 0m

1K only = tick

K2 : Operating fixed variable (any 1)1. Type / length of leafy shoot2. Light intensity / temperature of the surrounding

K3 : Operating responding variable Measure the distance traveled by the air bubble in 5 minutes for each condition of air movement

K4 : Operating manipulated variableCarry out the experiment in the condition of slow, fast moving fan and in still air

K5 : Precaution of the experimentThe joint end of the stem and apparatus is smeared with vaseline to ensure no water leakage and the apparatus is airtight

Recording data/ result

Able to construct a table to record all data with the following aspects 1. 3 title with correct units (Condition of air movement, distance traveled by the air bubble in 5 minutes and the rate of transpiration) 2. No data is required

B2 =1m

tick

Conclusion Same as hypothesis above tick

Planning experiment

7-9 ticks = 3m 4-6 ticks = 2m1-3 ticks = 1m

04

Condition of air/Speed of fan

Distance traveled by air bubble in 5 min(cm)

Rate of transpiration :Distance traveled by air bubble ÷5min(cm/min)

Still air (Fan speed 0)

Slow moving air (Fan speed 1)

Fast moving air (Fan speed 3)

03

237

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


SSSSSSSSSSoooooooooaaaaaaaaaallllllllaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnn UUUUUUUUUUllllllllaaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnggggggggkkkkkkkkaaaaaaaaajjjjjjjjjiiiiiiii

SPM2009

[ 3756/1 ] [ 3756/2 ]

Prinsip Perakaunan

1 D 21 C

2 A 22 B

3 B 2 3B

4 D 24 C

5 A 25 D

6 A 26 D

7 B 2 7B

8 C 28 B

9 A 29 B

10 B 30 D

11 B 31 D

12 C 32 A

13 D 33 C

14 D 34 B

1 5D 3 5D

16 B 36 A

17 A 37 B

18 C 38 A

19 C 39 A

20 A 40 B

KERTAS 1

KERTAS 2

JURNAL AM

Tarikh Butir Fol DebitRM

KreditRM

2009 Mac 1

TunaiBankStokKenderaan Lee Trading Modal

(Baki aset, liabiliti dan ekuiti pemilik pada tarikh ini)

2 00015 00017 00020 000

5 50048 500

60 000 60 000

22 Perabot Alima Enterprise(Membeli perabot secara kredit)

1 4501 450

1(a)


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

JURNAL JUALAN

Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah

2009Mac 2

511

31

Perniagaan AlfaMy Cake HouseMy Cake House

Akaun Jualan kt

RM

5584 500

540

760

JURNAL BELIAN


2009Mac 17

31

Lee Trading

Akaun Belian dt

RM

760

760

JURNAL PULANGAN BELIAN


2009Mac 21

31

Lee Trading

Akaun Pulangan Belian

kt RM

140

140

dt BUKU TUNAI Kt

Tarikh Butir Fol Disk.RM

TunaiRM

BankRM

Tarikh Butir Fol Disk.RM

TunaiRM

BankRM

2009Mac 1 Baki b/b 2000 15 000

2009Mac 13 Ambilan

250

23 Perniagaan Alfa

306 15 Lee Trading 3 200

25 Jualan 552 26 Lee Trading 106 2 850

30 Gaji 750

31 Baki h/b 2 272 8 506

2 522 15 306 106 2 522 15 306

Apr 1 Baki b/b 2 272 8 506


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Akaun Stok

Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah Tarikh Butir Fol Jumlah

Mac 1 Baki b/bRM

17 000 Mac 31 Baki h/bRM

17 000

Apr 1 Baki b/b 17 000

Akaun Kenderaan


Mac 1 Baki b/bRM


20 000


Akaun Modal


Mac 31 Baki h/bRM

48 500 Mac 1 Baki b/bRM

48 500

April 1 Baki b/b 48 500

Akaun Perabot


Mac 22Alima Enter-prise

RM1450 Mac 31 Baki h/b

RM1450

Apr 1 Baki b/b 1450

My Cake House


Mac 5 JualanRM


5040

11 Jualan 540

5 040 5040


1(b)


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Alima Enterprise


Mac 31 Baki h/bRM

14 50 Mac 22 PerabotRM

14 50

April 1 Baki b/b 14 50

Akaun Belian


Mac 31Pelbagai Pemiutang

RM760 Mac 31 Baki h/b

RM760

Apr 1 Baki b/b 760

Perniagaan Alfa


Mac 2 JualanRM558 Mac 23

31BankBaki h/b

RM306252

558 558

Apr 1 Baki b/b 252

Akaun Diskaun Diterima


Mac 31 Baki h/bRM106 Mac 31

Pelbagai Pemiutang

RM106

Apr 1 Baki b/b 106

Lee Trading


Mac 1521

26

BankPulangan belianBankDiskaun Di-terima

RM3 200

104

2 850106

Mac 1 17

Baki Belian

b/bRM

5 500760

6 260 6 260


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Akaun Jualan


Mac 31 Baki h/bRM

6 120 Mac 2531

Tunai Pelbagai

Penghutang

RM522

5 598

6 120 6 120


Akaun Pulangan Belian


Mac 31 Baki h/bRM104 Mac 31 Pelbagai

Pemiutang

RM104

Apr 1 Baki b/b 104

Akaun Ambilan


Mac 13 TunaiRM250 Mac 31 Baki h/b

RM250

Apr 1 Baki b/b 250

Akaun Gaji


Mac 30 BankRM750 Mac 31 Baki h/b

RM750

Apr 1 Baki b/b 750


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Mutiara BakeryImbangan Duga Pada 31 Mac 2009

TunaiBankStokKenderaanMy Cake HouseModalPerabotAlima EnterpriseBelianDiskaun diterimaPerniagaan AlfaJualanPulangan belianAmbilan Gaji

DebitRM

KreditRM

2 2728 506

17 00020 0005 040

1 450

760

252

250750

48 500

1 450

106

6 120104

56 280 56 280

1(c)


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Perniagaan Gina Sdn BhdKunci Kira-kira Pada 31 Julai 2009

ASET BUKAN SEMASAKenderaan(-) Peruntukan susut nilai kenderaan

RM

35 0008 750

RM

26 250

6 200

RM

32 450

32 10364 553

Perabot

8 450169

ASET SEMASABankPenghutang(-) Peruntukan hutang ragu

9 977

8 28150

1 22217 430

Insurans terdahuluTunaiStok

Tolak : LIABILITI SEMASAPemiutangModel Kerja

36 960

4 857

48 85011 776

EKUITI PEMILIKModal 1 Ogos 2008(+) Untung bersih

(-) Ambilan 60 6261 073 59 553

5000

64 553

LIABILITI BUKAN SEMASAPinjaman bank

2(a) Perniagaan Gina Sdn BhdPenyata Pendapatan Bagi Tahun Berakhir 31 Julai 2009

JualanTolak : Kos Jualan Stok awal Belian(-) Pulangan belian

RM

49 440522

RM

16 750

48918

RM72 500

Kos barang untuk dijual(-) Stok akhir

65 66817 430

48 23824 262

651

Kos jualanUntung kasar

56586

(+) Hasil Hutang lapuk terpulih Pengurangan peruntukan hutang ragu

(-) Belanja Kadar bayaran Insurans Gaji Susut nilai kenderaan

2437550

66503500

24913

13137

Untung bersih 11 776


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Akaun Kawalan Penghutang


2008Jan 30Dis 31

Baki Jualan

b/bRM

1 1006 270

2008Dis 31 Bank

Baki h/b

RM6 600

770

7 370 7 370

Apr 1 Baki b/b 770

Akaun Kawalan Pemiutang


2008Dis 31 Bank

Baki h/b

RM4 2001 650

2008Jan 30Dis 31

Baki Belian

b/bRM

3 1002 750

5 850 5 850

Apr 1 Baki b/b 1650

Kelab Sukan Dan Rekreasi SentosaAkaun Perdagangan Kafetaria bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008

Stok 1 Januari 2008 Belian

RM

1 6002 750

Jualan

RM

6 270

Tolak: Stok 31 Disember 20084 3501 360

Upah kafetaria2 990

700

Untung kafetaria3 6902 580

6 270 6 270

3(a)

(b)

(c)


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Akaun Realisasi

2009Apr 30 Alatan

StokPenghutangBelanja realisasi

RM

25 00018 0504 650

800

2009Apr 30 Modal Ranjit

BankRugi realisasi:Modal RanjitModal Ronnie

RM

32 4404 468

8 6942 898

48 500 48 500

Akaun Bank

2009Apr 30 Baki b/b

RealisasiModal Ranjit

RM

2 3004 4686 134

2009Apr 30 Belanja realisasi

Modal Ronnie

RM

80012102

12 902 12 902

Akaun Modal Ranjit

2009Apr 30 Realisasi

Rugi realisasi

RM

32 4408 694

2009Apr 1

30Baki b/bBank

RM

35 0006 134

41 134 41 134

Akaun Modal Ronnie

2009Apr 30 Rugi realisasi

Bank

RM

2 89812 102

2009Apr 30 Baki b/b

RM

15 000

15 000 15 000

4(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Akaun Bank(ruangan bank sahaja)

2009Jan 31 Baki b/b

DividenKedai Rajes(kesilapan)

RM

7 35531527

2009Jan 31 Caj bank

Baki h/b

RM

157 682

7 697 7 697

Feb 1 Baki b/b 7 682

Penyata Penyesuaian Bank pada 31 Januari 2009

Baki debit di Buku Tunai (selepas dikemas kini)

Tambah : Cek Belum Dikemukakan Gaji (no cek 071)

RM7 682

460

Tolak : Deposit Belum Dikreditkan Jualan

8 142

960

Baki kredit di Penyata Bank 7 182

5(a)

(b)

(c) 1) Butir yang telah direkodkan oleh perniagaan tetapi belum direkodkan oleh bank iaitu deposit belum dikreditkan dan cek belum dikemukakan.

2) Butir yang telah direkodkan oleh bank tetapi belum direkodkan oleh perniagaan (kutipan oleh bank, caj bank, hasil faedah atas simpanan tetap, buku cek)

3) Kesilapan merekod yang dibuat sama ada oleh pihak bank atau perniagaan

4) Cek tak laku iaitu cek yang tidak diterima oleh pihak bank untuk penjelasan

* pilih mana-mana 2


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

6 (a)

i) Margin untung bersih = 9000 x 100 = 23.7% 38 000

ii) Margin untung kasar = 12 000 x 100 = 31.6% 38 000

iii) Nisbah semasa = 4200 = 2.8 1500

iv) Nisbah cepat = 2000/1500 = 1.3

v) Pulangan modal = 9000/40000 = 22.5%

vi) Tokokan = 12 000/26 000 = 46.2%

(b) 1) Mengetahui kadar keuntungan atas jualan 2) Mengetahui kadar pulangan atas modal yang telah dilaburkan 3) Mengetahui kedudukan aset berbanding liabiliti yang perlu dilangsaikan 4) Mengetahui kecekapan pengurusan mengendalikan perniagaan

248JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my



SPM2009

[ 3755/1 ] [ 3755/2 ]

Perdagangan

1 C 11 A 2 1C 3 1B2 D 12 A 22 C 32 D3 B 1 3B 2 3B 3 3B4 D 14 D 24 A 34 B5 A 15 C 25 D 35 B6 B 1 6C 2 6B 3 6D7 D 17 D 27 B 37 B8 A 1 8A 2 8B 3 8C9 A 19 C 29 A 39 D1 0C 2 0B 3 0C 4 0C

KERTAS 1


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

No soalan Jawapan1 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Perbezaan keperluan dan kehendak

Keperluan Kehendak

F1-Keperluan asas manusia ialah makanan, pakaian, tempat tinggal dan udaraF2-Merupakan tuntutan semulajadi manusiaF3-Wajib dipenuhi manusia untuk terus hidupF4-Keperluan manusia sama dan tetap walaupun taraf hidup berubah

F1-Kehendak manusia meliputi semua perkara yang membolehkan manusia hidup selesaF2-Merupakan sesuatu yang dipelajari daripada pengalaman hidup dan persekitarannyaF3-Merupakan pelengkap kehidupan manusiaF4-Kehendak manusia berbeza mengikut taraf hidup

Tiga jenis nilai faedah:

F1-Nilai faedah bentukH1-Mengubah bentuk sesuatu keluaran kepada yang lebih bergunaC1-Kayu diubah manjadi perabotF2-Nilai faedah tempatH2-Memindah barang ke tempat yang mempunyai permintaanC2-Ikan dari laut ditangkap dan dihantar ke pasar untuk dijualF3-Nilai faedah masaH3-Menyimpan barang sehingga diperlukanC3-Gandum berlebihan disimpan untuk permintaan luar musimF4-Nilai faedah milikan H4-Pertukaran milik daripada seseorang kepada orang lain yang memerlukannyaC4-Pengeluar kasut menjual kasut kepada pengguna

Kelebihan mengamalkan pengkhususan dalam pengeluaran:

F1- Kemahiran pekerja meningkat kerana pengulangan kerja setiap hariF2- Daya pengeluaran dan kualiti produk meningkatF3-Masa dan kos latihan dapat dijimatkanF4-Membolehkan penggunaan mesin dalam pengeluaranF5-Menggalakkan pengeluaran secara besar-besaranF6-Menikmati ekonomi bidangan/pengurangan kos pengeluaran seunitF7-Pekerja mengkhusus dalam bidang yang sesuai dengan minat dan bakatF8-Mewujudkan pelbagai peluang pekerjaan

Perbankan dan promosi membantu peniaga melancarkan perniagaan:

PerbankanF1- Memberi kemudahan simpanan C1- dalam bentuk akaun simpanan/akaun semasa/simpanan tetapF2- Kemudahan penerimaan dan pembayaranC2- pindahan kredit/cek/debit terusF3- kemudahan pembiayaan C3- pinjaman/overdraf

PromosiF1-Memperkenalkan keluaran baruF2-Memujuk dan memperngaruhi pelanggan untuk membeli sesuatu keluaranF3- Mengekalkan permintaan barang lamaF4- Meningkatkan jualan dan keuntunganF5-Meningkatkan imej sesuatu produk


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

2(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(i) Jumlah faedah yang perlu dibayar

Jumlah hutang = Harga barang – pendahuluan = RM1800 – 300 = RM1500

Jumlah bayaran ansuran = RM67.50 x 24 bulan = RM1620

Jumlah faedah = RM1620 – RM 1500 = RM120

(ii) Kadar faedah setahun Jumlah faedah setahun= RM120/2 = RM60 Kadar faedah setahun = (60/1500) x 100 = 4%

Kebaikan jualan berikut kepada peniaga:

(i) Bayaran tertunda F1-Meningkatkan jualan barang tertentu seperti perabot/alat elektrik F2-Keuntungan meningkat hasil pertambahan nilai jualan F3-Memperoleh pendapatan tambahan hasil faedah dikenakan F4-Mewujudkan kesetiaan pelanggan dengan pemberian kredit

(ii) Jualan prabayar F1- Risiko hutang lapuk dapat dielakkan F2- Aliran tunai diperoleh dengan cepat

Fungsi pemborong kepada peruncit

F1- Membekalkan beraneka jenis barangH1-Peruncit tidak perlu mendapatkan barang daripada pelbagai pengeluarF2- Memberi kemudahan kreditH2-Peruncit dapat menangguhkan bayaran sehingga barang dijualF3-Menghantar barang kepada peruncitH3-menjimatkan kos kerana peruncit tidak perlu menyediakan pengangkutanF4-menyimpan stok yang mencukupiH4-Membolehkan peruncit mendapat bekalan yang berterusanF5- Memberi maklumat dan nasihatH5-Maklumat barang baru dari pengeluar disampaikan kepada peruncit

Jenis pemborong:(i) Jober para(ii) Peranan jober para:

F1- Membekalkan pelbagai jenis barang kepada peruncitF2-Bertanggungjawab memperagakan barang secara rapi dan kemas di atas rak yang disediakan oleh peruncitF3-Barang dimiliki oleh pemborong jobber paraF4- Peruncit hanya dikenakan bayaran bagi barang yang telah dijualF5-Pemborong jobber para mengadakan promosi untuk melariskan jualan

Penjual mengirim nota debit kepada pembeli

F1-Pembeli dikenakan angkutan bayaranF2- Barang yang dihantar kepada pembeli tidak dicatatkan dalam invoisF3-Pembeli dikenakan caj kerana gagal membayar dalam tempoh kreditF4-Pembeli gagal memulangkan bekas kosong yang belumdikenakan bayaranF5-Bayaran serahan atau cukai jualan tertinggal dalam invoisF6-Harga dalam invois kurang daripada harga dalam senarai harga


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

3(a)

(b)

(c)

Faktor wujud perniagaan antarabangsa:

F1- Perbezaan negara dalam sumber alam semulajadiH1-Kesuburan tanah tanih/iklim/bentuk muka bumi tidak samaF2-Perbezaan kos pengeluaranH2- Setiap negera menumpukan bidang yang menjimatkan kos F3- Perbezaan antara negara dalam tingkat teknologiH3-Teknik pemprosesan kelapa sawit di Malaysia lebih majuF4-Hubungan antarabangsaH4- Malaysia dan New Zealand menjalinkan kerjasama perdagangan

Halangan perniagaan antarabangsaF1- Prosedur kastam dan pelbagai sekatan perniagaanH1-Terdapat pelbagai borang kastam yang perlu diisi dengan tepat dan betulF2-Penggunaan mata wang yang berlainanH2- Keadaan turun naik dalam kadar pertukaran mata wang akan menjejaskan keuntungan

F3-Penggunaan bahasa yang berlainanH3- Mewujudkan masalah komunikasi antara pengimport dengan pengeksportF4-Risiko yang tinggi H4-Jarak yang jauh meninggikan kekerapan berlakunya risiko kerosakan/kecurianF5-Cara pembayaran yang berbezaH5- Penggunaan bil perintah bayar dan kredit berdokumen merumitkan pembayaranF6- Keadaan politikH6-Politik yang tidak stabil tidak dapat menjamin urusan jual beli yang selamatF7- Masalah sukatan dan timbanganH7-Menyulitkan perjalanan perniagaan kerana sistem timbangan yang tidak selarasF8- Dokumentasi yang rumitH8- Terdapat pelbagai dokumen dan pihak yang terlibat dalam urusan perniagaan antarabangsaF9- Standard dan syarat import berbezaH9- Setiap negara mengenakan syarat berbeza terhadap barang yang diimportF10-Kesukaran mendapat maklumatH10- Pasaran luar negara luas/ cita rasa dan budaya penduduk berbeza

Sumbangan Industri kecil Sederhana (IKS) kepada (i) MasyarakatF1- Memberi peluang kepada masyarakat untuk menceburi sektor perindustrianF2-Memberi peluang kepada usahawan menggunakan kebolehan, daya cipta dan kreativitiF3-Mewujudkan banyak peluang pekerjaan sama ada mahir atau kurang mahirF4-Memenuhi keperluan dan kehendak masyarakat melalui ciptaan keluaran baru

(ii) NegaraF1- Mengurangkan pengangguran melalui kaedah intensif buruhF2- Dapat meningkatkan jumlah tabungan dalam ekonomi negaraF3- Pengagihan pendapatan negara melalui tawaran upah yang lebih tinggiF4- Menyediakan pelbagai kemahiran kepada pekerja melalui latihan dan pengalamanF5- Hubungjalin dengan firma besar dan antarabangsa dapat mengukuhkan struktur asas industri negaraF6- Pengurangan barang import melalui pengeluaran barang tempatan


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

4(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Kelebihan memulakan perniagaan secara francais:F1- boleh dimulakan segeraF2- peniaga yang tida pengalaman mendapat bimbingan daripada francaisorF3- risiko kegagalan rendah F4 – menjalankan perniagaan yang telah dikenaliF5- francaisor mengadakan promosiF6 – mulakan sendiri mengambil masaF7- mulakan sendiri memerlukan pengalaman dan pengetahuanF8- mulakan sendiri perlu lokasi yang strategik

Aspek dalam pengurusan stokF1- Mendapatkan bekalan stok pada syarat yang paling baikF2- Menyemak stok dari pembekal agar tidak rosak/ simpanan stok agar tidak hilangF3- Merekod maklumat stok dengan tepat dan terperinciF4- Menyimpan stok dalam gudang/stor agar selamat dan terlindung/mencukupiF5- Barang disusun dengan rapi dan menarik di atas rak agar mudah dicari/diambil

Perbezaan Syarikat Sendirian Berhad dan Syarikat Awam Berhad

Syarikat Sendirian Berhad Syarikat Awam BerhadF1- Pemilik antara 2-50 orangF2- Syer dijual kepada sekumpulan orang yang dikenaliF3-Didaftarkan dengan perkataan Sdn Bhd pada namanyaF4- Penyata kewangan tidak perlu diumum kepada orang ramai

F1- Pemilik minimum 2 dan tiada had maksimumF2- syer dijual kepada orang ramai di kaunter bursa sahamF3- Didaftarkan dengan Berhad pada namanyaF4- Penyata kewangan perlu diumumkan kepada orang ramai

Cara pembelian yang sesuai.

F1- melalui syarikat pajakanH1-peniaga menggunakan mesin tanpa mengeluarkan modal yang banyakH2- Aliran tunai tidak terjejas kerana sewa mesin dibayar secara ansuran bulananH3-Mesin boleh digunakan untuk mencari pendapatan H4- Pendapatan dari mesin digunakan untuk membayar sewa kepada syarikat pajakanH5-Peniaga tidak perlu menyimpan mesin yang usang atau rosak setelah tempoh pajakan tamatH6-Sewa pajakan merupakan belanja kendalian yang dibenarkan untuk pelepasan cukai


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

5(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(i) Pampasan yang akan diterima: RM150 000

Prinsip yang digunakan:F1- SumbanganF2- Jika aset diinsuranskan dengan beberapa insurer , insurer akan menyumbangkan bahagian masing-masing untuk menggantikan kerugian sebenar yang dialamiF3- Pampasan bukan untuk memberikan keuntungan kepada insured

(ii) Faktor yang dipertimbangkan dalam pengiraan premium insurans hayat:F1- Jenis Insurans- Premium insurans hayat endowmen lebih tinggiF2- Umur Insured- Premium lebih tinggi, jika usia semakin meningkatF3- Pekerjaan – Pekerjaan berisiko tinggi dikenakan premium lebih tinggiF4- Kesihatan – Premium lebih tinggi kepada individu yang kurang sihatF5- Jantina- Perempuan dikenakan premium lebih rendah kerana jangka hayat lebih panjang

Perkhidmatan Pos Malaysia Berhad:

(i) F1- Datapos H1- Perkhidmatan pengagihan dokumen dalam kuantiti besar seperti penyata bulanan H2- Dalam bentuk pakej percetakan, penyelitan, pembungkusan, penampalan alamat, pengeposan dan penghantaran dokumen H3- Maklumat dapat disampaikan dengan cepat

(ii) F1- Peti surat H1- Boleh disewa untuk satu tempoh tertentu / tempoh peraduan H2- Mel boleh diambil pada atau selepas waktu pejabat H3- Kiriman dijamin keselamatannya

(iii) F1- Kiriman wang domestik H1- Boleh dibeli disemua pejabat pos atau pejabat pos mini H2- Selamat kerana nama penerima dituliskan pada kiriman wang H3- Dikenakan komisen mengikut kadar yang ditetapkan

Pengangkutan membantu perniagaan Syarikat Ikan Segar Sendirian Berhad:

F1- Mengelakkan lebihan dan kurangan barang di pasaran dengan menyelaraskan permintaan dan penawaranF2- Membantu meluaskan pasaran /meningkatkan keuntunganF3- Menggalakkan pengeluaran secara besar-besaran/ menjimatkan kos/menurunkan harga barangF4-Mengurangkan kos penyimpanan stok / modal tidak terikat dalam bentuk stokF5- Mempelbagaikan pilihan pengguna F6- Membantu pertumbuhan ekonomi dan pembangunan negaraF7- Mengelakkan pembaziran/ elak barang hilang kesegaran

Membeli dengan bijak:F1- Menentukan jenis barang dan perkhidmatan yang hendak dibeli dengan menyediakan senaraiF2- Menentukan sebab dan rasional untuk membeli sama ada untuk keperluan atau terpengaruh dengan iklanF3- Menentukan masa membeli seperti pada waktu jualan murahF4-Memastikan tempat untuk membeli dengan berkunjung ke tempat berdekatan yang menyediakan pelbagai jenis barangF5- Mengetahui teknik membeli dengan mendapat maklumat tentang barang yang dibeli dari segi harga, kualiti, keselamatan,jaminan


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

6(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

F1- Inden tertutupH1- Memberi nama pengeluar tertentu untuk memesan barangH2- Pengeksport/ejennya harus mendapatkan bekalan barang daripada pengeluar yang ditetapkan dalam inden itu

Gudang berbon

Kelebihan gudang berbonF1-Digunakan untuk menyimpan barang yang dikenakan cukai tetapi cukainya masih belum dijelaskanF2-Peniaga dibenarkan masuk ke dalam gudang untuk menjalankan kerja-kerja akhirF3- Membantu kerajaan mengutip cukai dengan lebih teratur/ mencegah pemilik lari dari membayar cukaiF4- Pemilik boleh mencari pasaran dengan menangguhkan bayaran cukaiF5- Barang boleh dijual secara sedikit dan beban cukai dialih kepada pembeliF6- Barang dalam bon boleh dicagarkan kepada bank untuk mendapatkan pinjaman

Bank perdagangan membantu:

Kemudahan overdraf:F1- pendahuluan oleh pihak bank kepada pelanggan yang mempunyai akaun semasaF2-pemegang akaun semasa boleh mengeluarkan wang melebihi baki simpanannyaF3-mesti memohon overdraf daripada bankF4- overdraf merupakan pinjaman jangka pendek/ sesuai untuk perbelanjaan perniagaanF5-Kadar faedah dikenakan ke atas jumlah overdraf yang digunakanF6- Peniaga boleh memasukkan hasil jualan untuk mengurangkan baki overdraf

(i) MATRADE

F1- Agensi di bawah Kementerian Perdagangan Antarabangsa dan IndustriF2- Membantu peniaga mempromosikan dan memasarkan barang keluaran Malaysia ke pasaran antarabangsaF3- Mengadakan pertunjukan dan pameran perdagangan antarabangsa/misi perdagangan/pameran barangan MalaysiaF4- menjalankan kajian perdagangan untuk meninjau daya saing barang eksport negara di pasaran baru atau sedia adaF5- Memberi khidmat nasihat mengenai perdagangan /bengkel untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan pengeksport Malaysia mengenai pasaran antarabangsa

(ii) Prosedur eksport:

F1- Mencari pasaran dengan menjalankan penyelidikan pasaranF2- Penerimaan inden dan melaksanakan arahan indenF3-Menempah ruang kargo dalam kapal atau kapal terbangF4- Menghantar barang ke pelabuhanF5- Menguruskan pelbagai prosedur kastamF6-Menyediakan dokumen berkaitan yang diperlukanF7-Memuatkan barang ke dalam kapalF8- Menuntut bayaran daripada pengimport

255

JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


SSSSSSSSSSoooooooooaaaaaaaaaallllllllaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnn UUUUUUUUUUllllllllaaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnggggggggkkkkkkkkaaaaaaaaajjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiKERTAS 1

1 D 21 A2 B 22 C3 C 23 C4 D 24 A5 A 25 D6 A 26 C7 B 27 B8 B 28 C9 B 29 B10 B 30 A11 B 31 C12 C 32 A13 B 33 B14 A 34 C15 D 35 A16 A 36 D17 B 37 A18 D 38 D19 B 39 A20 C 40 D

SPM2009

[ 3757/1 ] [ 3757/2 ]

Ekonomi Asas


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1.a) Firma/Swasta - kekurangan faktor pengeluaran/buruh/modal/tanah - membuat pilihan - output/projek yang memberi keuntungan maksimum - berlaku kos lepas - output/projek kedua terbaik

Kerajaan - kekurangan sumber hasil/hasil cukai - membuat pilihan - projek pembangunan yang memberi kebajikan maksimum - berlaku kos lepas - projek pembangunan yang kedua terbaik

b) i) Sistem ekonomi campuran

ii) Cara masalah asas ekonomi diselesaikan * Apa yang hendak dikeluarkan Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh pengguna dan pengeluar - pengguna bebas memilih - pengeluar bebas bersaing

Barang awam - kerajaan yang menentukan

*Berapa yang hendak dikeluarkan Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh mekanisme harga - kuasa permintaan dan penawaran

Barang awam - kerajaan menentukan jumlah dikeluarkan berdasarkan bancian

*Bagaimana hendak dikeluarkan Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh kuasa pasaran faktor - intensif buruh atau modal untuk memaksimumkan keuntungan

Barang awam - ditentukan oleh kerajaan - bertujuan untuk memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat

*Untuk siapa dikeluarkan Barang swasta - berasaskan corak agihan pendapatan - golongan yang mampu akan mendapat lebih barang

Barang awam – ditetapkan oleh kerajaan - untuk semua golongan dalam masyarakat tanpa mengira taraf

c) Jenis-jenis pendapatan individu Upah - ganjaran kepada buruh yang menyumbang tenaga fizikal atau mental dalam aktiviti pengeluaran - segala pendapatan yang diperoleh oleh pekerja seperti gaji, elaun, bonus

Faedah - ganjaran kepada pemilik modal wang - faedah diperoleh kerana terpaksa menangguhkan risiko penggunaan wang

Sewa - ganjaran kepada faktor pengeluaran tanah

Untung - ganjaran kepada usahawan yang menanggung risiko yang tidak dapat diinsuranskan - usahawan menyelaraskan buruh, tanah dan modal dalam proses pengeluaran

Dividen - faedah yang diperoleh kerana menabung dalam sistem perbankan Islam, pelaburan dalam unit saham

Bayaran pindahan - bayaran kepada individu yang tidak memberi sumbangan dalam pengeluaran - pencen, hadiah, biasiswa, bantuan kewangan

KERTAS 2

BAHAGIAN A


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

- 2 a) i)

Harga (RM)

D 30 20 10 D

0 20 40 60 Kuantiti (unit)

ii) - Rajah menunjukkan keluk permintaan yang mencerun ke bawah dari kiri ke kanan - ia menunjukkan hubungan negatif antara harga dan kuantiti diminta - semakin tinggi harga, semakin kurang kuantiti diminta/ sebaliknya semakin rendah harga, semakin banyak kuantiti diminta - apabila harga barang meningkat dari RM30 ke RM40, kuantiti diminta berkurang dari 40 unit kepada 20 unit. - apabila harga turun dari RM30 kepada RM 20, kuantiti meningkat dari 40 unit kepada 60 unit.

b) Citarasa - kegemaran terhadap motosikal skuter telah meingkat mengikut trend semasa

Harga barang lain/ pengganti/penggenap - kenaikan harga barang pengganti seperti kereta meningkat menyebabkan pengguna beralih kepada skuter - harga barang penggenap seperti alat ganti yang murah menyebabkan pengguna berminat untuk membeli motosikal jenis skuter

Jangkaan masa hadapan - harga skuter di jangka naik pada masa hadapan, maka pengguna membeli sekarang untuk mengelak kenaikan harga

Pendapatan individu - pengguna memperoleh peningkatan pendapatan seperti kenaikan gaji menyebabkan permintaan terhadap skuter turut meningkat

Dasar kerajaan –-penurunan kadar cukai oleh kerajaan menyebabkan pendapatan boleh guna individu meningkat.- permintaan akan meningkat

c) i) Barang A 4/20 = 0.25

Barang B 120/30 = 4

Barang C 35/35 = 1

ii) Barang A - tidak anjal - nilai pekali keanjalan harga permintaan kurang daripada 1 - bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta turun 0.25% - peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta lebih kecil dari peratus perubahan harga

Barang B - anjal - nilai pekali keanjalan harga permintaan lebih daripada 1 - bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta turun 4% - peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta lebih besar daripada peratus perubahan harga

Barang C - Anjal uniti/ anjal 1 - Nilai pekali keanjalan harga penawaran sama dengan 1 - Bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta juga turun 1% - Peratus peruhan harga sama dengan peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Pasaran Barang

Sektor Firma

(S ik t P t )

Sektor Isi Rumah

( E ik J i)

Pasaran Faktor

3.a) i)

Perbelanjaan Penggunaan Barang Perkhidmatan

Faktor Pengeluaran

Ganjaran Faktor Pengeluaran Aliran Pusingan Pendapatan Ekonomi Dua Sektor

Aliran Fizikal Aliran Wang

ii)

b) - Keadaan di X dan Y dikatakan berlaku ketidakseimbangan pasaran buruh - dalam pasaran buruh di X, kuantiti permintaan buruh ialah 10 orang manakala kuantiti buruh ditawarkan ialah 50 orang. - wujud lebihan penawaran buruh seramai 40 orang. - Kadar upah akan menurun dari RM60 - Kuantiti buruh yang ditawarkan oleh isi rumah akan berkurangan - Kuantiti buruh yang diminta oleh firma akan bertambah - Proses akan berterusan sehingga mencapai keseimbangan pada titik E di mana permintaan sama dengan penawaran buruh - Keadaan pasaran buruh di Y ialah berlaku lebihan kuantiti permintaan buruh - Pada tingkat upah RM20, kuantiti permintaan buruh ialah 50 orang dan kuantiti penawaran buruh ialah 10 orang - Wujud lebihan permintaan buruh seramai 40 orang - Tingkat upah akan naik dari RM20 - Permintaan buruh akan jatuh dan penawaran buruh akan meningkat - Proses akan berterusan sehingga mencapai keseimbangan

4. a) Langkah-langkah yang perlu diambil oleh Bank Pusat bagi mengatasi masalah kemelesetan ekonomi:

Menurunkan kadar rizab tunai dan rizab berkanun - rizab tunai merupakan sejumlah wang tunai yang disimpan oleh bank perdagangan berdasarkan jumlah deposit yang diterima

daripada orang ramai - rizab berkanun ialah simpanan wajib bank perdagangan di bank pusat berdasarkan jumlah deposit di bank perdagangan - semasa kemelesetan, Bank Negara akan menurunkan nisbah rizab tunai dan nisbah rizab berkanun - kemampuan bank perdagangan memberi pinjaman akan meningkat - jumlah penawaran wang dalam pasaran akan bertambah - permintaan terhadap barang dan perkhidmatan akan meningkat - harga barang akan naik - ekonomi akan kembali stabil

Sektor Isi Rumah( Encik Joni)

Sektor Firma(Syarikat Proton)

Aspek Aliran Fizikal Aliran WangPengertian Aliran faktor pengeluaran dan barang Aliran pendapatan faktor-faktor pengeluaran dan

perbelanjaan isi rumahKomponen Buruh, tanah, modal, usahawan Upah, sewa, faedah dan untungArah Aliran Bermula dari isi rumah ke sektor firma dan

seterusnya kepada isi rumahBermula dari firma ke sektor isi rumah dan kembali kepada firma

Fungsi Isi rumah membekalkan faktor pengeluaran kepada firma untuk proses pengeluaranFirma membekalkan barang dan perkhidmatan kepada isi rumah bagi memenuhi keperluan dan kehendak manusia

Firma membayar harga faktor pengeluaran dalam bentuk wang.Isi rumah membelanjakan pendapatan untuk membeli barang dan perkhidmatan.


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Menurunkan kadar faedah - semasa kemelesetan, Bank Pusat akan mengarahkan bank-bank perdagangan untuk menurunkan kadar faedah pinjaman - menggalakkan orang ramai membuat pinjaman - permintaan terhadap barang dan perkhidmatan akan meningkat - harga akan naik - kemelesetan akan dapat dipulihkan

Membeli surat jaminan kerajaan - peredaran wang dalam pasaran akan meningkat - kuasa beli pengguna kembali meningkat - pertambahan permintaan barang dan perkhidmatan - ekonomi kembali stabil

Melonggarkan syarat sewa beli - menaikkan jumlah pinjaman maksimum - memanjangkan tempoh bayaran balik - menggalakkan permintaan orang ramai terhadap pembelian barang tahan lama/rumah/kereta secara sewa beli - pembelian meningkat, ekonomi kembali pulih

b) Wang dapat mengatasi maslah dalam sistem barter melalui fungsinya sebagai:

Alat perantaraan pertukaran - wang dapat mengatasi masalah kehendak serentak - wang membolehkan seseorang mendapatkan barang dan perkhidmatan dengan menggunakan wang - sistem barter memerlukan kehendak yang serentak

Unit ukuran nilai - wang memberi ukuran seragam bagi nilai barang dalam sebutan harga - contoh: sepasang kasut berharga RM50.00 - dalam sistem barter sukar menentukan nilai sesuatu barang

Alat bayaran tertunda - sifat wang yang mempunyai nilai yang stabil membolehkannya digunakan sebagai alat bayaran tertunda dan digunakan dalam

tempoh yang lebih lama - individu membeli wang sekarang dan membayar pada masa hadapan - sistem barter, bayaran tertunda tidak dapat dijalankan kerana komoditi tidak tahan lama dan nilainya tidak stabil

Alat simpanan nilai - wang bersifat tahan lama - wang boleh disimpan untuk kegunaan masa hadapan - komoditi dalam sistem barter tidak tahan lama, tidak boleh jadi alat simpanan nilai

c) Cukai langsung - dibayar secara langsung oleh individu atau institusi berkenaan - beban cukai langsung tidak boleh dipindahkan kepada pihak lain - contoh: cukai pendapatan perseorangan, cukai pendapatan syarikat ,cukai pintu

Cukai tidak langsung - cukai yang dikenakan ke atas barangan dan dibayar secara tidak langsung oleh pengguna - beban cukai tidak langsung boleh dipindahkan sebahagian atau kesemua oleh pihak yang membayar kepada pihak lain - pihak pengguna akan menanggung kesemua atau sebahagian beban cukai semasa membeli barang - contoh: duti import, duti eksport, duti eksais

5 a) Butir-butir akaun semasa Akaun dagangan - merekodkan eksport dan import nampak Akaun perkhidmatan - Merekodkan eksport dan import tidak nampak

Akaun pindahan - Merekodkan bayaran pindahan yang dilakukan dan diterima oleh kerajaan dan swasta

Akaun pendapatan - Merekodkan penerimaan dan pembayaran pendapatan dari dan ke luar negara


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

b)

c. i) Syarikat Bonia membuka cawangan di Arab Saudi - pengimport dari Arab Saudi perlu membayar dalam RM - permintaan RM akan bertambah - kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan meningkat

ii) Rakyat Malaysia minum kopi keluaran negara Indonesia - pengimport di Malaysia perlu membayar dalam rupiah - penawaran RM akan bertambah - kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan menurun

iii) Malaysia sebagai tuan rumah Le Tour de Langkawi - bilangan pelancong asing akan bertambah - permintaan RM akan bertambah - kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan meningkat

d) Membiayai import - pengimport tempatan perlu menukar mata wang tempatan kepada mata wang negara pengkesport untuk membayar barang yang diimport

Membayar balik pinjaman luar negara - hutang negara dalam bentuk mata wang negara asing - negara perlu membayar kembali hutang dalam mata wang negara pemberi pinjaman

Membuat pelaburan luar negara - pelabur-pelabur tempatan memerlukan mata wang asing untuk membuat pelaburan di luar negara

Mempertahankan nilai mata wang - mata wang asing dapat mempertahankan nilai mata wang negara

Perdagangan dalam negeri Perdagangan antarabangsa- Pasaran terhad- Tidak melepasi sempadan negara- Tidak tertakluk kepada sekatan- Menggunakan satu mata wang- Jarak dekat- Faktor pengeluaran bebas bergerak - Menggunakan bahasa yang sama

- Pasaran luas- Melepasi sempadan negara- Tertakluk kepada pelbagai sekatan- Menggunakan banyak mata wang asing- Jarak jauh- Pergerakan faktor pengeluaran tertakluk kepada peraturan- Menggunakan bahasa yang berbeza


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1. a) Sebab-sebab Cik Ariana bertukar kerja Upah wang - syarikat pengeluar pakaian menawarkan gaji lebih tinggi

Faedah sampingan - syarikat menawarkan beberapa faedah sampingan yang tidak ditawarkan di tempat lama

Prospek pekerjaan - syarikat baru memberi lebih peluang untuk naik ke peringkat yang lebih tinggi seperti kenaikan pangkat

Pengalaman dan kemahiran - pengalaman dan kemahiran yang ada menjanjikan peluang yang lebih luas kepada Cik Ariana

b) i) Skim perbankan konvensional - menjalankan perniagaan bermotifkan keuntungan - tertakluk di bawah Akta Bank dan Institusi Kewangan 1989 - mengenakan faedah ke atas pinjaman yang dibuat

Skim perbankan Islam - memberi perkhidmatan urus niaga berlandaskan prinsip dan hukum syarak - tertakluk di bawah Akta Bank Islam 1983 - tidak mengamalkan riba, berdasarkan nilai keadilan,kejujuran dan kerjasama

ii) Mudharabah (perkongsian keuntungan) - perkongsian keuntungan antara pemberi pinjaman (penyimpan) dengan pengusaha - pihak bank menjadi orang tengah mengeluarkan pinjaman kepada pelabur(peminjam) - keuntungan akan dikongsi bersama mengikut nisbah yang dipersetujui antara pihak bank, penyimpan dan peminjam

Musyarakah (perkongsian menjalankan perniagaan) - perjanjian perkongsian (usahasama) antara pihak bank dengan peminjam bagi menjalankan sesuatu projek perniagaan - kedua-dua pihak menyumbang modal - bersama-sama berkongsi untung dan rugi

c) Harga pakaian dari Amerika Syarikat USD 1 = RM 3.60 USD 50 000 = RM 180 000

Harga pakaian dari Jerman € 1 = RM 4.30 € 25 000 = RM107 500

d i) Kuota Duti import

ii) Import dikurangkan - penawaran RM akan berkurangan - kadar pertukaran Ringgit Malaysia akan meningkat

BAHAGIAN B

262JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


SSSSSSSSSSoooooooooaaaaaaaaaallllllllaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnn UUUUUUUUUUUlllllllllaaaaaaaaannnnnnnnnggggggggkkkkkkkkaaaaaaaaajjjjjjjjjiiiiiiii

PAPER 1

Part 1.

Nutrients 1 Essential 2 Non-essential

Source 3 • Must be obtained from food • Must be obtained from food sources • Food(accept any one)

4 • Manufactured in the body

Lack of Nutrients

Body 5 • Becomes weak • Less able to fight infections • Becomes weak and less able to fight infections(accept any one)

Brain 6 • May become sluggish • May become sluggish and react slowly(accept any one)

Heart 7 • Ceases to pump properly • Ceases to pump properly and death occurs(accept any one)

CAUSES OF NUTRIENT DEFICIENCIES

8 • Inadequate intake of major nutrients9 • Eating food that lack critical vitamins and minerals10 • Lack of a variety of food • Not having enough food (accept any three)

**Answers 1 and 2 can be presented in any order BUT they must correspond with answers 3 and 4.

Part 2.

1. An infection of the blood that is carried from person to person by mosquitoes2. Protozoan of the genus Plasmodium3. P vivax4. P ovale5. P malariae6. P falciparum7. High fever8. Headache9. Nausea10. Sweating

SPM2009

[ 6355/1 ] [ 6355/2 ]

EST

SECTION A


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Task:

Task is considered fulfilled if the student achieves the following:

i. Must satisfy the genre requirement ( letter/ report / speech etc )ii. content point(s) usediii. elaboration(s) doneiv. comparison(s) made

BANDS MARK RANGE CRITERIA

A+Excellent

29-30• Fulfils all the criteria for band A below • Uses appropriate tone and terminology.• Accurate language.• Excellent organisation of ideas

AExcellent

24-28

• Complete realization of the task(s) set• Elaborates all the content points well• Considerable relevant detailed information• Analyses by comparing differences and similarities effectively• Justifies viewpoints effectively• Language is accurate with a few first draft slips

B Competent

19-23

• Complete realization of the task(s) set• Elaborates all content points• Detailed supporting information• analyses by comparing differences and similarities reasonably well• justifies viewpoints reasonably well• language is accurate with some minor errors (spelling, slang punctuation, etc)

C Satisfactory

13-18

• reasonable/partial achievement of the task(s) set• Some content points elaborated• Adequate supporting information• analyses by comparing differences and similarities satisfactorily• justifies viewpoints satisfactorily• language is largely accurate with minor errors and some serious errors (SVA, tenses, prepositions, etc)

D Modest

07-12

• inadequate attempt at the task(s) set• elaboration is minimal• Inadequate supporting information• attempts to analyse differences and similarities• attempts to justify viewpoints• language is largely inaccurate with frequent errors(only some patches of clarity)

E Weak

01-06• limited attempt at the task(s) set• Mere mention of content points• no attempt to analyse and/or justify viewpoints• language is distorted

* Award 1 mark for the following: =inclusion of memorized material =total lifting of question

SECTION B

1. B2. C3. B4. D5. C6. B7. A8. C9. D10. B11. C12. D13. C14. B15. D

16. A17. B18. C19. D20. D21. A22. D23. D24. B25. D26. C27. A28. B29. D30. D

PAPER 2

264JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my



PAPER 1

12345678910111213141516171819202122232425

26272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

BBCCDDCBCBACCBACBACBABADC

DCDBAABADACDCBDCBBDDDBACC

SPM2009

[ 45411 ] [ 4541/2 ] [ 4541/3 ]

Chemistry


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question Answer Mark1.(a) Zn + 2HCl ZnCl2 1m (b) Yellow powder changes to grey solid. 1m (c) To avoid the hot lead metal from being oxidised to form lead

(II) oxide again.1m

(d) Element Pb OMass/g 35.65-25.30=10.35 36.45-35.65=0.8Number of moles 10.35÷207=0.05 0.8÷16=0.05Ratio of moles 1 1

Empirical Formula: PbO

1m

(e) To ensure that all the lead (II) oxide has been reduced to lead completely

1m

(f) Allow the hydrogen gas to flow through the apparatus for an interval of time before heating.Continue the flow of hydrogen gas after heating until the hot deposited is cooled.

1m1m

Total: 10m2.(a) Ethanol 1m (b) Oxidation 1m

(c)(i) Ethene gas 1m (c)(ii) The purple solution of potassium manganate (VII) is

discoloured.1m

(c)(iii) Porcelain chipsC2H5OH C2H4 + H2O

1m

(d)(i) Esterification 1m (ii) C2H5OH + CH3COOH CH3COOC2H5 + H2O 1m (iii) 1. Ethanoic acid (compound C) reacts with metal carbonates

to form salts,carbon dioxide and water.2. Ethanoic acid reacts with bases to form salts and water.

1m

1m (e) Compound D have sweet odour. 1m

Total:10m3.(a) Zinc carbonate 1m (b) ZnCO3 ZnO + CO2 1m (c) Zinc nitrate 1m (d) Nitrogen dioxide,

Oxygen1m 1m

(e) 2Zn(NO3) 2ZnO + 4NO2 +O2 1m (f) ZnO + 2HCl ZnCl2 + H2O 1m

(g)(i) A white precipitate is produced 1m (ii) The white precipitate dissolves. 1m (h) The solution obtained in (f) contains zinc ions (Zn2+) 1m

Total:10m

PAPER 2SECTION A


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

4.(a) Cathode:Cu2+ + 2e CuAnode : 2Cl- Cl2 + 2e

1m1m

(b) 1. Pinkish brown solid ,copper is deposited at the copper electrode.2. Green copper (II) chloride solution fades and decolourises.

1m

1m (c) Neutral.

Cu2+ ions and Cl- ions are discharged at the electrodes.The resulting solution contains H+ and OH- ions which are water molecules.Thus,it is neutral.

1m1m

(d) The colourless solution of potassium iodide turns brown. 1m (e) Cl2 + 2I- 2Cl- + I2 1m (f) OH- ions, being more concentrated than Cl- ions, are

selectively discharged at the anode to produce oxygen gas and water molecule.

1m

(g) Use a glowing wooden splinter.Oxygen gas relights the glowing wooden splinter.

1mTotal:10m

5. (a) Dilute sulphuric acid 1m (b) 0 to +2 1m (c) Zinc foil

because zinc is more electropositive than copper1m1m

(d)(i) Copper foil becomes thicker. 1m (ii) Zinc foil becomes thinner. 1m (e)(i) Zinc foil. 1m (ii) Copper (II) ion 1m (f)(i) Zn Zn2+ + 2e 1m

(ii) Cu2+ + 2e Cu 1mTotal: 10m

6. (a) Zn + H2SO4 ZnSO4 + H2 1m (b)(i) Number of moles of H2SO4 that reacts

= 50 x 0.2 1000= 0.01 molFrom the equation in (a),1mol of sulphuric acid that reacts will release 24dm3 of

Hydrogen gas at room condition.-Therefore If 0.01mol of sulphuric acid reacts the volume of hydrogen released= 0.01 x 24 = 2.4dm3

1m

1m

1m


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

(b)(ii) Number of mol H2SO4 that reacts=50x0.1 1000=0.005 molFrom the equation in (a), 1 mol of sulphuric acid that reacts will released 24 dm3 of hydrogen gas at room condition.Therefore,If 0.005 mol of sulphuric acid reacts the volume of hydrogen gas released.=0.005 mol x 24 dm3

=0.12 dm3.

1m

1m (c) Experiment 1

Because the concentration of sulphuric acid used is higher.1m1m

(d) Volume of hydrogen gas/cm3

240 Experimen 1

Experimen 2

0 Time/minutes 2m

(e) Using a hotter dilute sulphuric acid. 1mTotal:10m

Question Answer Mark7(a) 1.Size of solid particles

2. Concentration of the solution3. Temperature4. Pressure5. Catalyst

1m1m1m1m1m

Total: 5m

ANSWER SCHEME: SECTION B


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

7(b) (i) 1. They speeds up reactions. 2. They are chemically unchanged at the end of reaction. 3. Only a small amount of catalyst is required. 4. Most catalysts are very specific and only catalyse a particular reaction.

(ii)- When reactions take place,bonds in the reactants must be broken before new bonds can be formed in the products. - This bond breaking requires a minimum energy which is called the activation energy. - In a catalysed reaction, the activation energy is lowered and less energy is required to break the bonds. - As a result,more effective collision occur and bond breaking takes place more easily. - Hence ,catalysed reactions are faster.

(iii) Process CatalystContact process Vanadium (VI) oxideHaber process IronCracking of petroleum Platinum

1m1m1m

1mTotal : 4m

1m

1m

1m

1m

1mTotal: 5m

6m

8.(a) - Atom U is smaller in size than atom T- Atom U has more protons in the nucleus- Attractive forces between the nucleus and the electrons in the shells are stronger.- Therefore,the electron filled shells are attracted closer to the nucleus.

1m1m

1m

1mTotal: 4 m

8(b) - T is more reactive .- The electron arrangement of T is 2.8.1 and S is 2.1- The valence electron of atom T is further from its nucleus.- The attractive forces between the nucleus of atom T towards the nucleus of atom T towards the valence electron is weaker.- Therefore the tendency of atom T to donate the valence electron is higher.

1m1m1m

1m

1mTotal: 5m


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

8(c)

Procedure:

1. A spatula of iron filings is put into the combustion tube.2. Gas U is passed over the hot iron filings.3. The iron filings are heated very strongly.

Observation:

- The iron filings glow brightly and a brown solid is formed.

Chemical equation:

2Fe + 3 U2 2FeU3

1m

1m1m1m

1m

1m

Total: 6m8(d) - S has the electron arrangement of 2.1.

- S is located in Group 1- because S has 1 valence electron.- S is located in Period 2.- because S has 2 electron filled shells.

1m1m1m1m1m

Total: 5m

Question Answer Mark9(a) ∙ Copper (II) sulphate is prepared using Method A

∙ Copper (II) sulphate is a soluble salt which requires crystallisation to obtain the salt.∙ Lead (II) sulphate is prepared using Method B as lead (II) sulphate is an insoluble salt.∙ Using method A for preparation of lead (II) sulphate would result in incomplete reaction as salt form ed will be deposited on metal oxide,reducing the surface area of the reactants and eventually will stop the reaction.

1m1m1m1m1m

1mTotal=6m

ANSWER SCHEME: SECTION B


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

9(b) ∙Preparation of copper (II) sulphate using method A:

- Add one spatula of copper (II) oxide to 25 cm3 of 1 mol dm-3 of hot dilute sulphuric acid.- When it has reacted,add further amounts until it can no longer dissolve.- Filter the mixture.- Evaporate the filtrate to one third of its volume or until the solution becomes saturated. - Allow the saturated solution to cool so that the salt crystallises out. - Filter to obtain the crystals.- Wash with a bit of distilled water and dry between the sheets of filter paper.

∙ Preparation of lead (II) sulphate using method B:

- Mix lead (II) nitrate solution with sodium sulphate solution.- Stir the mixture well.- Filter the mixture.- The residue is barium sulphate salt.- Wash the salt with distilled water.- Then dry the salt between sheets of filter papers.

1m

1m1m1m1m1m1m1m

1m

1m

1m1m1m1m

Total: 14m10(a) - R is a covalent compound.

- The compound has a low melting point.- and it is insoluble in water.

1m1m1m

Total: 3m10(b) - R has a low melting point.

- Attractive forces between the molecules are weak.- less heat energy is needed to overcome the weak forces of attraction.

1m1m1m

Total: 3m10(c) - (i) Q has a high melting point

-(ii) It can conduct electricity in aqueous solution or molten state.-(iii) It is soluble in water.

1m1m

1mTotal: 3m


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

- Apparatus:

Spatula,Bunsen burner,tripod stand,batteries,carbon electrodes,electrode holder,bulb,connecting wires with crocodile clips,switch,pipe-clay triangle ,crucible

- Material: Powder R,Powder Q

- Procedure:

1. One spatula of Q powder is placed in a crucible.2. Two carbon electrodes are dipped into Q and the circuit is completed by connecting to the batteries and switch.3. Powder Q is heated until its melts and the switch is turned on again.4. Steps 1-3 are repeated by replacing powder Q with powder R.

- Observation:Compound Physical States ObservationQ Solid The bulb does not light up.

Molten The bulb lights up.R Solid The bulb does not light up.

Molten The bulb does not light up.

1m

2m

1m1m

1m

1m

2m

Total: 9m

10(e) - R consists of neutral molecules.- No ions to carry electrical charges.

1m1m

Total: 2m


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

Question Answer Mark1(a)(i) The temperature [1] of naphthalene powder increases[1]

when it is heated [1]3m

1(a)(ii) When molten naphthalene is cooled down,the temperature falls.

3m

1 (b) To ensure an even temperature during the cooling of naphthalene in order to avoid supercooling

3m

1(c) (i)

1(c)(ii)

1 (d)(i) A water bath is used to heat naphthalene. 3m1 (d) (ii) Naphthalene is continuosly stirred during heating of cooling. 3m1(e)(i) Time taken to heat/cool 1m1(e)(ii) Temperature of naphthalene 1m1(e)(iii) Naphthalene 1m1(f)(i) 3m

PAPER 3ANSWER SCHEME


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

1(f)(ii) 3m

1(g) The melting point =The freezing point=80oC 3m2 (a) -Chlorine oxidises Fe2+ ions to Fe3+ ions through the transfer

of electronsat a distance from the reducing agent to the oxidising agent.

3m

2 (b) Manipulated: Chlorine and Fe2+ ions Responding : Products of reaction deflection of Galvanometer needle.Constant : Volume of oxidizing and reducing agents

3m

2 (c) Substances: Chlorine water,dilute sulphuric acid,iron (II) sulphate solution,sodium hydroxide solution.

Apparatys: U-tube,carbonelectrodes,electric wires with crocodile clips,galvanometer,stoppers,dropper

3m

2(d) Procedure of the experiment :

1. The apparatus is set up as shown in the diagram and left aside for 30 minutes.2. Observations before an after the experiment are recorded.3. At the end of the experiment, a little solution is removed from the negative terminal with a dropper and tested with sodium hydroxide solution.

2(e) Tabulation of data;Experiment ObservationDirection of electron flow Deflection of galvanometer

shows electron flow from the negative to positive terminal.

Change to FeSO4 Light green to yellow in colour.

Changes to Cl2 Greenish yellow to colourlessReaction of iron salt with NaOH

Forms brown precipitate,insoluble in excess alkali.

3m

274JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my



SPM2009

[ 4531/1 ] [ 4531/2 ] [ 4531/3 ]

Physics

PAPER 1

PAPER 2

1 B 11 A 21 A 31 C 41 A2 A 12 D 22 B 32 C 42 B3 B 13 B 23 D 33 C 43 B4 B 1 4B 2 4A 3 4C 4 4A5 C 1 5C 2 5D 3 5A 4 5D6 B 16 A 26 D 36 A 46 A7 D 1 7A 2 7C 3 7C 4 7A8 B 1 8D 2 8A 3 8D 4 8C9 C 1 9B 2 9D 3 9D 4 9C10 B 20 A 30 C 40 D 50 D

SECTION AQuestion Answer Marks

1 (a)(i) 1

(ii) 0.2 s 1

(b) Amplitude of a wave is the maximum displacement of a medium particle from its mean (stationary) position.

1

(c) Decreases with time 1

Total 4 Marks

Displacement / cm

Time / s

2

4

- 2

- 4

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


2 (a)

(b)

(c) (i)

(ii)

(iii)

Mirage

Total internal reflection

Density of the cool air is greater than the density of the warm air

The light rays will be refracted away from the normal

1

1

1

1

1

TOTAL 5 Marks

3 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d) (i)(ii)

Momentum

Kinetic energy

(60)(20) + (70)(20) = (60 + 70)(V) V = 17.31 m s-1

Principle of Conservation of MomentumIn the absence of external forces, the total momentum of asystem remains unchanged

1

1

11

11

TOTAL 6 Marks

4 (a)

(b)

(c)

(i)(ii)

(i)(ii)

The distance between two points of the same phase.

d = 1250 x 0.6 = 750.0 mf = 5.8 x 105 Hz v = 1250 ms-1

λ = 0.00215 m / 2.15 x 10-3 m

The amplitude of the reflection wave in Diagram 4.2 is higher.When the depth increases, the energy lost inceases

1

22

11

TOTAL 7 Marks

5 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d) (i)(ii)(iii)(iv)(v)

Mass per unit volume

Density of ice block is less than density of water

Weight and buoyant force

The volume of water displaced in Diagram 5.1 is more than in Diagram 5.2.The weight of water displaced in Diagram 5.1 is more than in Diagram 5.2.Buoyant force in diagram 5.1 is greater diagram 5.2Buoyant force = weight of water displacedArchimedes’ Principle

1

1

1

11111

TOTAL 8 marks


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


6 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(i)

(ii)

Heat from the surroundingHeat from the metal plate

Solid to liquid

Specific latent heat of fusion

Heat absorbed is used to overcome the forces of attractionbetween the molecules of the ice

Condensation of water vapour on cool surface

11

1

1

1

2

1

TOTAL 8 Marks

7 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(i)

(ii)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(i)

(ii)

n-p-n

Yes

Transistor Bulb

On Off Light up Not light up

Bulb does not light up.No current flows in the base and emitter circuit.

Interchange the position of LDR and R2

Because collector current is too small

Magnetic relay / Relay switchUsing small voltage to switch on the second with high voltage

1

1

1

1

11

1

1

11

TOTAL 10 Marks

35 1

3

6.72 103.36 10

20 10

x JL x J kg

x kg−

−= =

Collector

Base

Emitter


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


8 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

An electromagnet is a magnet in which a magnetic field is produced by the flow of electric current.

Increase the current.The strength of an electromagnet increases

Soft-Iron coreEasily magnetised and demagnetised

Increase the number of turns. The strength of an electromagnet increases

L

Increase // MoreThe poles for a U-shaped electromagnet are closer together

P= mgh t = 250 x 10 x 4 5 = 2000 W

1

11

1

111

1

11

1

1

TOTAL 12 Marks

SECTION B9 (a)

(b)

(c)

(i)

(ii)

(i)

(ii)

Ratio sin of incidence angle and sine of refraction angle

Refractive index digram9.2 larger than diagram 9.1Refraction angle diagram 9.2 is smaller than diagram 9.1Critical angle diagram 9.1 larger than diagram 9.2When the refractive index is large, the critical angle is small

1. the angle of incidence is greater than critical angle2. the light travel from medium high density to low density

Aspect Reason

1. An inner core of higher refractive index2. Outer layer of medium with a lower refractive index3. Lower density4. The thickness of the glass is thin5. Strong and flexible

1. Light ray is reflected more easily through total internal reflection2. Light ray is reflected more easily through total internal reflection3. The optical fibre will be lighter4. Save pace / can be used in nar-row space5. Does not break easily and the shape can be adjusted

1

1112

11

2

2

22

2

TOTAL 20 Marks

135°

45°45° 45° 45°


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SECTION BQuestion Answer Marks

10 (a)

(b)

(c)

(i)

(ii)

Work done in moving one coulomb of charge from one point to another

1. The bulb in parallel circuit // Diagram 10.2 is brighter than those in series circuit // Diagram 10.12. The potential difference across each bulb in the parallel circuit is the same as that of the battery // dry cell.3. The potential difference across each bulb in the series circuit is smaller than that of the battery // dry cell.4. The current flowing through each bulb in the parallel circuit is higher than the current flowing in the series circuit.5. When the potential difference across each bulb is higher, the current flowing through it is also higher and the bulb is brighter.

Suggestion Explanation

1. Diameter of wire used as flex-ible cable must be thicker

So that the resistance will be re-duced. A thinner wire has a higher resistance. If large current flows through it, it becomes overheated and may burn and cause a fire.

2. Length of cable is shorter So that the resistance is smaller

3. Heating element must made of material with high resistivity such as nichrome

Can produce the higher heat energy with small current. So that water will boil faster

4. The kettle is made of good heat insulator

So that the heat will not loose to the surroundings and water will boil faster. It is safer to handle

5. Use a suitable fuse. The current flow through the cable is 8.33 A. The suitable fuse is between 11 A to 13 A

If there is a short-circuit, a very high current flows and melt the fuse wire. The kettle will not be damaged.

1

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

TOTAL 20 Marks

Series circuit

Parallel circuit

Diagram 10.1

Diagram 10.2


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SECTION CQuestion Answer Marks

11 (a)

(b)

(c)

(d) (i)

(ii)

Degree of hotness of an object

1. Put the thermometer in melting ice , mark the lower part of mercury thread,02. Place the same thermometer in the boiling water, mark the top part of the mercury thread, 1003. Divide the length between the two marks inti 100 equal divisions4. Each division is now equal to 1°C

Characteristics Reason

1.Specific heat capacity is low

3. Melting point is high

5. Good conductor of heat

7.Rate of expansion is moderate

2. Faster to get hot

4. Does not melt easily

6. The heat can be lost easily

8. The shape of the fin unchanged

The most suitable is P because specific heat capacity is low, melting point is high, conductor heat is good, rate of expansion is moderate

Q = mcθ = 0.5 x 450 x 10 = 2250 J

Energy lost = 10 x 2250 = 22500 J

1

1

1

11

2

2

2

2

2

3

2

Total 20 Marks

12 (a)

(b)

(i)

(ii)

(i)

(ii)

Radioisotopes are isotopes which have unstable nuclei. – Carbon-14 atom is a radioactive substance which is easily absorbed by living plants. - after the plants dies, the activity of Carbon-14 will decline since no new carbon-14 is absorbed. - by calculating the activity of carbon-14, the age of the fossil/object can be determined

characteristics explanation

Has a short half-life can be active in a body for a short period of time

Has moderate ionising power causes minimum damage to the tissues in the body

Emits gamma ray can be detected outside the body//highpenetrating power, so can be detected by theGM tube that is placed near to the head

Substance R is the most suitable with short half-life, emits gamma ray and has moderate ionising power.

Geiger Muller Tube• Has a small in size, it is handy and can be moved around easily.• It is a sensitive instrument, so can detect low ionisation

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

111


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my

SECTION CQuestion Answer Marks

11 (c) (i)

(ii)

Energy released E = mc2 = 3.5 x 10-9 x ( 3 x 108 )2 = 3.15 x 107 J

Power obtained P = E/t = 3.15 x 107

1.5 x 10-3

= 2.1 x 1010 W

21

1

1

Total 20 Marks

PERATURAN PERMARKAHAN TAMAT


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


11 (a)

(b)

(i)(ii)(iii)

(i)

(ii)

Angle of incidence.Angle of refraction.Glass block/refractive index of the glass block/density of the glass block….

i/ 0 r/ 0

20 13

30 19

40 25

50 30

60 36

i/ ° r/ ° sin i sin r

20 13 0.34 0.22

30 19 0.50 0.33

40 25 0.64 0.42

50 30 0.77 0.50

60 36 0.87 0.59

1) All quantities i, r, sin i and sin r correct --√2) Units for all quantities correct ---- √3) * All values of sin i correct ----- √√ * 1 value of sin i incorrect ------√ * > 1 value of sin i incorrect ------ 04) * All values of sin r correct ----- √√ * 1 value of sin r incorrect ------√ * > 1 value of sin r incorrect ------ 05) Consistency of decimal point for sin i --- √6) Consistency of decimal point for sin r --- √

Score Mark

7 – 8 5

5 – 6 4

3 – 4 3

2 2

1 1

0 0

111

2

5

PAPER 3

Value of r5 values correct ----- (2)4 or 3 values correct ------(1)2 values and below -------(0)


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


1 (c)

(d)

On the graph paper.1) Correct title on axes-----√2) Units correct ------- √3) Even scale -------√4) * All points correctly plotted -------- √√ • 1 point incorrectly plotted ------- √ • > 1 point incorrectly plotted ------ 05) Best fit straight line -------- √6) > 50% graph paper --------√

Score Mark

6 – 7 5

5 – 4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

Sin r is directly proportional to sin i .

5

1

Total 16 Marks

2 (a)

(b)

(c)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(i)

(ii)

R increases linearly with

- Extrapolated line shown to intercept at axis - 0.2 A-1

= 0.4r

0.2 = 0.4rr = 0.5 Ω

- Show a big ∆ on the graph to determine the gradient

- The correct from the ∆ drawn

- m = 0.4 A-1Ω-1 ------------------ Ans + unit

m =

0.4 =

E = 2.5 V

1. The connection of the wires must be tight.2. The circuit is switched off whenever the readings were not taken from the meters. This is to reduce energy loss from the cell.

1

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

11

Total 12 Marks

I

1I

1

I

1

12

12

xx

yy

−−

E

1

E

1


JAWAPAN

bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


3 (a)

(b)

(c) (i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

Pressure depends on volume// Volume influences pressure When the volume decrease , the pressure increase , To investigate the relationship between volume and pressure

Manipulated : volume Responding : pressure

Fixed : mass of gas // temperature

Syringe, clip, thick rubber tube, bourdon gauge .

The piston of the 100 cm-3 syringe is adjusted until the volume of air in the syringe at atmospheric pressure. The other end of the rubber tube is con-nected to bourdon gauge and the pressure of the air in the syringe is read on the gauge.

The piston of the syringe is pushed in until the enclosed volume is 98 cm3 / V1. The pressure on the Bourdon gauge is recorded. The steps is repeated for an enclosed volume of 96 cm3/V2, 94 cm3/V3, 92cm3/V4, 90 cm3/V5

Tabulating data

Isipadu,V/cm3 Tekanan,P/ Nm-2 1/V , cm-3 98 /V196 /V294 /V392 /V490/V5

P (Nm-2)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Total 12 Marks

V (cm-3)


bol

eh d

idap

ati d

i lam

an w

eb h

ttp:/

/ww

w.ti

mes

.my


4 (a)

(b)

(c) (i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

Magnetic field strength depends on the number of turns

The magnetic field strength will increase when the number of turns increase To investigate the relationship between magnetic field strength and num-ber of turn on the coil

Manipulated : number of turnsResponding : magnetic field strength //number of small iron pin

Fixed : size of current// type of core

Retort stand, soft iron core, connector wire, PVC insulated copper wire, small iron pin, ammeter, rheostat , battery/ power supply

The soft iron core is wound with 20 turns of insulated copper wire and setup as shown in diagram above. The switch is turned on and the rheostat adjusted until the ammeter.Reading is 1.0 A. The beaker containing small steel pin then brought near the iron core.

Count and record the number of small iron pin attached to the soft Iron core. Repeat the experiment by winding the soft iron core with, 30 turns, 40 turns, 50 turns and 60 turns.

Number of turns, n, turns Number of pins attached, n /pieces

20 / n1

30 / n2

40 / n3

50 / n4

60 / n5

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

TOTAL 12 Marks

Soft iron core

turns

small iron pins

retort stand

number of pin n / pieces

Number of turns/turns

HIGHEREDUCATION

GUIDE TO UNDERGRADUATE STUDY IN MALAYSIA

Peninsular RM9.90 Sabah/Sarawak RM11.90HHHEDUC

Shopping for the Right InstitutionFactors to consider when choosing a university

Opportunities Abound in the ICT IndustryTremendous career prospects in a burgeoning field

Getting the Most Out of an Education FairDerive the full benefits of these events with our step-by-step guide

What Are MyOptions AfterSPM?

Pre-U, Vocational, Professional

Courses - Explained!

PRE-U 101 What you should know about Pre-U courses and how to decide on one

DEGREE or

PROFESSIONAL

COURSES

Advice from Academics,

Students, Working

Professionals, and

Employers

IS IT RECOGNISED? Negotiating the maze of higher education accreditation

SCHOLARSHIPS& LOANS More than 75 scholarships on offer

INSTITUTIONLISTINGS Brief overviews of colleges and universities in the country

Focus : Education,Engineering & Psychology

POPULARCOURSES& CAREERS Explanation on 19 different courses

TIM

ES HIG

HER

EDU

CA

TIO

N - G

UID

E TO

UN

DER

GR

AD

UA

TE ST

UD

Y IN

MA

LAY

SIAK

DN

PP 14375/04/2009

In Collaboration With

2009-percubaan [times] (semua mata pelajaran)

Documents